From 178992ce38eeecb18a2f77230d05836ae1971153 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: ivan Date: Fri, 28 May 2010 09:01:54 +0400 Subject: [PATCH] Remove QTermwidget from repository. Fixed displayed disk and partitions size. --- CMakeLists.txt | 4 +- libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp | 337 -- libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h | 125 - libs/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt | 90 - libs/qtermwidget/Character.h | 210 -- libs/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h | 301 -- libs/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h | 58 - libs/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h | 2 - libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp | 543 ---- libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.h | 465 --- libs/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h | 74 - libs/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp | 562 ---- libs/qtermwidget/Filter.h | 383 --- libs/qtermwidget/History.cpp | 698 ----- libs/qtermwidget/History.h | 344 --- libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp | 903 ------ libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h | 657 ---- libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.h | 21 - libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.src | 786 ----- libs/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp | 320 -- libs/qtermwidget/Pty.h | 243 -- libs/qtermwidget/README | 7 - libs/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp | 1567 ---------- libs/qtermwidget/Screen.h | 662 ---- libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp | 296 -- libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h | 256 -- libs/qtermwidget/Session.cpp | 1020 ------ libs/qtermwidget/Session.h | 621 ---- libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp | 168 - libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h | 94 - libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp | 227 -- libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h | 139 - libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp | 2724 ----------------- libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h | 754 ----- libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp | 1266 -------- libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h | 192 -- libs/qtermwidget/default.keytab | 128 - libs/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp | 1053 ------- libs/qtermwidget/k3process.h | 890 ------ libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp | 334 -- libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h | 137 - libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Entries | 4 - libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Repository | 1 - libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Root | 1 - libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab | 133 - libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab | 133 - libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab | 163 - libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp | 216 -- libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h | 24 - libs/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp | 624 ---- libs/qtermwidget/kpty.h | 188 -- libs/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h | 44 - libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp | 222 -- libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h | 108 - src/libparted.cpp | 28 +- src/libparted.h | 5 +- src/pagecfdisk.cpp | 11 +- src/pagecfdisk.h | 5 +- src/pagepartitioning.cpp | 50 +- src/pagepartitioning.h | 7 +- src/systeminstaller.cpp | 20 +- src/systeminstaller.h | 4 +- 62 files changed, 101 insertions(+), 21551 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Character.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Filter.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/History.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/History.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.src delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Pty.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/README delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Screen.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Session.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Session.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/default.keytab delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/k3process.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Entries delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Repository delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Root delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kpty.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp delete mode 100644 libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index 7e72ad9..e3bd7bc 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -7,16 +7,16 @@ set(CMAKE_MODULE_PATH ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/cmake) set(QT_MIN_VERSION 4.6.0) find_package(Qt4 REQUIRED) +# TODO: libparted and qtermwidget also REQUIRED include(${QT_USE_FILE}) -add_subdirectory(libs/qtermwidget) include_directories( ${QT_INCLUDES} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR} ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} - libs + /usr/lib ) set( cl_install_gui_SRCS diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 39ef499..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,337 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. - -*/ - -// Own -#include "BlockArray.h" - -#include - -// System -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - - -using namespace Konsole; - -static int blocksize = 0; - -BlockArray::BlockArray() - : size(0), - current(size_t(-1)), - index(size_t(-1)), - lastmap(0), - lastmap_index(size_t(-1)), - lastblock(0), ion(-1), - length(0) -{ - // lastmap_index = index = current = size_t(-1); - if (blocksize == 0) - blocksize = ((sizeof(Block) / getpagesize()) + 1) * getpagesize(); - -} - -BlockArray::~BlockArray() -{ - setHistorySize(0); - assert(!lastblock); -} - -size_t BlockArray::append(Block *block) -{ - if (!size) - return size_t(-1); - - ++current; - if (current >= size) current = 0; - - int rc; - rc = lseek(ion, current * blocksize, SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.seek"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } - rc = write(ion, block, blocksize); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryBuffer::add.write"); setHistorySize(0); return size_t(-1); } - - length++; - if (length > size) length = size; - - ++index; - - delete block; - return current; -} - -size_t BlockArray::newBlock() -{ - if (!size) - return size_t(-1); - append(lastblock); - - lastblock = new Block(); - return index + 1; -} - -Block *BlockArray::lastBlock() const -{ - return lastblock; -} - -bool BlockArray::has(size_t i) const -{ - if (i == index + 1) - return true; - - if (i > index) - return false; - if (index - i >= length) - return false; - return true; -} - -const Block* BlockArray::at(size_t i) -{ - if (i == index + 1) - return lastblock; - - if (i == lastmap_index) - return lastmap; - - if (i > index) { - qDebug() << "BlockArray::at() i > index\n"; - return 0; - } - -// if (index - i >= length) { -// kDebug(1211) << "BlockArray::at() index - i >= length\n"; -// return 0; -// } - - size_t j = i; // (current - (index - i) + (index/size+1)*size) % size ; - - assert(j < size); - unmap(); - - Block *block = (Block*)mmap(0, blocksize, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, ion, j * blocksize); - - if (block == (Block*)-1) { perror("mmap"); return 0; } - - lastmap = block; - lastmap_index = i; - - return block; -} - -void BlockArray::unmap() -{ - if (lastmap) { - int res = munmap((char*)lastmap, blocksize); - if (res < 0) perror("munmap"); - } - lastmap = 0; - lastmap_index = size_t(-1); -} - -bool BlockArray::setSize(size_t newsize) -{ - return setHistorySize(newsize * 1024 / blocksize); -} - -bool BlockArray::setHistorySize(size_t newsize) -{ -// kDebug(1211) << "setHistorySize " << size << " " << newsize; - - if (size == newsize) - return false; - - unmap(); - - if (!newsize) { - delete lastblock; - lastblock = 0; - if (ion >= 0) close(ion); - ion = -1; - current = size_t(-1); - return true; - } - - if (!size) { - FILE* tmp = tmpfile(); - if (!tmp) { - perror("konsole: cannot open temp file.\n"); - } else { - ion = dup(fileno(tmp)); - if (ion<0) { - perror("konsole: cannot dup temp file.\n"); - fclose(tmp); - } - } - if (ion < 0) - return false; - - assert(!lastblock); - - lastblock = new Block(); - size = newsize; - return false; - } - - if (newsize > size) { - increaseBuffer(); - size = newsize; - return false; - } else { - decreaseBuffer(newsize); - ftruncate(ion, length*blocksize); - size = newsize; - - return true; - } -} - -void moveBlock(FILE *fion, int cursor, int newpos, char *buffer2) -{ - int res = fseek(fion, cursor * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fread(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fread"); - - res = fseek(fion, newpos * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fwrite(buffer2, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fwrite"); - // printf("moving block %d to %d\n", cursor, newpos); -} - -void BlockArray::decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize) -{ - if (index < newsize) // still fits in whole - return; - - int offset = (current - (newsize - 1) + size) % size; - - if (!offset) - return; - - // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... - char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; - - FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); - if (!fion) { - delete [] buffer1; - perror("fdopen/dup"); - return; - } - - int firstblock; - if (current <= newsize) { - firstblock = current + 1; - } else { - firstblock = 0; - } - - size_t oldpos; - for (size_t i = 0, cursor=firstblock; i < newsize; i++) { - oldpos = (size + cursor + offset) % size; - moveBlock(fion, oldpos, cursor, buffer1); - if (oldpos < newsize) { - cursor = oldpos; - } else - cursor++; - } - - current = newsize - 1; - length = newsize; - - delete [] buffer1; - - fclose(fion); - -} - -void BlockArray::increaseBuffer() -{ - if (index < size) // not even wrapped once - return; - - int offset = (current + size + 1) % size; - if (!offset) // no moving needed - return; - - // The Block constructor could do somthing in future... - char *buffer1 = new char[blocksize]; - char *buffer2 = new char[blocksize]; - - int runs = 1; - int bpr = size; // blocks per run - - if (size % offset == 0) { - bpr = size / offset; - runs = offset; - } - - FILE *fion = fdopen(dup(ion), "w+b"); - if (!fion) { - perror("fdopen/dup"); - delete [] buffer1; - delete [] buffer2; - return; - } - - int res; - for (int i = 0; i < runs; i++) - { - // free one block in chain - int firstblock = (offset + i) % size; - res = fseek(fion, firstblock * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fread(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fread"); - int newpos = 0; - for (int j = 1, cursor=firstblock; j < bpr; j++) - { - cursor = (cursor + offset) % size; - newpos = (cursor - offset + size) % size; - moveBlock(fion, cursor, newpos, buffer2); - } - res = fseek(fion, i * blocksize, SEEK_SET); - if (res) - perror("fseek"); - res = fwrite(buffer1, blocksize, 1, fion); - if (res != 1) - perror("fwrite"); - } - current = size - 1; - length = size; - - delete [] buffer1; - delete [] buffer2; - - fclose(fion); - -} - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h b/libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca47388..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/BlockArray.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 2000 by Stephan Kulow - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef BLOCKARRAY_H -#define BLOCKARRAY_H - -#include - -//#error Do not use in KDE 2.1 - -#define BlockSize (1 << 12) -#define ENTRIES ((BlockSize - sizeof(size_t) ) / sizeof(unsigned char)) - -namespace Konsole -{ - -struct Block { - Block() { size = 0; } - unsigned char data[ENTRIES]; - size_t size; -}; - -// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class BlockArray { -public: - /** - * Creates a history file for holding - * maximal size blocks. If more blocks - * are requested, then it drops earlier - * added ones. - */ - BlockArray(); - - /// destructor - ~BlockArray(); - - /** - * adds the Block at the end of history. - * This may drop other blocks. - * - * The ownership on the block is transfered. - * An unique index number is returned for accessing - * it later (if not yet dropped then) - * - * Note, that the block may be dropped completely - * if history is turned off. - */ - size_t append(Block *block); - - /** - * gets the block at the index. Function may return - * 0 if the block isn't available any more. - * - * The returned block is strictly readonly as only - * maped in memory - and will be invalid on the next - * operation on this class. - */ - const Block *at(size_t index); - - /** - * reorders blocks as needed. If newsize is null, - * the history is emptied completely. The indices - * returned on append won't change their semantic, - * but they may not be valid after this call. - */ - bool setHistorySize(size_t newsize); - - size_t newBlock(); - - Block *lastBlock() const; - - /** - * Convenient function to set the size in KBytes - * instead of blocks - */ - bool setSize(size_t newsize); - - size_t len() const { return length; } - - bool has(size_t index) const; - - size_t getCurrent() const { return current; } - -private: - void unmap(); - void increaseBuffer(); - void decreaseBuffer(size_t newsize); - - size_t size; - // current always shows to the last inserted block - size_t current; - size_t index; - - Block *lastmap; - size_t lastmap_index; - Block *lastblock; - - int ion; - size_t length; - -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt b/libs/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1e1d0fd..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/CMakeLists.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -###| CMAKE qtermwidget/lib |### - -#| 2.6 is out, but most distros only have 2.4 -cmake_minimum_required ( VERSION 2.6 ) - -if(COMMAND cmake_policy) - cmake_policy (SET CMP0003 NEW) -endif(COMMAND cmake_policy) - -#| Project -project ( qtermwidget ) - -#| Sources -set ( SRCS - TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp - KeyboardTranslator.cpp - Screen.cpp History.cpp BlockArray.cpp konsole_wcwidth.cpp - ScreenWindow.cpp - Emulation.cpp - Vt102Emulation.cpp TerminalDisplay.cpp Filter.cpp - Pty.cpp kpty.cpp k3process.cpp k3processcontroller.cpp - Session.cpp ShellCommand.cpp - qtermwidget.cpp -) - -#| Headers -#| Only the Headers that need to be moc'd go here -set ( HDRS - ScreenWindow.h - Emulation.h - Vt102Emulation.h TerminalDisplay.h Filter.h - Pty.h k3process.h k3processcontroller.h - Session.h - qtermwidget.h -) - -#| Library Output -#| CMake supports out-of-source builds, so the binary dir is not -#| necessarily the same as the source directory -set ( LIBRARY_OUTPUT_PATH - ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}/../. -) - -#| Library Versioning -#| Libraries are not versioned by default -set ( qtermwidget_VERSION_MAJOR "0" ) -set ( qtermwidget_VERSION_MINOR "1" ) -set ( qtermwidget_VERSION_PATCH "0" ) -set ( qtermwidget_VERSION - "${qtermwidget_VERSION_MAJOR}.${qtermwidget_VERSION_MINOR}.${qtermwidget_VERSION_PATCH}" -) - -#| Qt4 Required Options -add_definitions ( -Wall ) -find_package ( Qt4 REQUIRED ) # Finds Qt4 on the system -include ( ${QT_USE_FILE} ) # Includes Qt4 headers and libraries (the above command is needed first) -QT4_WRAP_CPP ( MOC_SRCS ${HDRS} ) # Moc's the headers -#include ( ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR} ) # For including the heades generated by ui files - -#| qtermwidget specific -include_directories ( ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} ) # You mark some of the headers as global, so I just add the source directory to the includes - -#| Defines -add_definitions ( -DHAVE_POSIX_OPENPT ) -#add_definitions( -DHAVE_GETPT ) - -#| Create the Library -add_library( qtermwidget STATIC ${SRCS} ${MOC_SRCS} ) -#add_library ( qtermwidget SHARED ${SRCS} ${MOC_SRCS} ) - -#| Set Build Type -set ( CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE - #"release" - "relwithdebinfo" # Default - #"debug" - #"debugfull" -) - -#| Library Properties -set_target_properties ( qtermwidget PROPERTIES - #OUTPUT_NAME "alternateName" - #PREFIX "lib" - SOVERSION ${qtermwidget_VERSION_MAJOR} - #SUFFIX "so" - VERSION ${qtermwidget_VERSION} -) - -#| Link Qt4 Libraries -target_link_libraries ( qtermwidget ${QT_LIBRARIES} ) - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Character.h b/libs/qtermwidget/Character.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0978ce5..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Character.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,210 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef CHARACTER_H -#define CHARACTER_H - -// Qt -#include - -// Local -#include "CharacterColor.h" - -namespace Konsole -{ - -typedef unsigned char LineProperty; - -static const int LINE_DEFAULT = 0; -static const int LINE_WRAPPED = (1 << 0); -static const int LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH = (1 << 1); -static const int LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT = (1 << 2); - -#define DEFAULT_RENDITION 0 -#define RE_BOLD (1 << 0) -#define RE_BLINK (1 << 1) -#define RE_UNDERLINE (1 << 2) -#define RE_REVERSE (1 << 3) // Screen only -#define RE_INTENSIVE (1 << 3) // Widget only -#define RE_CURSOR (1 << 4) -#define RE_EXTENDED_CHAR (1 << 5) - -/** - * A single character in the terminal which consists of a unicode character - * value, foreground and background colors and a set of rendition attributes - * which specify how it should be drawn. - */ -class Character -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new character. - * - * @param _c The unicode character value of this character. - * @param _f The foreground color used to draw the character. - * @param _b The color used to draw the character's background. - * @param _r A set of rendition flags which specify how this character is to be drawn. - */ - inline Character(quint16 _c = ' ', - CharacterColor _f = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), - CharacterColor _b = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), - quint8 _r = DEFAULT_RENDITION) - : character(_c), rendition(_r), foregroundColor(_f), backgroundColor(_b) {} - - union - { - /** The unicode character value for this character. */ - quint16 character; - /** - * Experimental addition which allows a single Character instance to contain more than - * one unicode character. - * - * charSequence is a hash code which can be used to look up the unicode - * character sequence in the ExtendedCharTable used to create the sequence. - */ - quint16 charSequence; - }; - - /** A combination of RENDITION flags which specify options for drawing the character. */ - quint8 rendition; - - /** The foreground color used to draw this character. */ - CharacterColor foregroundColor; - /** The color used to draw this character's background. */ - CharacterColor backgroundColor; - - /** - * Returns true if this character has a transparent background when - * it is drawn with the specified @p palette. - */ - bool isTransparent(const ColorEntry* palette) const; - /** - * Returns true if this character should always be drawn in bold when - * it is drawn with the specified @p palette, independent of whether - * or not the character has the RE_BOLD rendition flag. - */ - bool isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const; - - /** - * Compares two characters and returns true if they have the same unicode character value, - * rendition and colors. - */ - friend bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b); - /** - * Compares two characters and returns true if they have different unicode character values, - * renditions or colors. - */ - friend bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b); -}; - -inline bool operator == (const Character& a, const Character& b) -{ - return a.character == b.character && - a.rendition == b.rendition && - a.foregroundColor == b.foregroundColor && - a.backgroundColor == b.backgroundColor; -} - -inline bool operator != (const Character& a, const Character& b) -{ - return a.character != b.character || - a.rendition != b.rendition || - a.foregroundColor != b.foregroundColor || - a.backgroundColor != b.backgroundColor; -} - -inline bool Character::isTransparent(const ColorEntry* base) const -{ - return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && - base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent) - || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && - base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].transparent); -} - -inline bool Character::isBold(const ColorEntry* base) const -{ - return ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) && - base[backgroundColor._u+0+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold) - || ((backgroundColor._colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM) && - base[backgroundColor._u+2+(backgroundColor._v?BASE_COLORS:0)].bold); -} - -extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; - - -/** - * A table which stores sequences of unicode characters, referenced - * by hash keys. The hash key itself is the same size as a unicode - * character ( ushort ) so that it can occupy the same space in - * a structure. - */ -class ExtendedCharTable -{ -public: - /** Constructs a new character table. */ - ExtendedCharTable(); - ~ExtendedCharTable(); - - /** - * Adds a sequences of unicode characters to the table and returns - * a hash code which can be used later to look up the sequence - * using lookupExtendedChar() - * - * If the same sequence already exists in the table, the hash - * of the existing sequence will be returned. - * - * @param unicodePoints An array of unicode character points - * @param length Length of @p unicodePoints - */ - ushort createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length); - /** - * Looks up and returns a pointer to a sequence of unicode characters - * which was added to the table using createExtendedChar(). - * - * @param hash The hash key returned by createExtendedChar() - * @param length This variable is set to the length of the - * character sequence. - * - * @return A unicode character sequence of size @p length. - */ - ushort* lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const; - - /** The global ExtendedCharTable instance. */ - static ExtendedCharTable instance; -private: - // calculates the hash key of a sequence of unicode points of size 'length' - ushort extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; - // tests whether the entry in the table specified by 'hash' matches the - // character sequence 'unicodePoints' of size 'length' - bool extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const; - // internal, maps hash keys to character sequence buffers. The first ushort - // in each value is the length of the buffer, followed by the ushorts in the buffer - // themselves. - QHash extendedCharTable; -}; - -} - -#endif // CHARACTER_H - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h b/libs/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1b86674..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/CharacterColor.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef CHARACTERCOLOR_H -#define CHARACTERCOLOR_H - -// Qt -#include - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/** - * An entry in a terminal display's color palette. - * - * A color palette is an array of 16 ColorEntry instances which map - * system color indexes (from 0 to 15) into actual colors. - * - * Each entry can be set as bold, in which case any text - * drawn using the color should be drawn in bold. - * - * Each entry can also be transparent, in which case the terminal - * display should avoid drawing the background for any characters - * using the entry as a background. - */ -class ColorEntry -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new color palette entry. - * - * @param c The color value for this entry. - * @param tr Specifies that the color should be transparent when used as a background color. - * @param b Specifies that text drawn with this color should be bold. - */ - ColorEntry(QColor c, bool tr, bool b) : color(c), transparent(tr), bold(b) {} - - /** - * Constructs a new color palette entry with an undefined color, and - * with the transparent and bold flags set to false. - */ - ColorEntry() : transparent(false), bold(false) {} - - /** - * Sets the color, transparency and boldness of this color to those of @p rhs. - */ - void operator=(const ColorEntry& rhs) - { - color = rhs.color; - transparent = rhs.transparent; - bold = rhs.bold; - } - - /** The color value of this entry for display. */ - QColor color; - - /** - * If true character backgrounds using this color should be transparent. - * This is not applicable when the color is used to render text. - */ - bool transparent; - /** - * If true characters drawn using this color should be bold. - * This is not applicable when the color is used to draw a character's background. - */ - bool bold; -}; - - -// Attributed Character Representations /////////////////////////////// - -// Colors - -#define BASE_COLORS (2+8) -#define INTENSITIES 2 -#define TABLE_COLORS (INTENSITIES*BASE_COLORS) - -#define DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR 0 -#define DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR 1 - -//a standard set of colors using black text on a white background. -//defined in TerminalDisplay.cpp - -static const ColorEntry base_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = -// The following are almost IBM standard color codes, with some slight -// gamma correction for the dim colors to compensate for bright X screens. -// It contains the 8 ansiterm/xterm colors in 2 intensities. -{ - // Fixme: could add faint colors here, also. - // normal - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White - // intensiv - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ) -}; - -/* CharacterColor is a union of the various color spaces. - - Assignment is as follows: - - Type - Space - Values - - 0 - Undefined - u: 0, v:0 w:0 - 1 - Default - u: 0..1 v:intense w:0 - 2 - System - u: 0..7 v:intense w:0 - 3 - Index(256) - u: 16..255 v:0 w:0 - 4 - RGB - u: 0..255 v:0..256 w:0..256 - - Default colour space has two separate colours, namely - default foreground and default background colour. -*/ - -#define COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED 0 -#define COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT 1 -#define COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM 2 -#define COLOR_SPACE_256 3 -#define COLOR_SPACE_RGB 4 - -/** - * Describes the color of a single character in the terminal. - */ -class CharacterColor -{ - friend class Character; - -public: - /** Constructs a new CharacterColor whoose color and color space are undefined. */ - CharacterColor() - : _colorSpace(COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED), - _u(0), - _v(0), - _w(0) - {} - - /** - * Constructs a new CharacterColor using the specified @p colorSpace and with - * color value @p co - * - * The meaning of @p co depends on the @p colorSpace used. - * - * TODO : Document how @p co relates to @p colorSpace - * - * TODO : Add documentation about available color spaces. - */ - CharacterColor(quint8 colorSpace, int co) - : _colorSpace(colorSpace), - _u(0), - _v(0), - _w(0) - { - switch (colorSpace) - { - case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: - _u = co & 1; - break; - case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: - _u = co & 7; - _v = (co >> 3) & 1; - break; - case COLOR_SPACE_256: - _u = co & 255; - break; - case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: - _u = co >> 16; - _v = co >> 8; - _w = co; - break; - default: - _colorSpace = COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; - } - } - - /** - * Returns true if this character color entry is valid. - */ - bool isValid() - { - return _colorSpace != COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED; - } - - /** - * Toggles the value of this color between a normal system color and the corresponding intensive - * system color. - * - * This is only applicable if the color is using the COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT or COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM - * color spaces. - */ - void toggleIntensive(); - - /** - * Returns the color within the specified color @palette - * - * The @p palette is only used if this color is one of the 16 system colors, otherwise - * it is ignored. - */ - QColor color(const ColorEntry* palette) const; - - /** - * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent the same color value and - * use the same color space. - */ - friend bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); - /** - * Compares two colors and returns true if they represent different color values - * or use different color spaces. - */ - friend bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b); - -private: - quint8 _colorSpace; - - // bytes storing the character color - quint8 _u; - quint8 _v; - quint8 _w; -}; - -inline bool operator == (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) -{ - return *reinterpret_cast(&a._colorSpace) == - *reinterpret_cast(&b._colorSpace); -} - -inline bool operator != (const CharacterColor& a, const CharacterColor& b) -{ - return *reinterpret_cast(&a._colorSpace) != - *reinterpret_cast(&b._colorSpace); -} - -inline const QColor color256(quint8 u, const ColorEntry* base) -{ - // 0.. 16: system colors - if (u < 8) return base[u+2 ].color; u -= 8; - if (u < 8) return base[u+2+BASE_COLORS].color; u -= 8; - - // 16..231: 6x6x6 rgb color cube - if (u < 216) return QColor(255*((u/36)%6)/5, - 255*((u/ 6)%6)/5, - 255*((u/ 1)%6)/5); u -= 216; - - // 232..255: gray, leaving out black and white - int gray = u*10+8; return QColor(gray,gray,gray); -} - -inline QColor CharacterColor::color(const ColorEntry* base) const -{ - switch (_colorSpace) - { - case COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT: return base[_u+0+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; - case COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM: return base[_u+2+(_v?BASE_COLORS:0)].color; - case COLOR_SPACE_256: return color256(_u,base); - case COLOR_SPACE_RGB: return QColor(_u,_v,_w); - case COLOR_SPACE_UNDEFINED: return QColor(); - } - - Q_ASSERT(false); // invalid color space - - return QColor(); -} - -inline void CharacterColor::toggleIntensive() -{ - if (_colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM || _colorSpace == COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT) - { - _v = !_v; - } -} - - -} - -#endif // CHARACTERCOLOR_H - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h b/libs/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h deleted file mode 100644 index 321d6db..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/ColorTables.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -#ifndef _COLOR_TABLE_H -#define _COLOR_TABLE_H - -#include "CharacterColor.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -static const ColorEntry whiteonblack_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = -{ - // normal - ColorEntry(QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 1, 0 ), // Dfore, Dback - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Black, Red - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0x18), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x68,0x18), 0, 0 ), // Green, Yellow - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0x18,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Blue, Magenta - ColorEntry(QColor(0x18,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xB2,0xB2,0xB2), 0, 0 ), // Cyan, White - // intensiv - ColorEntry(QColor(0x00,0x00,0x00), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 1, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x68,0x68,0x68), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0x54), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0x54), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0x54,0xFF), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor(0x54,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry( QColor(0xFF,0xFF,0xFF), 0, 0 ) -}; - -static const ColorEntry greenonblack_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = -{ - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 240, 24), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 1, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 24), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 24), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 104, 24), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 24, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 178), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 178, 178), 0, 0), - // intensive colors - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 240, 24), 0, 1 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 1, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor( 104, 104, 104), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 84), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 84), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 84), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 84, 255), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 255), 0, 0 ), - ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 255), 0, 0 ), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 255), 0, 0 ) -}; - -static const ColorEntry blackonlightyellow_color_table[TABLE_COLORS] = -{ - ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 221), 1, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 24), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 24), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 104, 24), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 24, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 24, 178), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 24, 178, 178), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 178, 178, 178), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 0, 0, 0), 0, 1), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 221), 1, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor(104, 104, 104), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 84), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 84), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 84), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 84, 255), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 84, 255), 0, 0), - ColorEntry(QColor( 84, 255, 255), 0, 0), ColorEntry(QColor( 255, 255, 255), 0, 0) -}; - - - - - -#endif - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h b/libs/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h deleted file mode 100644 index e47417c..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/DefaultTranslatorText.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ -"keyboard \"Fallback Key Translator\"\n" -"key Tab : \"\\t\" \0" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e767a42..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,543 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - Copyright (C) 1996 by Matthias Ettrich - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Emulation.h" - -// System -#include -#include -#include -#include - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -// Konsole -#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" -#include "Screen.h" -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" -#include "ScreenWindow.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Emulation */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -//#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@') - -/*! -*/ - -Emulation::Emulation() : - _currentScreen(0), - _codec(0), - _decoder(0), - _keyTranslator(0), - _usesMouse(false) -{ - - // create screens with a default size - _screen[0] = new Screen(40,80); - _screen[1] = new Screen(40,80); - _currentScreen = _screen[0]; - - QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer1, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); - QObject::connect(&_bulkTimer2, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(showBulk()) ); - - // listen for mouse status changes - connect( this , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , - SLOT(usesMouseChanged(bool)) ); -} - -bool Emulation::programUsesMouse() const -{ - return _usesMouse; -} - -void Emulation::usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse) -{ - _usesMouse = usesMouse; -} - -ScreenWindow* Emulation::createWindow() -{ - ScreenWindow* window = new ScreenWindow(); - window->setScreen(_currentScreen); - _windows << window; - - connect(window , SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), - this , SLOT(bufferedUpdate())); - - connect(this , SIGNAL(outputChanged()), - window , SLOT(notifyOutputChanged()) ); - return window; -} - -/*! -*/ - -Emulation::~Emulation() -{ - QListIterator windowIter(_windows); - - while (windowIter.hasNext()) - { - delete windowIter.next(); - } - - delete _screen[0]; - delete _screen[1]; - delete _decoder; -} - -/*! change between primary and alternate _screen -*/ - -void Emulation::setScreen(int n) -{ - Screen *old = _currentScreen; - _currentScreen = _screen[n&1]; - if (_currentScreen != old) - { - old->setBusySelecting(false); - - // tell all windows onto this emulation to switch to the newly active _screen - QListIterator windowIter(_windows); - while ( windowIter.hasNext() ) - { - windowIter.next()->setScreen(_currentScreen); - } - } -} - -void Emulation::clearHistory() -{ - _screen[0]->setScroll( _screen[0]->getScroll() , false ); -} -void Emulation::setHistory(const HistoryType& t) -{ - _screen[0]->setScroll(t); - - showBulk(); -} - -const HistoryType& Emulation::history() -{ - return _screen[0]->getScroll(); -} - -void Emulation::setCodec(const QTextCodec * qtc) -{ - Q_ASSERT( qtc ); - - _codec = qtc; - delete _decoder; - _decoder = _codec->makeDecoder(); - - emit useUtf8Request(utf8()); -} - -void Emulation::setCodec(EmulationCodec codec) -{ - if ( codec == Utf8Codec ) - setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForName("utf8") ); - else if ( codec == LocaleCodec ) - setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForLocale() ); -} - -void Emulation::setKeyBindings(const QString& name) -{ - _keyTranslator = KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance()->findTranslator(name); -} - -QString Emulation::keyBindings() -{ - return _keyTranslator->name(); -} - - -// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. - Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' - which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the - `Screen' class. -*/ - -/*! -*/ - -void Emulation::receiveChar(int c) -// process application unicode input to terminal -// this is a trivial scanner -{ - c &= 0xff; - switch (c) - { - case '\b' : _currentScreen->BackSpace(); break; - case '\t' : _currentScreen->Tabulate(); break; - case '\n' : _currentScreen->NewLine(); break; - case '\r' : _currentScreen->Return(); break; - case 0x07 : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); - break; - default : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter(c); break; - }; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Keyboard Handling */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*! -*/ - -void Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* ev ) -{ - emit stateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); - - if (!ev->text().isEmpty()) - { // A block of text - // Note that the text is proper unicode. - // We should do a conversion here, but since this - // routine will never be used, we simply emit plain ascii. - //emit sendBlock(ev->text().toAscii(),ev->text().length()); - emit sendData(ev->text().toUtf8(),ev->text().length()); - } -} - -void Emulation::sendString(const char*,int) -{ - // default implementation does nothing -} - -void Emulation::sendMouseEvent(int /*buttons*/, int /*column*/, int /*row*/, int /*eventType*/) -{ - // default implementation does nothing -} - -// Unblocking, Byte to Unicode translation --------------------------------- -- - -/* - We are doing code conversion from locale to unicode first. -TODO: Character composition from the old code. See #96536 -*/ - -void Emulation::receiveData(const char* text, int length) -{ - emit stateSet(NOTIFYACTIVITY); - - bufferedUpdate(); - - QString unicodeText = _decoder->toUnicode(text,length); - - //send characters to terminal emulator - for (int i=0;i 3) && (strncmp(text+i+1, "B00", 3) == 0)) - emit zmodemDetected(); - } - } -} - -//OLDER VERSION -//This version of onRcvBlock was commented out because -// a) It decoded incoming characters one-by-one, which is slow in the current version of Qt (4.2 tech preview) -// b) It messed up decoding of non-ASCII characters, with the result that (for example) chinese characters -// were not printed properly. -// -//There is something about stopping the _decoder if "we get a control code halfway a multi-byte sequence" (see below) -//which hasn't been ported into the newer function (above). Hopefully someone who understands this better -//can find an alternative way of handling the check. - - -/*void Emulation::onRcvBlock(const char *s, int len) -{ - emit notifySessionState(NOTIFYACTIVITY); - - bufferedUpdate(); - for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - - QString result = _decoder->toUnicode(&s[i],1); - int reslen = result.length(); - - // If we get a control code halfway a multi-byte sequence - // we flush the _decoder and continue with the control code. - if ((s[i] < 32) && (s[i] > 0)) - { - // Flush _decoder - while(!result.length()) - result = _decoder->toUnicode(&s[i],1); - reslen = 1; - result.resize(reslen); - result[0] = QChar(s[i]); - } - - for (int j = 0; j < reslen; j++) - { - if (result[j].characterategory() == QChar::Mark_NonSpacing) - _currentScreen->compose(result.mid(j,1)); - else - onRcvChar(result[j].unicode()); - } - if (s[i] == '\030') - { - if ((len-i-1 > 3) && (strncmp(s+i+1, "B00", 3) == 0)) - emit zmodemDetected(); - } - } -}*/ - -// Selection --------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -#if 0 -void Emulation::onSelectionBegin(const int x, const int y, const bool columnmode) { - if (!connected) return; - _currentScreen->setSelectionStart( x,y,columnmode); - showBulk(); -} - -void Emulation::onSelectionExtend(const int x, const int y) { - if (!connected) return; - _currentScreen->setSelectionEnd(x,y); - showBulk(); -} - -void Emulation::setSelection(const bool preserve_line_breaks) { - if (!connected) return; - QString t = _currentScreen->selectedText(preserve_line_breaks); - if (!t.isNull()) - { - QListIterator< TerminalDisplay* > viewIter(_views); - - while (viewIter.hasNext()) - viewIter.next()->setSelection(t); - } -} - -void Emulation::testIsSelected(const int x, const int y, bool &selected) -{ - if (!connected) return; - selected=_currentScreen->isSelected(x,y); -} - -void Emulation::clearSelection() { - if (!connected) return; - _currentScreen->clearSelection(); - showBulk(); -} - -#endif - -void Emulation::writeToStream( TerminalCharacterDecoder* _decoder , - int startLine , - int endLine) -{ - _currentScreen->writeToStream(_decoder,startLine,endLine); -} - -int Emulation::lineCount() -{ - // sum number of lines currently on _screen plus number of lines in history - return _currentScreen->getLines() + _currentScreen->getHistLines(); -} - -// Refreshing -------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -#define BULK_TIMEOUT1 10 -#define BULK_TIMEOUT2 40 - -/*! -*/ -void Emulation::showBulk() -{ - _bulkTimer1.stop(); - _bulkTimer2.stop(); - - emit outputChanged(); - - _currentScreen->resetScrolledLines(); - _currentScreen->resetDroppedLines(); -} - -void Emulation::bufferedUpdate() -{ - _bulkTimer1.setSingleShot(true); - _bulkTimer1.start(BULK_TIMEOUT1); - if (!_bulkTimer2.isActive()) - { - _bulkTimer2.setSingleShot(true); - _bulkTimer2.start(BULK_TIMEOUT2); - } -} - -char Emulation::getErase() const -{ - return '\b'; -} - -void Emulation::setImageSize(int lines, int columns) -{ - //kDebug() << "Resizing image to: " << lines << "by" << columns << QTime::currentTime().msec(); - Q_ASSERT( lines > 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( columns > 0 ); - - _screen[0]->resizeImage(lines,columns); - _screen[1]->resizeImage(lines,columns); - - emit imageSizeChanged(lines,columns); - - bufferedUpdate(); -} - -QSize Emulation::imageSize() -{ - return QSize(_currentScreen->getColumns(), _currentScreen->getLines()); -} - -ushort ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharHash(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const -{ - ushort hash = 0; - for ( ushort i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) - { - hash = 31*hash + unicodePoints[i]; - } - return hash; -} -bool ExtendedCharTable::extendedCharMatch(ushort hash , ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) const -{ - ushort* entry = extendedCharTable[hash]; - - // compare given length with stored sequence length ( given as the first ushort in the - // stored buffer ) - if ( entry == 0 || entry[0] != length ) - return false; - // if the lengths match, each character must be checked. the stored buffer starts at - // entry[1] - for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) - { - if ( entry[i+1] != unicodePoints[i] ) - return false; - } - return true; -} -ushort ExtendedCharTable::createExtendedChar(ushort* unicodePoints , ushort length) -{ - // look for this sequence of points in the table - ushort hash = extendedCharHash(unicodePoints,length); - - // check existing entry for match - while ( extendedCharTable.contains(hash) ) - { - if ( extendedCharMatch(hash,unicodePoints,length) ) - { - // this sequence already has an entry in the table, - // return its hash - return hash; - } - else - { - // if hash is already used by another, different sequence of unicode character - // points then try next hash - hash++; - } - } - - - // add the new sequence to the table and - // return that index - ushort* buffer = new ushort[length+1]; - buffer[0] = length; - for ( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i++ ) - buffer[i+1] = unicodePoints[i]; - - extendedCharTable.insert(hash,buffer); - - return hash; -} - -ushort* ExtendedCharTable::lookupExtendedChar(ushort hash , ushort& length) const -{ - // lookup index in table and if found, set the length - // argument and return a pointer to the character sequence - - ushort* buffer = extendedCharTable[hash]; - if ( buffer ) - { - length = buffer[0]; - return buffer+1; - } - else - { - length = 0; - return 0; - } -} - -ExtendedCharTable::ExtendedCharTable() -{ -} -ExtendedCharTable::~ExtendedCharTable() -{ - // free all allocated character buffers - QHashIterator iter(extendedCharTable); - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - { - iter.next(); - delete[] iter.value(); - } -} - -// global instance -ExtendedCharTable ExtendedCharTable::instance; - - -//#include "moc_Emulation.cpp" - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.h b/libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2782df7..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Emulation.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,465 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef EMULATION_H -#define EMULATION_H - -// System -#include - -// Qt -#include -//#include -#include -#include -#include - - -namespace Konsole -{ - -class KeyboardTranslator; -class HistoryType; -class Screen; -class ScreenWindow; -class TerminalCharacterDecoder; - -/** - * This enum describes the available states which - * the terminal emulation may be set to. - * - * These are the values used by Emulation::stateChanged() - */ -enum -{ - /** The emulation is currently receiving user input. */ - NOTIFYNORMAL=0, - /** - * The terminal program has triggered a bell event - * to get the user's attention. - */ - NOTIFYBELL=1, - /** - * The emulation is currently receiving data from its - * terminal input. - */ - NOTIFYACTIVITY=2, - - // unused here? - NOTIFYSILENCE=3 -}; - -/** - * Base class for terminal emulation back-ends. - * - * The back-end is responsible for decoding an incoming character stream and - * producing an output image of characters. - * - * When input from the terminal is received, the receiveData() slot should be called with - * the data which has arrived. The emulation will process the data and update the - * screen image accordingly. The codec used to decode the incoming character stream - * into the unicode characters used internally can be specified using setCodec() - * - * The size of the screen image can be specified by calling setImageSize() with the - * desired number of lines and columns. When new lines are added, old content - * is moved into a history store, which can be set by calling setHistory(). - * - * The screen image can be accessed by creating a ScreenWindow onto this emulation - * by calling createWindow(). Screen windows provide access to a section of the - * output. Each screen window covers the same number of lines and columns as the - * image size returned by imageSize(). The screen window can be moved up and down - * and provides transparent access to both the current on-screen image and the - * previous output. The screen windows emit an outputChanged signal - * when the section of the image they are looking at changes. - * Graphical views can then render the contents of a screen window, listening for notifications - * of output changes from the screen window which they are associated with and updating - * accordingly. - * - * The emulation also is also responsible for converting input from the connected views such - * as keypresses and mouse activity into a character string which can be sent - * to the terminal program. Key presses can be processed by calling the sendKeyEvent() slot, - * while mouse events can be processed using the sendMouseEvent() slot. When the character - * stream has been produced, the emulation will emit a sendData() signal with a pointer - * to the character buffer. This data should be fed to the standard input of the terminal - * process. The translation of key presses into an output character stream is performed - * using a lookup in a set of key bindings which map key sequences to output - * character sequences. The name of the key bindings set used can be specified using - * setKeyBindings() - * - * The emulation maintains certain state information which changes depending on the - * input received. The emulation can be reset back to its starting state by calling - * reset(). - * - * The emulation also maintains an activity state, which specifies whether - * terminal is currently active ( when data is received ), normal - * ( when the terminal is idle or receiving user input ) or trying - * to alert the user ( also known as a "Bell" event ). The stateSet() signal - * is emitted whenever the activity state is set. This can be used to determine - * how long the emulation has been active/idle for and also respond to - * a 'bell' event in different ways. - */ -class Emulation : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** Constructs a new terminal emulation */ - Emulation(); - ~Emulation(); - - /** - * Creates a new window onto the output from this emulation. The contents - * of the window are then rendered by views which are set to use this window using the - * TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow() method. - */ - ScreenWindow* createWindow(); - - /** Returns the size of the screen image which the emulation produces */ - QSize imageSize(); - - /** - * Returns the total number of lines, including those stored in the history. - */ - int lineCount(); - - - /** - * Sets the history store used by this emulation. When new lines - * are added to the output, older lines at the top of the screen are transferred to a history - * store. - * - * The number of lines which are kept and the storage location depend on the - * type of store. - */ - void setHistory(const HistoryType&); - /** Returns the history store used by this emulation. See setHistory() */ - const HistoryType& history(); - /** Clears the history scroll. */ - void clearHistory(); - - /** - * Copies the output history from @p startLine to @p endLine - * into @p stream, using @p decoder to convert the terminal - * characters into text. - * - * @param decoder A decoder which converts lines of terminal characters with - * appearance attributes into output text. PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly - * used decoder. - * @param startLine The first - */ - virtual void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder,int startLine,int endLine); - - - /** Returns the codec used to decode incoming characters. See setCodec() */ - const QTextCodec* codec() { return _codec; } - /** Sets the codec used to decode incoming characters. */ - void setCodec(const QTextCodec*); - - /** - * Convenience method. - * Returns true if the current codec used to decode incoming - * characters is UTF-8 - */ - bool utf8() { Q_ASSERT(_codec); return _codec->mibEnum() == 106; } - - - /** TODO Document me */ - virtual char getErase() const; - - /** - * Sets the key bindings used to key events - * ( received through sendKeyEvent() ) into character - * streams to send to the terminal. - */ - void setKeyBindings(const QString& name); - /** - * Returns the name of the emulation's current key bindings. - * See setKeyBindings() - */ - QString keyBindings(); - - /** - * Copies the current image into the history and clears the screen. - */ - virtual void clearEntireScreen() =0; - - /** Resets the state of the terminal. */ - virtual void reset() =0; - - /** - * Returns true if the active terminal program wants - * mouse input events. - * - * The programUsesMouseChanged() signal is emitted when this - * changes. - */ - bool programUsesMouse() const; - -public slots: - - /** Change the size of the emulation's image */ - virtual void setImageSize(int lines, int columns); - - /** - * Interprets a sequence of characters and sends the result to the terminal. - * This is equivalent to calling sendKeyEvent() for each character in @p text in succession. - */ - virtual void sendText(const QString& text) = 0; - - /** - * Interprets a key press event and emits the sendData() signal with - * the resulting character stream. - */ - virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); - - /** - * Converts information about a mouse event into an xterm-compatible escape - * sequence and emits the character sequence via sendData() - */ - virtual void sendMouseEvent(int buttons, int column, int line, int eventType); - - /** - * Sends a string of characters to the foreground terminal process. - * - * @param string The characters to send. - * @param length Length of @p string or if set to a negative value, @p string will - * be treated as a null-terminated string and its length will be determined automatically. - */ - virtual void sendString(const char* string, int length = -1) = 0; - - /** - * Processes an incoming stream of characters. receiveData() decodes the incoming - * character buffer using the current codec(), and then calls receiveChar() for - * each unicode character in the resulting buffer. - * - * receiveData() also starts a timer which causes the outputChanged() signal - * to be emitted when it expires. The timer allows multiple updates in quick - * succession to be buffered into a single outputChanged() signal emission. - * - * @param buffer A string of characters received from the terminal program. - * @param len The length of @p buffer - */ - void receiveData(const char* buffer,int len); - -signals: - - /** - * Emitted when a buffer of data is ready to send to the - * standard input of the terminal. - * - * @param data The buffer of data ready to be sent - * @paran len The length of @p data in bytes - */ - void sendData(const char* data,int len); - - /** - * Requests that sending of input to the emulation - * from the terminal process be suspended or resumed. - * - * @param suspend If true, requests that sending of - * input from the terminal process' stdout be - * suspended. Otherwise requests that sending of - * input be resumed. - */ - void lockPtyRequest(bool suspend); - - /** - * Requests that the pty used by the terminal process - * be set to UTF 8 mode. - * - * TODO: More documentation - */ - void useUtf8Request(bool); - - /** - * Emitted when the activity state of the emulation is set. - * - * @param state The new activity state, one of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYACTIVITY - * or NOTIFYBELL - */ - void stateSet(int state); - - /** TODO Document me */ - void zmodemDetected(); - - - /** - * Requests that the color of the text used - * to represent the tabs associated with this - * emulation be changed. This is a Konsole-specific - * extension from pre-KDE 4 times. - * - * TODO: Document how the parameter works. - */ - void changeTabTextColorRequest(int color); - - /** - * This is emitted when the program running in the shell indicates whether or - * not it is interested in mouse events. - * - * @param usesMouse This will be true if the program wants to be informed about - * mouse events or false otherwise. - */ - void programUsesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); - - /** - * Emitted when the contents of the screen image change. - * The emulation buffers the updates from successive image changes, - * and only emits outputChanged() at sensible intervals when - * there is a lot of terminal activity. - * - * Normally there is no need for objects other than the screen windows - * created with createWindow() to listen for this signal. - * - * ScreenWindow objects created using createWindow() will emit their - * own outputChanged() signal in response to this signal. - */ - void outputChanged(); - - /** - * Emitted when the program running in the terminal wishes to update the - * session's title. This also allows terminal programs to customize other - * aspects of the terminal emulation display. - * - * This signal is emitted when the escape sequence "\033]ARG;VALUE\007" - * is received in the input string, where ARG is a number specifying what - * should change and VALUE is a string specifying the new value. - * - * TODO: The name of this method is not very accurate since this method - * is used to perform a whole range of tasks besides just setting - * the user-title of the session. - * - * @param title Specifies what to change. - *
    - *
  • 0 - Set window icon text and session title to @p newTitle
    • - *
  • 1 - Set window icon text to @p newTitle
    • - *
  • 2 - Set session title to @p newTitle
    • - *
  • 11 - Set the session's default background color to @p newTitle, - * where @p newTitle can be an HTML-style string (#RRGGBB) or a named - * color (eg 'red', 'blue'). - * See http://doc.trolltech.com/4.2/qcolor.html#setNamedColor for more - * details. - *
    • - *
  • 31 - Supposedly treats @p newTitle as a URL and opens it (NOT IMPLEMENTED)
    • - *
  • 32 - Sets the icon associated with the session. @p newTitle is the name - * of the icon to use, which can be the name of any icon in the current KDE icon - * theme (eg: 'konsole', 'kate', 'folder_home')
    • - *
- * @param newTitle Specifies the new title - */ - - void titleChanged(int title,const QString& newTitle); - - /** - * Emitted when the program running in the terminal changes the - * screen size. - */ - void imageSizeChanged(int lineCount , int columnCount); - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal program requests to change various properties - * of the terminal display. - * - * A profile change command occurs when a special escape sequence, followed - * by a string containing a series of name and value pairs is received. - * This string can be parsed using a ProfileCommandParser instance. - * - * @param text A string expected to contain a series of key and value pairs in - * the form: name=value;name2=value2 ... - */ - void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); - -protected: - virtual void setMode (int mode) = 0; - virtual void resetMode(int mode) = 0; - - /** - * Processes an incoming character. See receiveData() - * @p ch A unicode character code. - */ - virtual void receiveChar(int ch); - - /** - * Sets the active screen. The terminal has two screens, primary and alternate. - * The primary screen is used by default. When certain interactive programs such - * as Vim are run, they trigger a switch to the alternate screen. - * - * @param index 0 to switch to the primary screen, or 1 to switch to the alternate screen - */ - void setScreen(int index); - - enum EmulationCodec - { - LocaleCodec = 0, - Utf8Codec = 1 - }; - void setCodec(EmulationCodec codec); // codec number, 0 = locale, 1=utf8 - - - QList _windows; - - Screen* _currentScreen; // pointer to the screen which is currently active, - // this is one of the elements in the screen[] array - - Screen* _screen[2]; // 0 = primary screen ( used by most programs, including the shell - // scrollbars are enabled in this mode ) - // 1 = alternate ( used by vi , emacs etc. - // scrollbars are not enabled in this mode ) - - - //decodes an incoming C-style character stream into a unicode QString using - //the current text codec. (this allows for rendering of non-ASCII characters in text files etc.) - const QTextCodec* _codec; - QTextDecoder* _decoder; - - const KeyboardTranslator* _keyTranslator; // the keyboard layout - -protected slots: - /** - * Schedules an update of attached views. - * Repeated calls to bufferedUpdate() in close succession will result in only a single update, - * much like the Qt buffered update of widgets. - */ - void bufferedUpdate(); - -private slots: - - // triggered by timer, causes the emulation to send an updated screen image to each - // view - void showBulk(); - - void usesMouseChanged(bool usesMouse); - -private: - - bool _usesMouse; - QTimer _bulkTimer1; - QTimer _bulkTimer2; - -}; - -} - -#endif // ifndef EMULATION_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h b/libs/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6403c72..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ -"keyboard \"Default (XFree 4)\"" -"key Escape : \"\\E\"" -"key Tab -Shift : \"\\t\"\n" -"key Tab +Shift+Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" -"key Tab +Shift-Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" -"key Backtab +Ansi : \"\\E[Z\"\n" -"key Backtab -Ansi : \"\\t\"\n" -"key Return-Shift-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" -"key Return-Shift+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" -"key Return+Shift : \"\\EOM\"\n" -"key Backspace : \"\\x7f\"\n" -"key Up -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EA\"\n" -"key Down -Shift-Ansi : \"\\EB\"\n" -"key Right-Shift-Ansi : \"\\EC\"\n" -"key Left -Shift-Ansi : \"\\ED\"\n" -"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOA\"\n" -"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOB\"\n" -"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOC\"\n" -"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : \"\\EOD\"\n" -"key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[A\"\n" -"key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[B\"\n" -"key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[C\"\n" -"key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : \"\\E[D\"\n" -"key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*A\"\n" -"key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*B\"\n" -"key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*C\"\n" -"key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : \"\\E[1;*D\"\n" -"key Enter+NewLine : \"\\r\\n\"\n" -"key Enter-NewLine : \"\\r\"\n" -"key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[H\" \n" -"key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : \"\\E[F\" \n" -"key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOH\" \n" -"key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : \"\\EOF\" \n" -"key Home +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*H\"\n" -"key End +AnyMod : \"\\E[1;*F\"\n" -"key Insert -AnyMod : \"\\E[2~\"\n" -"key Delete -AnyMod : \"\\E[3~\"\n" -"key Insert +AnyMod : \"\\E[2;*~\"\n" -"key Delete +AnyMod : \"\\E[3;*~\"\n" -"key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[5~\"\n" -"key Next -Shift-AnyMod : \"\\E[6~\"\n" -"key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[5;*~\"\n" -"key Next -Shift+AnyMod : \"\\E[6;*~\"\n" -"key F1 -AnyMod : \"\\EOP\"\n" -"key F2 -AnyMod : \"\\EOQ\"\n" -"key F3 -AnyMod : \"\\EOR\"\n" -"key F4 -AnyMod : \"\\EOS\"\n" -"key F5 -AnyMod : \"\\E[15~\"\n" -"key F6 -AnyMod : \"\\E[17~\"\n" -"key F7 -AnyMod : \"\\E[18~\"\n" -"key F8 -AnyMod : \"\\E[19~\"\n" -"key F9 -AnyMod : \"\\E[20~\"\n" -"key F10 -AnyMod : \"\\E[21~\"\n" -"key F11 -AnyMod : \"\\E[23~\"\n" -"key F12 -AnyMod : \"\\E[24~\"\n" -"key F1 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*P\"\n" -"key F2 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*Q\"\n" -"key F3 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*R\"\n" -"key F4 +AnyMod : \"\\EO*S\"\n" -"key F5 +AnyMod : \"\\E[15;*~\"\n" -"key F6 +AnyMod : \"\\E[17;*~\"\n" -"key F7 +AnyMod : \"\\E[18;*~\"\n" -"key F8 +AnyMod : \"\\E[19;*~\"\n" -"key F9 +AnyMod : \"\\E[20;*~\"\n" -"key F10 +AnyMod : \"\\E[21;*~\"\n" -"key F11 +AnyMod : \"\\E[23;*~\"\n" -"key F12 +AnyMod : \"\\E[24;*~\"\n" -"key Space +Control : \"\\x00\"\n" -"key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp\n" -"key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp\n" -"key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown\n" -"key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown\n" -"key ScrollLock : scrollLock\n" -"\0" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index c3f4919..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Filter.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,562 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Filter.h" - -// System -#include - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include - -// KDE -//#include -//#include - -// Konsole -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -FilterChain::~FilterChain() -{ - QMutableListIterator iter(*this); - - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - { - Filter* filter = iter.next(); - iter.remove(); - delete filter; - } -} - -void FilterChain::addFilter(Filter* filter) -{ - append(filter); -} -void FilterChain::removeFilter(Filter* filter) -{ - removeAll(filter); -} -bool FilterChain::containsFilter(Filter* filter) -{ - return contains(filter); -} -void FilterChain::reset() -{ - QListIterator iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - iter.next()->reset(); -} -void FilterChain::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList* linePositions) -{ - QListIterator iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - iter.next()->setBuffer(buffer,linePositions); -} -void FilterChain::process() -{ - QListIterator iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - iter.next()->process(); -} -void FilterChain::clear() -{ - QList::clear(); -} -Filter::HotSpot* FilterChain::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const -{ - QListIterator iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - Filter* filter = iter.next(); - Filter::HotSpot* spot = filter->hotSpotAt(line,column); - if ( spot != 0 ) - { - return spot; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -QList FilterChain::hotSpots() const -{ - QList list; - QListIterator iter(*this); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - Filter* filter = iter.next(); - list << filter->hotSpots(); - } - return list; -} -//QList FilterChain::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; - -TerminalImageFilterChain::TerminalImageFilterChain() -: _buffer(0) -, _linePositions(0) -{ -} - -TerminalImageFilterChain::~TerminalImageFilterChain() -{ - delete _buffer; - delete _linePositions; -} - -void TerminalImageFilterChain::setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, const QVector& lineProperties) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - if (empty()) - return; -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - // reset all filters and hotspots - reset(); -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - PlainTextDecoder decoder; - decoder.setTrailingWhitespace(false); - -//qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); - // setup new shared buffers for the filters to process on - QString* newBuffer = new QString(); - QList* newLinePositions = new QList(); - setBuffer( newBuffer , newLinePositions ); - - // free the old buffers - delete _buffer; - delete _linePositions; - - _buffer = newBuffer; - _linePositions = newLinePositions; - - QTextStream lineStream(_buffer); - decoder.begin(&lineStream); - - for (int i=0 ; i < lines ; i++) - { - _linePositions->append(_buffer->length()); - decoder.decodeLine(image + i*columns,columns,LINE_DEFAULT); - - // pretend that each line ends with a newline character. - // this prevents a link that occurs at the end of one line - // being treated as part of a link that occurs at the start of the next line - // - // the downside is that links which are spread over more than one line are not - // highlighted. - // - // TODO - Use the "line wrapped" attribute associated with lines in a - // terminal image to avoid adding this imaginary character for wrapped - // lines - if ( !(lineProperties.value(i,LINE_DEFAULT) & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - lineStream << QChar('\n'); - } - decoder.end(); -// qDebug("%s %d", __FILE__, __LINE__); -} - -Filter::Filter() : -_linePositions(0), -_buffer(0) -{ -} - -Filter::~Filter() -{ - QListIterator iter(_hotspotList); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - delete iter.next(); - } -} -void Filter::reset() -{ - _hotspots.clear(); - _hotspotList.clear(); -} - -void Filter::setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList* linePositions) -{ - _buffer = buffer; - _linePositions = linePositions; -} - -void Filter::getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _linePositions ); - Q_ASSERT( _buffer ); - - - for (int i = 0 ; i < _linePositions->count() ; i++) - { - //kDebug() << "line position at " << i << " = " << _linePositions[i]; - int nextLine = 0; - - if ( i == _linePositions->count()-1 ) - { - nextLine = _buffer->length() + 1; - } - else - { - nextLine = _linePositions->value(i+1); - } - - // kDebug() << "pos - " << position << " line pos(" << i<< ") " << _linePositions->value(i) << - // " next = " << nextLine << " buffer len = " << _buffer->length(); - - if ( _linePositions->value(i) <= position && position < nextLine ) - { - startLine = i; - startColumn = position - _linePositions->value(i); - return; - } - } -} - - -/*void Filter::addLine(const QString& text) -{ - _linePositions << _buffer.length(); - _buffer.append(text); -}*/ - -const QString* Filter::buffer() -{ - return _buffer; -} -Filter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() -{ -} -void Filter::addHotSpot(HotSpot* spot) -{ - _hotspotList << spot; - - for (int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++) - { - _hotspots.insert(line,spot); - } -} -QList Filter::hotSpots() const -{ - return _hotspotList; -} -QList Filter::hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const -{ - return _hotspots.values(line); -} - -Filter::HotSpot* Filter::hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const -{ - QListIterator spotIter(_hotspots.values(line)); - - while (spotIter.hasNext()) - { - HotSpot* spot = spotIter.next(); - - if ( spot->startLine() == line && spot->startColumn() > column ) - continue; - if ( spot->endLine() == line && spot->endColumn() < column ) - continue; - - return spot; - } - - return 0; -} - -Filter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn) - : _startLine(startLine) - , _startColumn(startColumn) - , _endLine(endLine) - , _endColumn(endColumn) - , _type(NotSpecified) -{ -} -QString Filter::HotSpot::tooltip() const -{ - return QString(); -} -QList Filter::HotSpot::actions() -{ - return QList(); -} -int Filter::HotSpot::startLine() const -{ - return _startLine; -} -int Filter::HotSpot::endLine() const -{ - return _endLine; -} -int Filter::HotSpot::startColumn() const -{ - return _startColumn; -} -int Filter::HotSpot::endColumn() const -{ - return _endColumn; -} -Filter::HotSpot::Type Filter::HotSpot::type() const -{ - return _type; -} -void Filter::HotSpot::setType(Type type) -{ - _type = type; -} - -RegExpFilter::RegExpFilter() -{ -} - -RegExpFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) - : Filter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) -{ - setType(Marker); -} - -void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject*) -{ -} - -void RegExpFilter::HotSpot::setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts) -{ - _capturedTexts = texts; -} -QStringList RegExpFilter::HotSpot::capturedTexts() const -{ - return _capturedTexts; -} - -void RegExpFilter::setRegExp(const QRegExp& regExp) -{ - _searchText = regExp; -} -QRegExp RegExpFilter::regExp() const -{ - return _searchText; -} -/*void RegExpFilter::reset(int) -{ - _buffer = QString(); -}*/ -void RegExpFilter::process() -{ - int pos = 0; - const QString* text = buffer(); - - Q_ASSERT( text ); - - // ignore any regular expressions which match an empty string. - // otherwise the while loop below will run indefinitely - static const QString emptyString(""); - if ( _searchText.exactMatch(emptyString) ) - return; - - while(pos >= 0) - { - pos = _searchText.indexIn(*text,pos); - - if ( pos >= 0 ) - { - - int startLine = 0; - int endLine = 0; - int startColumn = 0; - int endColumn = 0; - - - //kDebug() << "pos from " << pos << " to " << pos + _searchText.matchedLength(); - - getLineColumn(pos,startLine,startColumn); - getLineColumn(pos + _searchText.matchedLength(),endLine,endColumn); - - //kDebug() << "start " << startLine << " / " << startColumn; - //kDebug() << "end " << endLine << " / " << endColumn; - - RegExpFilter::HotSpot* spot = newHotSpot(startLine,startColumn, - endLine,endColumn); - spot->setCapturedTexts(_searchText.capturedTexts()); - - addHotSpot( spot ); - pos += _searchText.matchedLength(); - - // if matchedLength == 0, the program will get stuck in an infinite loop - Q_ASSERT( _searchText.matchedLength() > 0 ); - } - } -} - -RegExpFilter::HotSpot* RegExpFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, - int endLine,int endColumn) -{ - return new RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, - endLine,endColumn); -} -RegExpFilter::HotSpot* UrlFilter::newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine, - int endColumn) -{ - return new UrlFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn, - endLine,endColumn); -} -UrlFilter::HotSpot::HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn) -: RegExpFilter::HotSpot(startLine,startColumn,endLine,endColumn) -, _urlObject(new FilterObject(this)) -{ - setType(Link); -} -QString UrlFilter::HotSpot::tooltip() const -{ - QString url = capturedTexts().first(); - - const UrlType kind = urlType(); - - if ( kind == StandardUrl ) - return QString(); - else if ( kind == Email ) - return QString(); - else - return QString(); -} -UrlFilter::HotSpot::UrlType UrlFilter::HotSpot::urlType() const -{ - QString url = capturedTexts().first(); - - if ( FullUrlRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) - return StandardUrl; - else if ( EmailAddressRegExp.exactMatch(url) ) - return Email; - else - return Unknown; -} - -void UrlFilter::HotSpot::activate(QObject* object) -{ - QString url = capturedTexts().first(); - - const UrlType kind = urlType(); - - const QString& actionName = object ? object->objectName() : QString(); - - if ( actionName == "copy-action" ) - { - //kDebug() << "Copying url to clipboard:" << url; - - QApplication::clipboard()->setText(url); - return; - } - - if ( !object || actionName == "open-action" ) - { - if ( kind == StandardUrl ) - { - // if the URL path does not include the protocol ( eg. "www.kde.org" ) then - // prepend http:// ( eg. "www.kde.org" --> "http://www.kde.org" ) - if (!url.contains("://")) - { - url.prepend("http://"); - } - } - else if ( kind == Email ) - { - url.prepend("mailto:"); - } - -// new KRun(url,QApplication::activeWindow()); - } -} - -// Note: Altering these regular expressions can have a major effect on the performance of the filters -// used for finding URLs in the text, especially if they are very general and could match very long -// pieces of text. -// Please be careful when altering them. - -//regexp matches: -// full url: -// protocolname:// or www. followed by anything other than whitespaces, <, >, ' or ", and ends before whitespaces, <, >, ', ", ], !, comma and dot -const QRegExp UrlFilter::FullUrlRegExp("(www\\.(?!\\.)|[a-z][a-z0-9+.-]*://)[^\\s<>'\"]+[^!,\\.\\s<>'\"\\]]"); -// email address: -// [word chars, dots or dashes]@[word chars, dots or dashes].[word chars] -const QRegExp UrlFilter::EmailAddressRegExp("\\b(\\w|\\.|-)+@(\\w|\\.|-)+\\.\\w+\\b"); - -// matches full url or email address -const QRegExp UrlFilter::CompleteUrlRegExp('('+FullUrlRegExp.pattern()+'|'+ - EmailAddressRegExp.pattern()+')'); - -UrlFilter::UrlFilter() -{ - setRegExp( CompleteUrlRegExp ); -} -UrlFilter::HotSpot::~HotSpot() -{ - delete _urlObject; -} -void FilterObject::activated() -{ - _filter->activate(sender()); -} -QList UrlFilter::HotSpot::actions() -{ - QList list; - - const UrlType kind = urlType(); - - QAction* openAction = new QAction(_urlObject); - QAction* copyAction = new QAction(_urlObject);; - - Q_ASSERT( kind == StandardUrl || kind == Email ); - - if ( kind == StandardUrl ) - { - openAction->setText(("Open Link")); - copyAction->setText(("Copy Link Address")); - } - else if ( kind == Email ) - { - openAction->setText(("Send Email To...")); - copyAction->setText(("Copy Email Address")); - } - - // object names are set here so that the hotspot performs the - // correct action when activated() is called with the triggered - // action passed as a parameter. - openAction->setObjectName("open-action"); - copyAction->setObjectName("copy-action"); - - QObject::connect( openAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); - QObject::connect( copyAction , SIGNAL(triggered()) , _urlObject , SLOT(activated()) ); - - list << openAction; - list << copyAction; - - return list; -} - -//#include "moc_Filter.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Filter.h b/libs/qtermwidget/Filter.h deleted file mode 100644 index 06ea5e3..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Filter.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,383 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef FILTER_H -#define FILTER_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -// Local -#include "Character.h" - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/** - * A filter processes blocks of text looking for certain patterns (such as URLs or keywords from a list) - * and marks the areas which match the filter's patterns as 'hotspots'. - * - * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), - * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact - * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's - * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. - * - * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. - * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the - * actions() method. - * - * Different subclasses of filter will return different types of hotspot. - * Subclasses must reimplement the process() method to examine a block of text and identify sections of interest. - * When processing the text they should create instances of Filter::HotSpot subclasses for sections of interest - * and add them to the filter's list of hotspots using addHotSpot() - */ -class Filter -{ -public: - /** - * Represents an area of text which matched the pattern a particular filter has been looking for. - * - * Each hotspot has a type identifier associated with it ( such as a link or a highlighted section ), - * and an action. When the user performs some activity such as a mouse-click in a hotspot area ( the exact - * action will depend on what is displaying the block of text which the filter is processing ), the hotspot's - * activate() method should be called. Depending on the type of hotspot this will trigger a suitable response. - * - * For example, if a hotspot represents a URL then a suitable action would be opening that URL in a web browser. - * Hotspots may have more than one action, in which case the list of actions can be obtained using the - * actions() method. These actions may then be displayed in a popup menu or toolbar for example. - */ - class HotSpot - { - public: - /** - * Constructs a new hotspot which covers the area from (@p startLine,@p startColumn) to (@p endLine,@p endColumn) - * in a block of text. - */ - HotSpot(int startLine , int startColumn , int endLine , int endColumn); - virtual ~HotSpot(); - - enum Type - { - // the type of the hotspot is not specified - NotSpecified, - // this hotspot represents a clickable link - Link, - // this hotspot represents a marker - Marker - }; - - /** Returns the line when the hotspot area starts */ - int startLine() const; - /** Returns the line where the hotspot area ends */ - int endLine() const; - /** Returns the column on startLine() where the hotspot area starts */ - int startColumn() const; - /** Returns the column on endLine() where the hotspot area ends */ - int endColumn() const; - /** - * Returns the type of the hotspot. This is usually used as a hint for views on how to represent - * the hotspot graphically. eg. Link hotspots are typically underlined when the user mouses over them - */ - Type type() const; - /** - * Causes the an action associated with a hotspot to be triggered. - * - * @param object The object which caused the hotspot to be triggered. This is - * typically null ( in which case the default action should be performed ) or - * one of the objects from the actions() list. In which case the associated - * action should be performed. - */ - virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0) = 0; - /** - * Returns a list of actions associated with the hotspot which can be used in a - * menu or toolbar - */ - virtual QList actions(); - - /** - * Returns the text of a tooltip to be shown when the mouse moves over the hotspot, or - * an empty string if there is no tooltip associated with this hotspot. - * - * The default implementation returns an empty string. - */ - virtual QString tooltip() const; - - protected: - /** Sets the type of a hotspot. This should only be set once */ - void setType(Type type); - - private: - int _startLine; - int _startColumn; - int _endLine; - int _endColumn; - Type _type; - - }; - - /** Constructs a new filter. */ - Filter(); - virtual ~Filter(); - - /** Causes the filter to process the block of text currently in its internal buffer */ - virtual void process() = 0; - - /** - * Empties the filters internal buffer and resets the line count back to 0. - * All hotspots are deleted. - */ - void reset(); - - /** Adds a new line of text to the filter and increments the line count */ - //void addLine(const QString& string); - - /** Returns the hotspot which covers the given @p line and @p column, or 0 if no hotspot covers that area */ - HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; - - /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter */ - QList hotSpots() const; - - /** Returns the list of hotspots identified by the filter which occur on a given line */ - QList hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; - - /** - * TODO: Document me - */ - void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList* linePositions); - -protected: - /** Adds a new hotspot to the list */ - void addHotSpot(HotSpot*); - /** Returns the internal buffer */ - const QString* buffer(); - /** Converts a character position within buffer() to a line and column */ - void getLineColumn(int position , int& startLine , int& startColumn); - -private: - QMultiHash _hotspots; - QList _hotspotList; - - const QList* _linePositions; - const QString* _buffer; -}; - -/** - * A filter which searches for sections of text matching a regular expression and creates a new RegExpFilter::HotSpot - * instance for them. - * - * Subclasses can reimplement newHotSpot() to return custom hotspot types when matches for the regular expression - * are found. - */ -class RegExpFilter : public Filter -{ -public: - /** - * Type of hotspot created by RegExpFilter. The capturedTexts() method can be used to find the text - * matched by the filter's regular expression. - */ - class HotSpot : public Filter::HotSpot - { - public: - HotSpot(int startLine, int startColumn, int endLine , int endColumn); - virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); - - /** Sets the captured texts associated with this hotspot */ - void setCapturedTexts(const QStringList& texts); - /** Returns the texts found by the filter when matching the filter's regular expression */ - QStringList capturedTexts() const; - private: - QStringList _capturedTexts; - }; - - /** Constructs a new regular expression filter */ - RegExpFilter(); - - /** - * Sets the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text. - * - * Regular expressions which match the empty string are treated as not matching - * anything. - */ - void setRegExp(const QRegExp& text); - /** Returns the regular expression which the filter searches for in blocks of text */ - QRegExp regExp() const; - - /** - * Reimplemented to search the filter's text buffer for text matching regExp() - * - * If regexp matches the empty string, then process() will return immediately - * without finding results. - */ - virtual void process(); - -protected: - /** - * Called when a match for the regular expression is encountered. Subclasses should reimplement this - * to return custom hotspot types - */ - virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn, - int endLine,int endColumn); - -private: - QRegExp _searchText; -}; - -class FilterObject; - -/** A filter which matches URLs in blocks of text */ -class UrlFilter : public RegExpFilter -{ -public: - /** - * Hotspot type created by UrlFilter instances. The activate() method opens a web browser - * at the given URL when called. - */ - class HotSpot : public RegExpFilter::HotSpot - { - public: - HotSpot(int startLine,int startColumn,int endLine,int endColumn); - virtual ~HotSpot(); - - virtual QList actions(); - - /** - * Open a web browser at the current URL. The url itself can be determined using - * the capturedTexts() method. - */ - virtual void activate(QObject* object = 0); - - virtual QString tooltip() const; - private: - enum UrlType - { - StandardUrl, - Email, - Unknown - }; - UrlType urlType() const; - - FilterObject* _urlObject; - }; - - UrlFilter(); - -protected: - virtual RegExpFilter::HotSpot* newHotSpot(int,int,int,int); - -private: - - static const QRegExp FullUrlRegExp; - static const QRegExp EmailAddressRegExp; - - // combined OR of FullUrlRegExp and EmailAddressRegExp - static const QRegExp CompleteUrlRegExp; -}; - -class FilterObject : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT -public: - FilterObject(Filter::HotSpot* filter) : _filter(filter) {} -private slots: - void activated(); -private: - Filter::HotSpot* _filter; -}; - -/** - * A chain which allows a group of filters to be processed as one. - * The chain owns the filters added to it and deletes them when the chain itself is destroyed. - * - * Use addFilter() to add a new filter to the chain. - * When new text to be filtered arrives, use addLine() to add each additional - * line of text which needs to be processed and then after adding the last line, use - * process() to cause each filter in the chain to process the text. - * - * After processing a block of text, the reset() method can be used to set the filter chain's - * internal cursor back to the first line. - * - * The hotSpotAt() method will return the first hotspot which covers a given position. - * - * The hotSpots() and hotSpotsAtLine() method return all of the hotspots in the text and on - * a given line respectively. - */ -class FilterChain : protected QList -{ -public: - virtual ~FilterChain(); - - /** Adds a new filter to the chain. The chain will delete this filter when it is destroyed */ - void addFilter(Filter* filter); - /** Removes a filter from the chain. The chain will no longer delete the filter when destroyed */ - void removeFilter(Filter* filter); - /** Returns true if the chain contains @p filter */ - bool containsFilter(Filter* filter); - /** Removes all filters from the chain */ - void clear(); - - /** Resets each filter in the chain */ - void reset(); - /** - * Processes each filter in the chain - */ - void process(); - - /** Sets the buffer for each filter in the chain to process. */ - void setBuffer(const QString* buffer , const QList* linePositions); - - /** Returns the first hotspot which occurs at @p line, @p column or 0 if no hotspot was found */ - Filter::HotSpot* hotSpotAt(int line , int column) const; - /** Returns a list of all the hotspots in all the chain's filters */ - QList hotSpots() const; - /** Returns a list of all hotspots at the given line in all the chain's filters */ - QList hotSpotsAtLine(int line) const; - -}; - -/** A filter chain which processes character images from terminal displays */ -class TerminalImageFilterChain : public FilterChain -{ -public: - TerminalImageFilterChain(); - virtual ~TerminalImageFilterChain(); - - /** - * Set the current terminal image to @p image. - * - * @param image The terminal image - * @param lines The number of lines in the terminal image - * @param columns The number of columns in the terminal image - */ - void setImage(const Character* const image , int lines , int columns, - const QVector& lineProperties); - -private: - QString* _buffer; - QList* _linePositions; -}; - -} -#endif //FILTER_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/History.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/History.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 1e3d721..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/History.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,698 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "History.h" - -// System -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - - -// Reasonable line size -#define LINE_SIZE 1024 - -using namespace Konsole; - -/* - An arbitrary long scroll. - - One can modify the scroll only by adding either cells - or newlines, but access it randomly. - - The model is that of an arbitrary wide typewriter scroll - in that the scroll is a serie of lines and each line is - a serie of cells with no overwriting permitted. - - The implementation provides arbitrary length and numbers - of cells and line/column indexed read access to the scroll - at constant costs. - -KDE4: Can we use QTemporaryFile here, instead of KTempFile? - -FIXME: some complain about the history buffer comsuming the - memory of their machines. This problem is critical - since the history does not behave gracefully in cases - where the memory is used up completely. - - I put in a workaround that should handle it problem - now gracefully. I'm not satisfied with the solution. - -FIXME: Terminating the history is not properly indicated - in the menu. We should throw a signal. - -FIXME: There is noticeable decrease in speed, also. Perhaps, - there whole feature needs to be revisited therefore. - Disadvantage of a more elaborated, say block-oriented - scheme with wrap around would be it's complexity. -*/ - -//FIXME: tempory replacement for tmpfile -// this is here one for debugging purpose. - -//#define tmpfile xTmpFile - -// History File /////////////////////////////////////////// - -/* - A Row(X) data type which allows adding elements to the end. -*/ - -HistoryFile::HistoryFile() - : ion(-1), - length(0), - fileMap(0) -{ - if (tmpFile.open()) - { - tmpFile.setAutoRemove(true); - ion = tmpFile.handle(); - } -} - -HistoryFile::~HistoryFile() -{ - if (fileMap) - unmap(); -} - -//TODO: Mapping the entire file in will cause problems if the history file becomes exceedingly large, -//(ie. larger than available memory). HistoryFile::map() should only map in sections of the file at a time, -//to avoid this. -void HistoryFile::map() -{ - assert( fileMap == 0 ); - - fileMap = (char*)mmap( 0 , length , PROT_READ , MAP_PRIVATE , ion , 0 ); - - //if mmap'ing fails, fall back to the read-lseek combination - if ( fileMap == MAP_FAILED ) - { - readWriteBalance = 0; - fileMap = 0; - qDebug() << ": mmap'ing history failed. errno = " << errno; - } -} - -void HistoryFile::unmap() -{ - int result = munmap( fileMap , length ); - assert( result == 0 ); - - fileMap = 0; -} - -bool HistoryFile::isMapped() -{ - return (fileMap != 0); -} - -void HistoryFile::add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len) -{ - if ( fileMap ) - unmap(); - - readWriteBalance++; - - int rc = 0; - - rc = lseek(ion,length,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.seek"); return; } - rc = write(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::add.write"); return; } - length += rc; -} - -void HistoryFile::get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc) -{ - //count number of get() calls vs. number of add() calls. - //If there are many more get() calls compared with add() - //calls (decided by using MAP_THRESHOLD) then mmap the log - //file to improve performance. - readWriteBalance--; - if ( !fileMap && readWriteBalance < MAP_THRESHOLD ) - map(); - - if ( fileMap ) - { - for (int i=0;i length) - fprintf(stderr,"getHist(...,%d,%d): invalid args.\n",len,loc); - rc = lseek(ion,loc,SEEK_SET); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.seek"); return; } - rc = read(ion,bytes,len); if (rc < 0) { perror("HistoryFile::get.read"); return; } - } -} - -int HistoryFile::len() -{ - return length; -} - - -// History Scroll abstract base class ////////////////////////////////////// - - -HistoryScroll::HistoryScroll(HistoryType* t) - : m_histType(t) -{ -} - -HistoryScroll::~HistoryScroll() -{ - delete m_histType; -} - -bool HistoryScroll::hasScroll() -{ - return true; -} - -// History Scroll File ////////////////////////////////////// - -/* - The history scroll makes a Row(Row(Cell)) from - two history buffers. The index buffer contains - start of line positions which refere to the cells - buffer. - - Note that index[0] addresses the second line - (line #1), while the first line (line #0) starts - at 0 in cells. -*/ - -HistoryScrollFile::HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName) - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeFile(logFileName)), - m_logFileName(logFileName) -{ -} - -HistoryScrollFile::~HistoryScrollFile() -{ -} - -int HistoryScrollFile::getLines() -{ - return index.len() / sizeof(int); -} - -int HistoryScrollFile::getLineLen(int lineno) -{ - return (startOfLine(lineno+1) - startOfLine(lineno)) / sizeof(Character); -} - -bool HistoryScrollFile::isWrappedLine(int lineno) -{ - if (lineno>=0 && lineno <= getLines()) { - unsigned char flag; - lineflags.get((unsigned char*)&flag,sizeof(unsigned char),(lineno)*sizeof(unsigned char)); - return flag; - } - return false; -} - -int HistoryScrollFile::startOfLine(int lineno) -{ - if (lineno <= 0) return 0; - if (lineno <= getLines()) - { - - if (!index.isMapped()) - index.map(); - - int res; - index.get((unsigned char*)&res,sizeof(int),(lineno-1)*sizeof(int)); - return res; - } - return cells.len(); -} - -void HistoryScrollFile::getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) -{ - cells.get((unsigned char*)res,count*sizeof(Character),startOfLine(lineno)+colno*sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollFile::addCells(const Character text[], int count) -{ - cells.add((unsigned char*)text,count*sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollFile::addLine(bool previousWrapped) -{ - if (index.isMapped()) - index.unmap(); - - int locn = cells.len(); - index.add((unsigned char*)&locn,sizeof(int)); - unsigned char flags = previousWrapped ? 0x01 : 0x00; - lineflags.add((unsigned char*)&flags,sizeof(unsigned char)); -} - - -// History Scroll Buffer ////////////////////////////////////// -HistoryScrollBuffer::HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxLineCount) - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBuffer(maxLineCount)) - ,_historyBuffer() - ,_maxLineCount(0) - ,_usedLines(0) - ,_head(0) -{ - setMaxNbLines(maxLineCount); -} - -HistoryScrollBuffer::~HistoryScrollBuffer() -{ - delete[] _historyBuffer; -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCellsVector(const QVector& cells) -{ - _head++; - if ( _usedLines < _maxLineCount ) - _usedLines++; - - if ( _head >= _maxLineCount ) - { - _head = 0; - } - - _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = cells; - _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = false; -} -void HistoryScrollBuffer::addCells(const Character a[], int count) -{ - HistoryLine newLine(count); - qCopy(a,a+count,newLine.begin()); - - addCellsVector(newLine); -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::addLine(bool previousWrapped) -{ - _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(_usedLines-1)] = previousWrapped; -} - -int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLines() -{ - return _usedLines; -} - -int HistoryScrollBuffer::getLineLen(int lineNumber) -{ - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - - if ( lineNumber < _usedLines ) - { - return _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)].size(); - } - else - { - return 0; - } -} - -bool HistoryScrollBuffer::isWrappedLine(int lineNumber) -{ - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 && lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - - if (lineNumber < _usedLines) - { - //kDebug() << "Line" << lineNumber << "wrapped is" << _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; - return _wrappedLine[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; - } - else - return false; -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::getCells(int lineNumber, int startColumn, int count, Character* buffer) -{ - if ( count == 0 ) return; - - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - - if (lineNumber >= _usedLines) - { - memset(buffer, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); - return; - } - - const HistoryLine& line = _historyBuffer[bufferIndex(lineNumber)]; - - //kDebug() << "startCol " << startColumn; - //kDebug() << "line.size() " << line.size(); - //kDebug() << "count " << count; - - Q_ASSERT( startColumn <= line.size() - count ); - - memcpy(buffer, line.constData() + startColumn , count * sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollBuffer::setMaxNbLines(unsigned int lineCount) -{ - HistoryLine* oldBuffer = _historyBuffer; - HistoryLine* newBuffer = new HistoryLine[lineCount]; - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount) ; i++ ) - { - newBuffer[i] = oldBuffer[bufferIndex(i)]; - } - - _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,(int)lineCount); - _maxLineCount = lineCount; - _head = ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) ? 0 : _usedLines-1; - - _historyBuffer = newBuffer; - delete[] oldBuffer; - - _wrappedLine.resize(lineCount); -} - -int HistoryScrollBuffer::bufferIndex(int lineNumber) -{ - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( lineNumber < _maxLineCount ); - Q_ASSERT( (_usedLines == _maxLineCount) || lineNumber <= _head ); - - if ( _usedLines == _maxLineCount ) - { - return (_head+lineNumber+1) % _maxLineCount; - } - else - { - return lineNumber; - } -} - - -// History Scroll None ////////////////////////////////////// - -HistoryScrollNone::HistoryScrollNone() - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeNone()) -{ -} - -HistoryScrollNone::~HistoryScrollNone() -{ -} - -bool HistoryScrollNone::hasScroll() -{ - return false; -} - -int HistoryScrollNone::getLines() -{ - return 0; -} - -int HistoryScrollNone::getLineLen(int) -{ - return 0; -} - -bool HistoryScrollNone::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) -{ - return false; -} - -void HistoryScrollNone::getCells(int, int, int, Character []) -{ -} - -void HistoryScrollNone::addCells(const Character [], int) -{ -} - -void HistoryScrollNone::addLine(bool) -{ -} - -// History Scroll BlockArray ////////////////////////////////////// - -HistoryScrollBlockArray::HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size) - : HistoryScroll(new HistoryTypeBlockArray(size)) -{ - m_blockArray.setHistorySize(size); // nb. of lines. -} - -HistoryScrollBlockArray::~HistoryScrollBlockArray() -{ -} - -int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLines() -{ - return m_lineLengths.count(); -} - -int HistoryScrollBlockArray::getLineLen(int lineno) -{ - if ( m_lineLengths.contains(lineno) ) - return m_lineLengths[lineno]; - else - return 0; -} - -bool HistoryScrollBlockArray::isWrappedLine(int /*lineno*/) -{ - return false; -} - -void HistoryScrollBlockArray::getCells(int lineno, int colno, - int count, Character res[]) -{ - if (!count) return; - - const Block *b = m_blockArray.at(lineno); - - if (!b) { - memset(res, 0, count * sizeof(Character)); // still better than random data - return; - } - - assert(((colno + count) * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); - memcpy(res, b->data + (colno * sizeof(Character)), count * sizeof(Character)); -} - -void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addCells(const Character a[], int count) -{ - Block *b = m_blockArray.lastBlock(); - - if (!b) return; - - // put cells in block's data - assert((count * sizeof(Character)) < ENTRIES); - - memset(b->data, 0, ENTRIES); - - memcpy(b->data, a, count * sizeof(Character)); - b->size = count * sizeof(Character); - - size_t res = m_blockArray.newBlock(); - assert (res > 0); - Q_UNUSED( res ); - - m_lineLengths.insert(m_blockArray.getCurrent(), count); -} - -void HistoryScrollBlockArray::addLine(bool) -{ -} - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// History Types -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -HistoryType::HistoryType() -{ -} - -HistoryType::~HistoryType() -{ -} - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeNone::HistoryTypeNone() -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeNone::isEnabled() const -{ - return false; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeNone::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - delete old; - return new HistoryScrollNone(); -} - -int HistoryTypeNone::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return 0; -} - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeBlockArray::HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size) - : m_size(size) -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeBlockArray::isEnabled() const -{ - return true; -} - -int HistoryTypeBlockArray::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return m_size; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBlockArray::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - delete old; - return new HistoryScrollBlockArray(m_size); -} - - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeBuffer::HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines) - : m_nbLines(nbLines) -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeBuffer::isEnabled() const -{ - return true; -} - -int HistoryTypeBuffer::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return m_nbLines; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeBuffer::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - if (old) - { - HistoryScrollBuffer *oldBuffer = dynamic_cast(old); - if (oldBuffer) - { - oldBuffer->setMaxNbLines(m_nbLines); - return oldBuffer; - } - - HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); - int lines = old->getLines(); - int startLine = 0; - if (lines > (int) m_nbLines) - startLine = lines - m_nbLines; - - Character line[LINE_SIZE]; - for(int i = startLine; i < lines; i++) - { - int size = old->getLineLen(i); - if (size > LINE_SIZE) - { - Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; - old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); - newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - delete [] tmp_line; - } - else - { - old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); - newScroll->addCells(line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - } - } - delete old; - return newScroll; - } - return new HistoryScrollBuffer(m_nbLines); -} - -////////////////////////////// - -HistoryTypeFile::HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName) - : m_fileName(fileName) -{ -} - -bool HistoryTypeFile::isEnabled() const -{ - return true; -} - -const QString& HistoryTypeFile::getFileName() const -{ - return m_fileName; -} - -HistoryScroll* HistoryTypeFile::scroll(HistoryScroll *old) const -{ - if (dynamic_cast(old)) - return old; // Unchanged. - - HistoryScroll *newScroll = new HistoryScrollFile(m_fileName); - - Character line[LINE_SIZE]; - int lines = (old != 0) ? old->getLines() : 0; - for(int i = 0; i < lines; i++) - { - int size = old->getLineLen(i); - if (size > LINE_SIZE) - { - Character *tmp_line = new Character[size]; - old->getCells(i, 0, size, tmp_line); - newScroll->addCells(tmp_line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - delete [] tmp_line; - } - else - { - old->getCells(i, 0, size, line); - newScroll->addCells(line, size); - newScroll->addLine(old->isWrappedLine(i)); - } - } - - delete old; - return newScroll; -} - -int HistoryTypeFile::maximumLineCount() const -{ - return 0; -} diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/History.h b/libs/qtermwidget/History.h deleted file mode 100644 index a26a367..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/History.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,344 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef TEHISTORY_H -#define TEHISTORY_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "BlockArray.h" -#include "Character.h" - -namespace Konsole -{ - -#if 1 -/* - An extendable tmpfile(1) based buffer. -*/ - -class HistoryFile -{ -public: - HistoryFile(); - virtual ~HistoryFile(); - - virtual void add(const unsigned char* bytes, int len); - virtual void get(unsigned char* bytes, int len, int loc); - virtual int len(); - - //mmaps the file in read-only mode - void map(); - //un-mmaps the file - void unmap(); - //returns true if the file is mmap'ed - bool isMapped(); - - -private: - int ion; - int length; - QTemporaryFile tmpFile; - - //pointer to start of mmap'ed file data, or 0 if the file is not mmap'ed - char* fileMap; - - //incremented whenver 'add' is called and decremented whenever - //'get' is called. - //this is used to detect when a large number of lines are being read and processed from the history - //and automatically mmap the file for better performance (saves the overhead of many lseek-read calls). - int readWriteBalance; - - //when readWriteBalance goes below this threshold, the file will be mmap'ed automatically - static const int MAP_THRESHOLD = -1000; -}; -#endif - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Abstract base class for file and buffer versions -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryType; - -class HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScroll(HistoryType*); - virtual ~HistoryScroll(); - - virtual bool hasScroll(); - - // access to history - virtual int getLines() = 0; - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno) = 0; - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]) = 0; - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno) = 0; - - // backward compatibility (obsolete) - Character getCell(int lineno, int colno) { Character res; getCells(lineno,colno,1,&res); return res; } - - // adding lines. - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count) = 0; - // convenience method - this is virtual so that subclasses can take advantage - // of QVector's implicit copying - virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector& cells) - { - addCells(cells.data(),cells.size()); - } - - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false) = 0; - - // - // FIXME: Passing around constant references to HistoryType instances - // is very unsafe, because those references will no longer - // be valid if the history scroll is deleted. - // - const HistoryType& getType() { return *m_histType; } - -protected: - HistoryType* m_histType; - -}; - -#if 1 - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// File-based history (e.g. file log, no limitation in length) -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class HistoryScrollFile : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScrollFile(const QString &logFileName); - virtual ~HistoryScrollFile(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - -private: - int startOfLine(int lineno); - - QString m_logFileName; - HistoryFile index; // lines Row(int) - HistoryFile cells; // text Row(Character) - HistoryFile lineflags; // flags Row(unsigned char) -}; - - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Buffer-based history (limited to a fixed nb of lines) -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryScrollBuffer : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - typedef QVector HistoryLine; - - HistoryScrollBuffer(unsigned int maxNbLines = 1000); - virtual ~HistoryScrollBuffer(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addCellsVector(const QVector& cells); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - - void setMaxNbLines(unsigned int nbLines); - unsigned int maxNbLines() { return _maxLineCount; } - - -private: - int bufferIndex(int lineNumber); - - HistoryLine* _historyBuffer; - QBitArray _wrappedLine; - int _maxLineCount; - int _usedLines; - int _head; - - //QVector m_histBuffer; - //QBitArray m_wrappedLine; - //unsigned int m_maxNbLines; - //unsigned int m_nbLines; - //unsigned int m_arrayIndex; - //bool m_buffFilled; -}; - -/*class HistoryScrollBufferV2 : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addCells(const QVector& cells); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - -};*/ - -#endif - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// Nothing-based history (no history :-) -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryScrollNone : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScrollNone(); - virtual ~HistoryScrollNone(); - - virtual bool hasScroll(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// BlockArray-based history -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -class HistoryScrollBlockArray : public HistoryScroll -{ -public: - HistoryScrollBlockArray(size_t size); - virtual ~HistoryScrollBlockArray(); - - virtual int getLines(); - virtual int getLineLen(int lineno); - virtual void getCells(int lineno, int colno, int count, Character res[]); - virtual bool isWrappedLine(int lineno); - - virtual void addCells(const Character a[], int count); - virtual void addLine(bool previousWrapped=false); - -protected: - BlockArray m_blockArray; - QHash m_lineLengths; -}; - -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -// History type -////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// - -class HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryType(); - virtual ~HistoryType(); - - /** - * Returns true if the history is enabled ( can store lines of output ) - * or false otherwise. - */ - virtual bool isEnabled() const = 0; - /** - * Returns true if the history size is unlimited. - */ - bool isUnlimited() const { return maximumLineCount() == 0; } - /** - * Returns the maximum number of lines which this history type - * can store or 0 if the history can store an unlimited number of lines. - */ - virtual int maximumLineCount() const = 0; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const = 0; -}; - -class HistoryTypeNone : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeNone(); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; -}; - -class HistoryTypeBlockArray : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeBlockArray(size_t size); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; - -protected: - size_t m_size; -}; - -#if 1 -class HistoryTypeFile : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeFile(const QString& fileName=QString()); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual const QString& getFileName() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; - -protected: - QString m_fileName; -}; - - -class HistoryTypeBuffer : public HistoryType -{ -public: - HistoryTypeBuffer(unsigned int nbLines); - - virtual bool isEnabled() const; - virtual int maximumLineCount() const; - - virtual HistoryScroll* scroll(HistoryScroll *) const; - -protected: - unsigned int m_nbLines; -}; - -#endif - -} - -#endif // TEHISTORY_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 1f7f112..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,903 +0,0 @@ -/* - This source file was part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" - -// System -#include -#include - -// Qt -#include -//#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -// KDE -//#include -//#include -//#include - -using namespace Konsole; - -//this is for default REALLY fallback translator. - -//const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = -//#include "DefaultTranslatorText.h" -//; - -//and this is default now translator - default.keytab from original Konsole -const char* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslatorText = -#include "ExtendedDefaultTranslator.h" -; - -KeyboardTranslatorManager::KeyboardTranslatorManager() - : _haveLoadedAll(false) -{ -} -KeyboardTranslatorManager::~KeyboardTranslatorManager() -{ - qDeleteAll(_translators.values()); -} -QString KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslatorPath(const QString& name) -{ - return QString("kb-layouts/" + name + ".keytab"); -} -void KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslators() -{ - QDir dir("kb-layouts/"); - QStringList filters; - filters << "*.keytab"; - dir.setNameFilters(filters); - QStringList list = dir.entryList(filters); //(".keytab"); // = KGlobal::dirs()->findAllResources("data", - // "konsole/*.keytab", - // KStandardDirs::NoDuplicates); - list = dir.entryList(filters); - // add the name of each translator to the list and associated - // the name with a null pointer to indicate that the translator - // has not yet been loaded from disk - QStringListIterator listIter(list); - while (listIter.hasNext()) - { - QString translatorPath = listIter.next(); - - QString name = QFileInfo(translatorPath).baseName(); - - if ( !_translators.contains(name) ) { - _translators.insert(name,0); - } - } - _haveLoadedAll = true; -} - -const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::findTranslator(const QString& name) -{ - if ( name.isEmpty() ) - return defaultTranslator(); - -//here was smth wrong in original Konsole source - findTranslators(); - - if ( _translators.contains(name) && _translators[name] != 0 ) { - return _translators[name]; - } - - KeyboardTranslator* translator = loadTranslator(name); - - if ( translator != 0 ) - _translators[name] = translator; - else if ( !name.isEmpty() ) - qWarning() << "Unable to load translator" << name; - - return translator; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator) -{ - const QString path = ".keytab";// = KGlobal::dirs()->saveLocation("data","konsole/")+translator->name() -// +".keytab"; - - qDebug() << "Saving translator to" << path; - - QFile destination(path); - - if (!destination.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) - { - qWarning() << "Unable to save keyboard translation:" - << destination.errorString(); - - return false; - } - - { - KeyboardTranslatorWriter writer(&destination); - writer.writeHeader(translator->description()); - - QListIterator iter(translator->entries()); - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - writer.writeEntry(iter.next()); - } - - destination.close(); - - return true; -} - -KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(const QString& name) -{ - const QString& path = findTranslatorPath(name); - - QFile source(path); - - if (name.isEmpty() || !source.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly | QIODevice::Text)) - return 0; - - return loadTranslator(&source,name); -} - -const KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::defaultTranslator() -{ - qDebug() << "Loading default translator from text"; - QBuffer textBuffer; - textBuffer.setData(defaultTranslatorText,strlen(defaultTranslatorText)); - - if (!textBuffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) - return 0; - - return loadTranslator(&textBuffer,"fallback"); -} - -KeyboardTranslator* KeyboardTranslatorManager::loadTranslator(QIODevice* source,const QString& name) -{ - KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator(name); - KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); - translator->setDescription( reader.description() ); - - while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) { - translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); - } - - source->close(); - - if ( !reader.parseError() ) - { - return translator; - } - else - { - delete translator; - return 0; - } -} - -KeyboardTranslatorWriter::KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination) -: _destination(destination) -{ - Q_ASSERT( destination && destination->isWritable() ); - - _writer = new QTextStream(_destination); -} -KeyboardTranslatorWriter::~KeyboardTranslatorWriter() -{ - delete _writer; -} -void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeHeader( const QString& description ) -{ - *_writer << "keyboard \"" << description << '\"' << '\n'; -} -void KeyboardTranslatorWriter::writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ) -{ - QString result; - - if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) - result = entry.resultToString(); - else - result = '\"' + entry.resultToString() + '\"'; - - *_writer << "key " << entry.conditionToString() << " : " << result << '\n'; -} - - -// each line of the keyboard translation file is one of: -// -// - keyboard "name" -// - key KeySequence : "characters" -// - key KeySequence : CommandName -// -// KeySequence begins with the name of the key ( taken from the Qt::Key enum ) -// and is followed by the keyboard modifiers and state flags ( with + or - in front -// of each modifier or flag to indicate whether it is required ). All keyboard modifiers -// and flags are optional, if a particular modifier or state is not specified it is -// assumed not to be a part of the sequence. The key sequence may contain whitespace -// -// eg: "key Up+Shift : scrollLineUp" -// "key Next-Shift : "\E[6~" -// -// (lines containing only whitespace are ignored, parseLine assumes that comments have -// already been removed) -// - -KeyboardTranslatorReader::KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ) - : _source(source) - , _hasNext(false) -{ - // read input until we find the description - while ( _description.isEmpty() && !source->atEnd() ) - { - const QList& tokens = tokenize( QString(source->readLine()) ); - - if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::TitleKeyword ) - { - _description = (tokens[1].text.toUtf8()); - } - } - - readNext(); -} -void KeyboardTranslatorReader::readNext() -{ - // find next entry - while ( !_source->atEnd() ) - { - const QList& tokens = tokenize( QString(_source->readLine()) ); - if ( !tokens.isEmpty() && tokens.first().type == Token::KeyKeyword ) - { - KeyboardTranslator::States flags = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - KeyboardTranslator::States flagMask = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask = Qt::NoModifier; - - int keyCode = Qt::Key_unknown; - - decodeSequence(tokens[1].text.toLower(), - keyCode, - modifiers, - modifierMask, - flags, - flagMask); - - KeyboardTranslator::Command command = KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand; - QByteArray text; - - // get text or command - if ( tokens[2].type == Token::OutputText ) - { - text = tokens[2].text.toLocal8Bit(); - } - else if ( tokens[2].type == Token::Command ) - { - // identify command - if (!parseAsCommand(tokens[2].text,command)) - qWarning() << "Command" << tokens[2].text << "not understood."; - } - - KeyboardTranslator::Entry newEntry; - newEntry.setKeyCode( keyCode ); - newEntry.setState( flags ); - newEntry.setStateMask( flagMask ); - newEntry.setModifiers( modifiers ); - newEntry.setModifierMask( modifierMask ); - newEntry.setText( text ); - newEntry.setCommand( command ); - - _nextEntry = newEntry; - - _hasNext = true; - - return; - } - } - - _hasNext = false; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsCommand(const QString& text,KeyboardTranslator::Command& command) -{ - if ( text.compare("erase",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrollpageup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageUpCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrollpagedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollPageDownCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrolllineup",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineUpCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrolllinedown",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLineDownCommand; - else if ( text.compare("scrolllock",Qt::CaseInsensitive) == 0 ) - command = KeyboardTranslator::ScrollLockCommand; - else - return false; - - return true; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::decodeSequence(const QString& text, - int& keyCode, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, - KeyboardTranslator::States& flags, - KeyboardTranslator::States& flagMask) -{ - bool isWanted = true; - bool endOfItem = false; - QString buffer; - - Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifiers = modifiers; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers tempModifierMask = modifierMask; - KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlags = flags; - KeyboardTranslator::States tempFlagMask = flagMask; - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < text.count() ; i++ ) - { - const QChar& ch = text[i]; - bool isLastLetter = ( i == text.count()-1 ); - - endOfItem = true; - if ( ch.isLetterOrNumber() ) - { - endOfItem = false; - buffer.append(ch); - } - - if ( (endOfItem || isLastLetter) && !buffer.isEmpty() ) - { - Qt::KeyboardModifier itemModifier = Qt::NoModifier; - int itemKeyCode = 0; - KeyboardTranslator::State itemFlag = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - - if ( parseAsModifier(buffer,itemModifier) ) - { - tempModifierMask |= itemModifier; - - if ( isWanted ) - tempModifiers |= itemModifier; - } - else if ( parseAsStateFlag(buffer,itemFlag) ) - { - tempFlagMask |= itemFlag; - - if ( isWanted ) - tempFlags |= itemFlag; - } - else if ( parseAsKeyCode(buffer,itemKeyCode) ) - keyCode = itemKeyCode; - else - qDebug() << "Unable to parse key binding item:" << buffer; - - buffer.clear(); - } - - // check if this is a wanted / not-wanted flag and update the - // state ready for the next item - if ( ch == '+' ) - isWanted = true; - else if ( ch == '-' ) - isWanted = false; - } - - modifiers = tempModifiers; - modifierMask = tempModifierMask; - flags = tempFlags; - flagMask = tempFlagMask; - - return true; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier) -{ - if ( item == "shift" ) - modifier = Qt::ShiftModifier; - else if ( item == "ctrl" || item == "control" ) - modifier = Qt::ControlModifier; - else if ( item == "alt" ) - modifier = Qt::AltModifier; - else if ( item == "meta" ) - modifier = Qt::MetaModifier; - else if ( item == "keypad" ) - modifier = Qt::KeypadModifier; - else - return false; - - return true; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& flag) -{ - if ( item == "appcukeys" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; - else if ( item == "ansi" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; - else if ( item == "newline" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; - else if ( item == "appscreen" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; - else if ( item == "anymod" ) - flag = KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; - else - return false; - - return true; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode) -{ - QKeySequence sequence = QKeySequence::fromString(item); - if ( !sequence.isEmpty() ) - { - keyCode = sequence[0]; - - if ( sequence.count() > 1 ) - { - qDebug() << "Unhandled key codes in sequence: " << item; - } - } - // additional cases implemented for backwards compatibility with KDE 3 - else if ( item == "prior" ) - keyCode = Qt::Key_PageUp; - else if ( item == "next" ) - keyCode = Qt::Key_PageDown; - else - return false; - - return true; -} - -QString KeyboardTranslatorReader::description() const -{ - return _description; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::hasNextEntry() -{ - return _hasNext; -} -KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::createEntry( const QString& condition , - const QString& result ) -{ - QString entryString("keyboard \"temporary\"\nkey "); - entryString.append(condition); - entryString.append(" : "); - - // if 'result' is the name of a command then the entry result will be that command, - // otherwise the result will be treated as a string to echo when the key sequence - // specified by 'condition' is pressed - KeyboardTranslator::Command command; - if (parseAsCommand(result,command)) - entryString.append(result); - else - entryString.append('\"' + result + '\"'); - - QByteArray array = entryString.toUtf8(); - - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry; - - QBuffer buffer(&array); - buffer.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly); - KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(&buffer); - - if ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) - entry = reader.nextEntry(); - - return entry; -} - -KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslatorReader::nextEntry() -{ - Q_ASSERT( _hasNext ); - - - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _nextEntry; - - readNext(); - - return entry; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorReader::parseError() -{ - return false; -} -QList KeyboardTranslatorReader::tokenize(const QString& line) -{ - QString text = line.simplified(); - - // comment line: # comment - static QRegExp comment("\\#.*"); - // title line: keyboard "title" - static QRegExp title("keyboard\\s+\"(.*)\""); - // key line: key KeySequence : "output" - // key line: key KeySequence : command - static QRegExp key("key\\s+([\\w\\+\\s\\-]+)\\s*:\\s*(\"(.*)\"|\\w+)"); - - QList list; - - if ( text.isEmpty() || comment.exactMatch(text) ) - { - return list; - } - - if ( title.exactMatch(text) ) - { - Token titleToken = { Token::TitleKeyword , QString() }; - Token textToken = { Token::TitleText , title.capturedTexts()[1] }; - - list << titleToken << textToken; - } - else if ( key.exactMatch(text) ) - { - Token keyToken = { Token::KeyKeyword , QString() }; - Token sequenceToken = { Token::KeySequence , key.capturedTexts()[1].remove(' ') }; - - list << keyToken << sequenceToken; - - if ( key.capturedTexts()[3].isEmpty() ) - { - // capturedTexts()[2] is a command - Token commandToken = { Token::Command , key.capturedTexts()[2] }; - list << commandToken; - } - else - { - // capturedTexts()[3] is the output string - Token outputToken = { Token::OutputText , key.capturedTexts()[3] }; - list << outputToken; - } - } - else - { - qWarning() << "Line in keyboard translator file could not be understood:" << text; - } - - return list; -} - -QList KeyboardTranslatorManager::allTranslators() -{ - if ( !_haveLoadedAll ) - { - findTranslators(); - } - - return _translators.keys(); -} - -KeyboardTranslator::Entry::Entry() -: _keyCode(0) -, _modifiers(Qt::NoModifier) -, _modifierMask(Qt::NoModifier) -, _state(NoState) -, _stateMask(NoState) -, _command(NoCommand) -{ -} - -bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::operator==(const Entry& rhs) const -{ - return _keyCode == rhs._keyCode && - _modifiers == rhs._modifiers && - _modifierMask == rhs._modifierMask && - _state == rhs._state && - _stateMask == rhs._stateMask && - _command == rhs._command && - _text == rhs._text; -} - -bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::matches(int keyCode , - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, - States state) const -{ - if ( _keyCode != keyCode ) - return false; - - if ( (modifiers & _modifierMask) != (_modifiers & _modifierMask) ) - return false; - - // if modifiers is non-zero, the 'any modifier' state is implicit - if ( modifiers != 0 ) - state |= AnyModifierState; - - if ( (state & _stateMask) != (_state & _stateMask) ) - return false; - - // special handling for the 'Any Modifier' state, which checks for the presence of - // any or no modifiers. In this context, the 'keypad' modifier does not count. - bool anyModifiersSet = modifiers != 0 && modifiers != Qt::KeypadModifier; - if ( _stateMask & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) - { - // test fails if any modifier is required but none are set - if ( (_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && !anyModifiersSet ) - return false; - - // test fails if no modifier is allowed but one or more are set - if ( !(_state & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState) && anyModifiersSet ) - return false; - } - - return true; -} -QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::escapedText(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const -{ - QByteArray result(text(expandWildCards,modifiers)); - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count() ; i++ ) - { - char ch = result[i]; - char replacement = 0; - - switch ( ch ) - { - case 27 : replacement = 'E'; break; - case 8 : replacement = 'b'; break; - case 12 : replacement = 'f'; break; - case 9 : replacement = 't'; break; - case 13 : replacement = 'r'; break; - case 10 : replacement = 'n'; break; - default: - // any character which is not printable is replaced by an equivalent - // \xhh escape sequence (where 'hh' are the corresponding hex digits) - if ( !QChar(ch).isPrint() ) - replacement = 'x'; - } - - if ( replacement == 'x' ) - { - result.replace(i,1,"\\x"+QByteArray(1,ch).toInt(0, 16)); - } else if ( replacement != 0 ) - { - result.remove(i,1); - result.insert(i,'\\'); - result.insert(i+1,replacement); - } - } - - return result; -} -QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::unescape(const QByteArray& input) const -{ - QByteArray result(input); - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < result.count()-1 ; i++ ) - { - - QByteRef ch = result[i]; - if ( ch == '\\' ) - { - char replacement[2] = {0,0}; - int charsToRemove = 2; - bool escapedChar = true; - - switch ( result[i+1] ) - { - case 'E' : replacement[0] = 27; break; - case 'b' : replacement[0] = 8 ; break; - case 'f' : replacement[0] = 12; break; - case 't' : replacement[0] = 9 ; break; - case 'r' : replacement[0] = 13; break; - case 'n' : replacement[0] = 10; break; - case 'x' : - { - // format is \xh or \xhh where 'h' is a hexadecimal - // digit from 0-9 or A-F which should be replaced - // with the corresponding character value - char hexDigits[3] = {0}; - - if ( (i < result.count()-2) && isxdigit(result[i+2]) ) - hexDigits[0] = result[i+2]; - if ( (i < result.count()-3) && isxdigit(result[i+3]) ) - hexDigits[1] = result[i+3]; - - int charValue = 0; - sscanf(hexDigits,"%x",&charValue); - - replacement[0] = (char)charValue; - - charsToRemove = 2 + strlen(hexDigits); - } - break; - default: - escapedChar = false; - } - - if ( escapedChar ) - result.replace(i,charsToRemove,replacement); - } - } - - return result; -} - -void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const -{ - if ( !(modifier & _modifierMask) ) - return; - - if ( modifier & _modifiers ) - item += '+'; - else - item += '-'; - - if ( modifier == Qt::ShiftModifier ) - item += "Shift"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::ControlModifier ) - item += "Ctrl"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::AltModifier ) - item += "Alt"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::MetaModifier ) - item += "Meta"; - else if ( modifier == Qt::KeypadModifier ) - item += "KeyPad"; -} -void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::insertState( QString& item , int state ) const -{ - if ( !(state & _stateMask) ) - return; - - if ( state & _state ) - item += '+' ; - else - item += '-' ; - - if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ) - item += "AppScreen"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ) - item += "NewLine"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ) - item += "Ansi"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ) - item += "AppCuKeys"; - else if ( state == KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ) - item += "AnyMod"; -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::resultToString(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const -{ - if ( !_text.isEmpty() ) - return escapedText(expandWildCards,modifiers); - else if ( _command == EraseCommand ) - return "Erase"; - else if ( _command == ScrollPageUpCommand ) - return "ScrollPageUp"; - else if ( _command == ScrollPageDownCommand ) - return "ScrollPageDown"; - else if ( _command == ScrollLineUpCommand ) - return "ScrollLineUp"; - else if ( _command == ScrollLineDownCommand ) - return "ScrollLineDown"; - else if ( _command == ScrollLockCommand ) - return "ScrollLock"; - - return QString(); -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::Entry::conditionToString() const -{ - QString result = QKeySequence(_keyCode).toString(); - - // add modifiers - insertModifier( result , Qt::ShiftModifier ); - insertModifier( result , Qt::ControlModifier ); - insertModifier( result , Qt::AltModifier ); - insertModifier( result , Qt::MetaModifier ); - - // add states - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState ); - insertState( result , KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState ); - - return result; -} - -KeyboardTranslator::KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name) -: _name(name) -{ -} - -void KeyboardTranslator::setDescription(const QString& description) -{ - _description = description; -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::description() const -{ - return _description; -} -void KeyboardTranslator::setName(const QString& name) -{ - _name = name; -} -QString KeyboardTranslator::name() const -{ - return _name; -} - -QList KeyboardTranslator::entries() const -{ - return _entries.values(); -} - -void KeyboardTranslator::addEntry(const Entry& entry) -{ - const int keyCode = entry.keyCode(); - _entries.insertMulti(keyCode,entry); -} -void KeyboardTranslator::replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement) -{ - if ( !existing.isNull() ) - _entries.remove(existing.keyCode()); - _entries.insertMulti(replacement.keyCode(),replacement); -} -void KeyboardTranslator::removeEntry(const Entry& entry) -{ - _entries.remove(entry.keyCode()); -} -KeyboardTranslator::Entry KeyboardTranslator::findEntry(int keyCode, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, States state) const -{ - if ( _entries.contains(keyCode) ) - { - QList entriesForKey = _entries.values(keyCode); - - QListIterator iter(entriesForKey); - - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - const Entry& next = iter.next(); - if ( next.matches(keyCode,modifiers,state) ) - return next; - } - - return Entry(); // entry not found - } - else - { - return Entry(); - } - -} -void KeyboardTranslatorManager::addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator) -{ - _translators.insert(translator->name(),translator); - - if ( !saveTranslator(translator) ) - qWarning() << "Unable to save translator" << translator->name() - << "to disk."; -} -bool KeyboardTranslatorManager::deleteTranslator(const QString& name) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _translators.contains(name) ); - - // locate and delete - QString path = findTranslatorPath(name); - if ( QFile::remove(path) ) - { - _translators.remove(name); - return true; - } - else - { - qWarning() << "Failed to remove translator - " << path; - return false; - } -} -K_GLOBAL_STATIC( KeyboardTranslatorManager , theKeyboardTranslatorManager ) -KeyboardTranslatorManager* KeyboardTranslatorManager::instance() -{ - return theKeyboardTranslatorManager; -} diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h b/libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h deleted file mode 100644 index e0082ae..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/KeyboardTranslator.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,657 +0,0 @@ -/* - This source file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H -#define KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -typedef void (*CleanUpFunction)(); - -/** - * @internal - * - * Helper class for K_GLOBAL_STATIC to clean up the object on library unload or application - * shutdown. - */ -class CleanUpGlobalStatic -{ - public: - CleanUpFunction func; - - inline ~CleanUpGlobalStatic() { func(); } -}; - - -//these directives are taken from the heart of kdecore - -# define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) - -#if QT_VERSION < 0x040400 -# define Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER Q_ATOMIC_INIT -# define testAndSetOrdered testAndSet -#endif - -#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC(TYPE, NAME) K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ()) - -#define K_GLOBAL_STATIC_WITH_ARGS(TYPE, NAME, ARGS) \ -static QBasicAtomicPointer _k_static_##NAME = Q_BASIC_ATOMIC_INITIALIZER(0); \ -static bool _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ -static struct K_GLOBAL_STATIC_STRUCT_NAME(NAME) \ -{ \ - bool isDestroyed() \ - { \ - return _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed; \ - } \ - inline operator TYPE*() \ - { \ - return operator->(); \ - } \ - inline TYPE *operator->() \ - { \ - if (!_k_static_##NAME) { \ - if (isDestroyed()) { \ - qFatal("Fatal Error: Accessed global static '%s *%s()' after destruction. " \ - "Defined at %s:%d", #TYPE, #NAME, __FILE__, __LINE__); \ - } \ - TYPE *x = new TYPE ARGS; \ - if (!_k_static_##NAME.testAndSetOrdered(0, x) \ - && _k_static_##NAME != x ) { \ - delete x; \ - } else { \ - static CleanUpGlobalStatic cleanUpObject = { destroy }; \ - } \ - } \ - return _k_static_##NAME; \ - } \ - inline TYPE &operator*() \ - { \ - return *operator->(); \ - } \ - static void destroy() \ - { \ - _k_static_##NAME##_destroyed = true; \ - TYPE *x = _k_static_##NAME; \ - _k_static_##NAME = 0; \ - delete x; \ - } \ -} NAME; - - - - - -class QIODevice; -class QTextStream; - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/** - * A convertor which maps between key sequences pressed by the user and the - * character strings which should be sent to the terminal and commands - * which should be invoked when those character sequences are pressed. - * - * Konsole supports multiple keyboard translators, allowing the user to - * specify the character sequences which are sent to the terminal - * when particular key sequences are pressed. - * - * A key sequence is defined as a key code, associated keyboard modifiers - * (Shift,Ctrl,Alt,Meta etc.) and state flags which indicate the state - * which the terminal must be in for the key sequence to apply. - */ -class KeyboardTranslator -{ -public: - /** - * The meaning of a particular key sequence may depend upon the state which - * the terminal emulation is in. Therefore findEntry() may return a different - * Entry depending upon the state flags supplied. - * - * This enum describes the states which may be associated with with a particular - * entry in the keyboard translation entry. - */ - enum State - { - /** Indicates that no special state is active */ - NoState = 0, - /** - * TODO More documentation - */ - NewLineState = 1, - /** - * Indicates that the terminal is in 'Ansi' mode. - * TODO: More documentation - */ - AnsiState = 2, - /** - * TODO More documentation - */ - CursorKeysState = 4, - /** - * Indicates that the alternate screen ( typically used by interactive programs - * such as screen or vim ) is active - */ - AlternateScreenState = 8, - /** Indicates that any of the modifier keys is active. */ - AnyModifierState = 16 - }; - Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(States,State) - - /** - * This enum describes commands which are associated with particular key sequences. - */ - enum Command - { - /** Indicates that no command is associated with this command sequence */ - NoCommand = 0, - /** TODO Document me */ - SendCommand = 1, - /** Scroll the terminal display up one page */ - ScrollPageUpCommand = 2, - /** Scroll the terminal display down one page */ - ScrollPageDownCommand = 4, - /** Scroll the terminal display up one line */ - ScrollLineUpCommand = 8, - /** Scroll the terminal display down one line */ - ScrollLineDownCommand = 16, - /** Toggles scroll lock mode */ - ScrollLockCommand = 32, - /** Echos the operating system specific erase character. */ - EraseCommand = 64 - }; - Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Commands,Command) - - /** - * Represents an association between a key sequence pressed by the user - * and the character sequence and commands associated with it for a particular - * KeyboardTranslator. - */ - class Entry - { - public: - /** - * Constructs a new entry for a keyboard translator. - */ - Entry(); - - /** - * Returns true if this entry is null. - * This is true for newly constructed entries which have no properties set. - */ - bool isNull() const; - - /** Returns the commands associated with this entry */ - Command command() const; - /** Sets the command associated with this entry. */ - void setCommand(Command command); - - /** - * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, optionally replacing - * wildcard '*' characters with numbers to indicate the keyboard modifiers being pressed. - * - * TODO: The numbers used to replace '*' characters are taken from the Konsole/KDE 3 code. - * Document them. - * - * @param expandWildCards Specifies whether wild cards (occurrences of the '*' character) in - * the entry should be replaced with a number to indicate the modifier keys being pressed. - * - * @param modifiers The keyboard modifiers being pressed. - */ - QByteArray text(bool expandWildCards = false, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; - - /** Sets the character sequence associated with this entry */ - void setText(const QByteArray& text); - - /** - * Returns the character sequence associated with this entry, - * with any non-printable characters replaced with escape sequences. - * - * eg. \\E for Escape, \\t for tab, \\n for new line. - * - * @param expandWildCards See text() - * @param modifiers See text() - */ - QByteArray escapedText(bool expandWildCards = false, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; - - /** Returns the character code ( from the Qt::Key enum ) associated with this entry */ - int keyCode() const; - /** Sets the character code associated with this entry */ - void setKeyCode(int keyCode); - - /** - * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled keyboard modifiers associated with this entry. - * If a modifier is set in modifierMask() but not in modifiers(), this means that the entry - * only matches when that modifier is NOT pressed. - * - * If a modifier is not set in modifierMask() then the entry matches whether the modifier - * is pressed or not. - */ - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers() const; - - /** Returns the keyboard modifiers which are valid in this entry. See modifiers() */ - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifierMask() const; - - /** See modifiers() */ - void setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); - /** See modifierMask() and modifiers() */ - void setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers ); - - /** - * Returns a bitwise-OR of the enabled state flags associated with this entry. - * If flag is set in stateMask() but not in state(), this means that the entry only - * matches when the terminal is NOT in that state. - * - * If a state is not set in stateMask() then the entry matches whether the terminal - * is in that state or not. - */ - States state() const; - - /** Returns the state flags which are valid in this entry. See state() */ - States stateMask() const; - - /** See state() */ - void setState( States state ); - /** See stateMask() */ - void setStateMask( States mask ); - - /** - * Returns the key code and modifiers associated with this entry - * as a QKeySequence - */ - //QKeySequence keySequence() const; - - /** - * Returns this entry's conditions ( ie. its key code, modifier and state criteria ) - * as a string. - */ - QString conditionToString() const; - - /** - * Returns this entry's result ( ie. its command or character sequence ) - * as a string. - * - * @param expandWildCards See text() - * @param modifiers See text() - */ - QString resultToString(bool expandWildCards = false, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = Qt::NoModifier) const; - - /** - * Returns true if this entry matches the given key sequence, specified - * as a combination of @p keyCode , @p modifiers and @p state. - */ - bool matches( int keyCode , - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , - States flags ) const; - - bool operator==(const Entry& rhs) const; - - private: - void insertModifier( QString& item , int modifier ) const; - void insertState( QString& item , int state ) const; - QByteArray unescape(const QByteArray& text) const; - - int _keyCode; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifiers; - Qt::KeyboardModifiers _modifierMask; - States _state; - States _stateMask; - - Command _command; - QByteArray _text; - }; - - /** Constructs a new keyboard translator with the given @p name */ - KeyboardTranslator(const QString& name); - - //KeyboardTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator& other); - - /** Returns the name of this keyboard translator */ - QString name() const; - - /** Sets the name of this keyboard translator */ - void setName(const QString& name); - - /** Returns the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ - QString description() const; - - /** Sets the descriptive name of this keyboard translator */ - void setDescription(const QString& description); - - /** - * Looks for an entry in this keyboard translator which matches the given - * key code, keyboard modifiers and state flags. - * - * Returns the matching entry if found or a null Entry otherwise ( ie. - * entry.isNull() will return true ) - * - * @param keyCode A key code from the Qt::Key enum - * @param modifiers A combination of modifiers - * @param state Optional flags which specify the current state of the terminal - */ - Entry findEntry(int keyCode , - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers , - States state = NoState) const; - - /** - * Adds an entry to this keyboard translator's table. Entries can be looked up according - * to their key sequence using findEntry() - */ - void addEntry(const Entry& entry); - - /** - * Replaces an entry in the translator. If the @p existing entry is null, - * then this is equivalent to calling addEntry(@p replacement) - */ - void replaceEntry(const Entry& existing , const Entry& replacement); - - /** - * Removes an entry from the table. - */ - void removeEntry(const Entry& entry); - - /** Returns a list of all entries in the translator. */ - QList entries() const; - -private: - - QHash _entries; // entries in this keyboard translation, - // entries are indexed according to - // their keycode - QString _name; - QString _description; -}; -Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::States) -Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(KeyboardTranslator::Commands) - -/** - * Parses the contents of a Keyboard Translator (.keytab) file and - * returns the entries found in it. - * - * Usage example: - * - * @code - * QFile source( "/path/to/keytab" ); - * source.open( QIODevice::ReadOnly ); - * - * KeyboardTranslator* translator = new KeyboardTranslator( "name-of-translator" ); - * - * KeyboardTranslatorReader reader(source); - * while ( reader.hasNextEntry() ) - * translator->addEntry(reader.nextEntry()); - * - * source.close(); - * - * if ( !reader.parseError() ) - * { - * // parsing succeeded, do something with the translator - * } - * else - * { - * // parsing failed - * } - * @endcode - */ -class KeyboardTranslatorReader -{ -public: - /** Constructs a new reader which parses the given @p source */ - KeyboardTranslatorReader( QIODevice* source ); - - /** - * Returns the description text. - * TODO: More documentation - */ - QString description() const; - - /** Returns true if there is another entry in the source stream */ - bool hasNextEntry(); - /** Returns the next entry found in the source stream */ - KeyboardTranslator::Entry nextEntry(); - - /** - * Returns true if an error occurred whilst parsing the input or - * false if no error occurred. - */ - bool parseError(); - - /** - * Parses a condition and result string for a translator entry - * and produces a keyboard translator entry. - * - * The condition and result strings are in the same format as in - */ - static KeyboardTranslator::Entry createEntry( const QString& condition , - const QString& result ); -private: - struct Token - { - enum Type - { - TitleKeyword, - TitleText, - KeyKeyword, - KeySequence, - Command, - OutputText - }; - Type type; - QString text; - }; - QList tokenize(const QString&); - void readNext(); - bool decodeSequence(const QString& , - int& keyCode, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifiers, - Qt::KeyboardModifiers& modifierMask, - KeyboardTranslator::States& state, - KeyboardTranslator::States& stateFlags); - - static bool parseAsModifier(const QString& item , Qt::KeyboardModifier& modifier); - static bool parseAsStateFlag(const QString& item , KeyboardTranslator::State& state); - static bool parseAsKeyCode(const QString& item , int& keyCode); - static bool parseAsCommand(const QString& text , KeyboardTranslator::Command& command); - - QIODevice* _source; - QString _description; - KeyboardTranslator::Entry _nextEntry; - bool _hasNext; -}; - -/** Writes a keyboard translation to disk. */ -class KeyboardTranslatorWriter -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new writer which saves data into @p destination. - * The caller is responsible for closing the device when writing is complete. - */ - KeyboardTranslatorWriter(QIODevice* destination); - ~KeyboardTranslatorWriter(); - - /** - * Writes the header for the keyboard translator. - * @param description Description of the keyboard translator. - */ - void writeHeader( const QString& description ); - /** Writes a translator entry. */ - void writeEntry( const KeyboardTranslator::Entry& entry ); - -private: - QIODevice* _destination; - QTextStream* _writer; -}; - -/** - * Manages the keyboard translations available for use by terminal sessions, - * see KeyboardTranslator. - */ -class KeyboardTranslatorManager -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a new KeyboardTranslatorManager and loads the list of - * available keyboard translations. - * - * The keyboard translations themselves are not loaded until they are - * first requested via a call to findTranslator() - */ - KeyboardTranslatorManager(); - ~KeyboardTranslatorManager(); - - /** - * Adds a new translator. If a translator with the same name - * already exists, it will be replaced by the new translator. - * - * TODO: More documentation. - */ - void addTranslator(KeyboardTranslator* translator); - - /** - * Deletes a translator. Returns true on successful deletion or false otherwise. - * - * TODO: More documentation - */ - bool deleteTranslator(const QString& name); - - /** Returns the default translator for Konsole. */ - const KeyboardTranslator* defaultTranslator(); - - /** - * Returns the keyboard translator with the given name or 0 if no translator - * with that name exists. - * - * The first time that a translator with a particular name is requested, - * the on-disk .keyboard file is loaded and parsed. - */ - const KeyboardTranslator* findTranslator(const QString& name); - /** - * Returns a list of the names of available keyboard translators. - * - * The first time this is called, a search for available - * translators is started. - */ - QList allTranslators(); - - /** Returns the global KeyboardTranslatorManager instance. */ - static KeyboardTranslatorManager* instance(); - -private: - static const char* defaultTranslatorText; - - void findTranslators(); // locate the available translators - KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(const QString& name); // loads the translator - // with the given name - KeyboardTranslator* loadTranslator(QIODevice* device,const QString& name); - - bool saveTranslator(const KeyboardTranslator* translator); - QString findTranslatorPath(const QString& name); - - QHash _translators; // maps translator-name -> KeyboardTranslator - // instance - bool _haveLoadedAll; -}; - -inline int KeyboardTranslator::Entry::keyCode() const { return _keyCode; } -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setKeyCode(int keyCode) { _keyCode = keyCode; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifiers( Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifier ) -{ - _modifiers = modifier; -} -inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifiers() const { return _modifiers; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setModifierMask( Qt::KeyboardModifiers mask ) -{ - _modifierMask = mask; -} -inline Qt::KeyboardModifiers KeyboardTranslator::Entry::modifierMask() const { return _modifierMask; } - -inline bool KeyboardTranslator::Entry::isNull() const -{ - return ( *this == Entry() ); -} - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setCommand( Command command ) -{ - _command = command; -} -inline KeyboardTranslator::Command KeyboardTranslator::Entry::command() const { return _command; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setText( const QByteArray& text ) -{ - _text = unescape(text); -} -inline int oneOrZero(int value) -{ - return value ? 1 : 0; -} -inline QByteArray KeyboardTranslator::Entry::text(bool expandWildCards,Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers) const -{ - QByteArray expandedText = _text; - - if (expandWildCards) - { - int modifierValue = 1; - modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier); - modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::AltModifier) << 1; - modifierValue += oneOrZero(modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) << 2; - - for (int i=0;i<_text.length();i++) - { - if (expandedText[i] == '*') - expandedText[i] = '0' + modifierValue; - } - } - - return expandedText; -} - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setState( States state ) -{ - _state = state; -} -inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::state() const { return _state; } - -inline void KeyboardTranslator::Entry::setStateMask( States stateMask ) -{ - _stateMask = stateMask; -} -inline KeyboardTranslator::States KeyboardTranslator::Entry::stateMask() const { return _stateMask; } - -} - -Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(Konsole::KeyboardTranslator::Entry) -Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(const Konsole::KeyboardTranslator*) - -#endif // KEYBOARDTRANSLATOR_H - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.h b/libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9b64143..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -// WARNING: Autogenerated by "fontembedder ./linefont.src". -// You probably do not want to hand-edit this! - -static const quint32 LineChars[] = { - 0x00007c00, 0x000fffe0, 0x00421084, 0x00e739ce, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, - 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00427000, 0x004e7380, 0x00e77800, 0x00ef7bc0, - 0x00421c00, 0x00439ce0, 0x00e73c00, 0x00e7bde0, 0x00007084, 0x000e7384, 0x000079ce, 0x000f7bce, - 0x00001c84, 0x00039ce4, 0x00003dce, 0x0007bdee, 0x00427084, 0x004e7384, 0x004279ce, 0x00e77884, - 0x00e779ce, 0x004f7bce, 0x00ef7bc4, 0x00ef7bce, 0x00421c84, 0x00439ce4, 0x00423dce, 0x00e73c84, - 0x00e73dce, 0x0047bdee, 0x00e7bde4, 0x00e7bdee, 0x00427c00, 0x0043fce0, 0x004e7f80, 0x004fffe0, - 0x004fffe0, 0x00e7fde0, 0x006f7fc0, 0x00efffe0, 0x00007c84, 0x0003fce4, 0x000e7f84, 0x000fffe4, - 0x00007dce, 0x0007fdee, 0x000f7fce, 0x000fffee, 0x00427c84, 0x0043fce4, 0x004e7f84, 0x004fffe4, - 0x00427dce, 0x00e77c84, 0x00e77dce, 0x0047fdee, 0x004e7fce, 0x00e7fde4, 0x00ef7f84, 0x004fffee, - 0x00efffe4, 0x00e7fdee, 0x00ef7fce, 0x00efffee, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, - 0x000f83e0, 0x00a5294a, 0x004e1380, 0x00a57800, 0x00ad0bc0, 0x004390e0, 0x00a53c00, 0x00a5a1e0, - 0x000e1384, 0x0000794a, 0x000f0b4a, 0x000390e4, 0x00003d4a, 0x0007a16a, 0x004e1384, 0x00a5694a, - 0x00ad2b4a, 0x004390e4, 0x00a52d4a, 0x00a5a16a, 0x004f83e0, 0x00a57c00, 0x00ad83e0, 0x000f83e4, - 0x00007d4a, 0x000f836a, 0x004f93e4, 0x00a57d4a, 0x00ad836a, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, - 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00000000, 0x00001c00, 0x00001084, 0x00007000, 0x00421000, - 0x00039ce0, 0x000039ce, 0x000e7380, 0x00e73800, 0x000e7f80, 0x00e73884, 0x0003fce0, 0x004239ce -}; diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.src b/libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.src deleted file mode 100644 index 6835253..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/LineFont.src +++ /dev/null @@ -1,786 +0,0 @@ -#2500: single horizontal line -2500 - - ------ - - - -#2501: triple horizontal line -2501 - ------ ------ ------ - - -#2502: single vertical line -2502 - | - | - | - | - | - -#2503: triple vertical line -2503 - ||| - ||| - ||| - ||| - ||| - -#2504-250B are dashed - not handled - -#250C: top-left corner (lines on bottom + right) -250C - - - .-- - | - | - -#250D: as above, but top line triple-width -250D - - .-- - .-- - |-- - | - -#250E: now the vert line triple-width -250E - - - ..-- - ||| - ||| - -#250F: and now both lines triple-width -250F - - .___ - |.-- - ||._ - ||| - -#2510: top-right corner -2510 - - ---. - | - | - -2511 - -==. -==. -==| - | - -2512 - - -==.. - ||| - ||| - -2513 - -===. -==.| -=.|| - ||| - -#2514: bottom-left corner -2514 - | - | - .== - - - -2515 - | - |== - |== - === - - - -2516 - ||| - ||| - |.== - - - -2517 - ||| - ||.= - |.== - .=== - - -#2518: bottm-right corner -2518 - | - | -==. - - - -2519 - | -==| -==| -=== - - - -251A - ||| - ||| -==== - - - -251B - ||| -=.|| -==.| -===. - - -#251C: Join of vertical line and one from the right -251C - | - | - |== - | - | - -251D - | - |== - |== - |== - | - -251E - ||| - ||| - ||== - | - | - -251F - | - | - ||== - ||| - ||| - - -2520 - ||| - ||| - ||== - ||| - ||| - -2521 - ||| - |||= - ||== - .|== - | - -2522 - | - .|== - ||== - |||= - ||| - -2523 - ||| - ||.= - ||== - ||.= - ||| - -#2524: Join of vertical line and one from the left -2524 - | - | -==| - | - | - -2525 - | -==| -==| -==| - | - -2526 - ||| - ||| -==+| - | - | - -2527 - | - | -==+| - ||| - ||| - -2528 - ||| - ||| -==+| - ||| - ||| - -2529 - ||| -=+|| -==+| -===+ - | - -252A - | -=+|| -==+| -===+ - ||| - -252B - ||| -=+|| -==+| -=+|| - ||| - -#252C: horizontal line joined to from below -252C - - -===== - | - | - -252D - -=== -==|== -==| - | - -252E - - === -==|== - |== - | - -252F - -==+== -==|== -==|== - | - -2530 - -===== -===== -==|== - | - -2531 - -===| -==||= -=||| - ||| - -2532 - - |=== -=||== - ||== - || - -2533 - -===== -==|== -=+|+= - ||| - -#2534: bottom line, connected to from top -2534 - | - | -===== - - - -2535 - | -==| -===== -=== - - -2536 - | - |== -===== - === - - -2537 - | -==|== -===== -===== - - -2538 - ||| - ||| -===== - - - -2539 - ||| -==|| -===== -===| - - - -253A - ||| - ||== -=|=== - |=== - - -253B - ||| -==|== -===== -===== - - -#253C: vertical + horizontal lines intersecting -253C - | - | -===== - | - | - -253D - | -==| -===== -==| - | - -253E - | - |== -===== - |== - | - -253F - | -==|== -===== -==|== - | - -2540 - ||| - ||| -===== - | - | - -2541 - | - | -===== - ||| - ||| - -2542 - ||| - ||| -===== - ||| - ||| - -2543 - ||| -=||| -===== -==|+ - | - -2544 - ||| - ||== -===== - |== - | - -2545 - | -==|+ -===== -=||| - ||| - -2546 - | - |== -===== - ||== - ||| - -2547 - ||| -=|||= -===== -=|||= - | - -2548 - | -=|||= -===== -=|||= - ||| - -2549 - ||| -=||| -===== -=||| - ||| - -254A - ||| - |||= -===== - |||= - ||| - -254B - ||| -=|||= -===== -=|||= - ||| - -#254C-254F are dashed -2550 - -_____ - -_____ - - -2551 - | | - | | - | | - | | - | | - -2552 - - |-- - | - |-- - | - -2553 - - - ---- - | | - | | - -2554 - - +--- - | - + +- - | | - -2555 - ---+ - | ---+ - | - -2556 - - --+-+ - | | - | | - -2557 - ----+ - | --+ | - | | - -2558 - | - +-- - | - +-- - -2559 - | | - | | - +-+- - - - -255A - | | - | +- - | - +--- - - -255B - | ---+ - | ---+ - - -255C - | | - | | --+-+ - - -255D - | | --+ | - | ----+ - - -255E - | - +-- - | - +-- - | - -255F - | | - | | - | +- - | | - | | - -2560 - | | - | +- - | | - | +- - | | - -2561 - | ---+ - | ---+ - | - -2562 - | | - | | --+ + - | | - | | - -2563 - | | --+ | - | --+ | - | | - -2564 - ------ - ---+-- - | - -2565 - - --+-+- - | | - | | - -2566 - ------ - --+ +- - | | - -2567 - | ---+-- - ------ - - -2568 - | | - | | --+-+- - - - -2569 - | | --+ +- - ------ - - -256A - | ---+-- - | ---+-- - | - -256B - | | - | | --+-+- - | | - | | - -256C - | | --+ +- - --+ +- - | | - -#256F-2570 are curly, -#2571-2573 are slashes and X - -2574 - - -___ - - - -2575 - | - | - | - - - -2576 - - - ___ - - - -2577 - - - | - | - | - -2578 - -___ -___ -___ - - -2579 - ||| - ||| - ||| - - - -257A - - ___ - ___ - ___ - - -257B - - - ||| - ||| - ||| - -257C - - ___ -_____ - ___ - - -257D - | - | - ||| - ||| - ||| - -257E - -___ -_____ -___ - - -257F - ||| - ||| - ||| - | - | diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 144e5e2..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Pty.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,320 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Pty.h" - -// System -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -// Qt -#include - -// KDE -//#include -//#include -//#include -#include "kpty.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -void Pty::donePty() -{ - emit done(exitStatus()); -} - -void Pty::setWindowSize(int lines, int cols) -{ - _windowColumns = cols; - _windowLines = lines; - - if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) - pty()->setWinSize(lines, cols); -} -QSize Pty::windowSize() const -{ - return QSize(_windowColumns,_windowLines); -} - -void Pty::setXonXoff(bool enable) -{ - _xonXoff = enable; - - if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) - { - struct ::termios ttmode; - pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); - if (!enable) - ttmode.c_iflag &= ~(IXOFF | IXON); - else - ttmode.c_iflag |= (IXOFF | IXON); - if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) - qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); - } -} - -void Pty::setUtf8Mode(bool enable) -{ -#ifdef IUTF8 // XXX not a reasonable place to check it. - _utf8 = enable; - - if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) - { - struct ::termios ttmode; - pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); - if (!enable) - ttmode.c_iflag &= ~IUTF8; - else - ttmode.c_iflag |= IUTF8; - if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) - qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); - } -#endif -} - -void Pty::setErase(char erase) -{ - _eraseChar = erase; - - if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) - { - struct ::termios ttmode; - - pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); - - ttmode.c_cc[VERASE] = erase; - - if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) - qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); - } -} - -char Pty::erase() const -{ - if (pty()->masterFd() >= 0) - { - qDebug() << "Getting erase char"; - struct ::termios ttyAttributes; - pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttyAttributes); - return ttyAttributes.c_cc[VERASE]; - } - - return _eraseChar; -} - -void Pty::addEnvironmentVariables(const QStringList& environment) -{ - QListIterator iter(environment); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - QString pair = iter.next(); - - // split on the first '=' character - int pos = pair.indexOf('='); - - if ( pos >= 0 ) - { - QString variable = pair.left(pos); - QString value = pair.mid(pos+1); - - //kDebug() << "Setting environment pair" << variable << - // " set to " << value; - - setEnvironment(variable,value); - } - } -} - -int Pty::start(const QString& program, - const QStringList& programArguments, - const QStringList& environment, - ulong winid, - bool addToUtmp -// const QString& dbusService, -// const QString& dbusSession) - ) -{ - clearArguments(); - - setBinaryExecutable(program.toLatin1()); - - addEnvironmentVariables(environment); - - QStringListIterator it( programArguments ); - while (it.hasNext()) - arguments.append( it.next().toUtf8() ); - -// if ( !dbusService.isEmpty() ) -// setEnvironment("KONSOLE_DBUS_SERVICE",dbusService); -// if ( !dbusSession.isEmpty() ) -// setEnvironment("KONSOLE_DBUS_SESSION", dbusSession); - - setEnvironment("WINDOWID", QString::number(winid)); - - // unless the LANGUAGE environment variable has been set explicitly - // set it to a null string - // this fixes the problem where KCatalog sets the LANGUAGE environment - // variable during the application's startup to something which - // differs from LANG,LC_* etc. and causes programs run from - // the terminal to display mesages in the wrong language - // - // this can happen if LANG contains a language which KDE - // does not have a translation for - // - // BR:149300 - if (!environment.contains("LANGUAGE")) - setEnvironment("LANGUAGE",QString()); - - setUsePty(All, addToUtmp); - - pty()->open(); - - struct ::termios ttmode; - pty()->tcGetAttr(&ttmode); - if (!_xonXoff) - ttmode.c_iflag &= ~(IXOFF | IXON); - else - ttmode.c_iflag |= (IXOFF | IXON); -#ifdef IUTF8 // XXX not a reasonable place to check it. - if (!_utf8) - ttmode.c_iflag &= ~IUTF8; - else - ttmode.c_iflag |= IUTF8; -#endif - - if (_eraseChar != 0) - ttmode.c_cc[VERASE] = _eraseChar; - - if (!pty()->tcSetAttr(&ttmode)) - qWarning("Unable to set terminal attributes."); - - pty()->setWinSize(_windowLines, _windowColumns); - - if ( K3Process::start(NotifyOnExit, (Communication) (Stdin | Stdout)) == false ) - return -1; - - resume(); // Start... - return 0; - -} - -void Pty::setWriteable(bool writeable) -{ - struct stat sbuf; - stat(pty()->ttyName(), &sbuf); - if (writeable) - chmod(pty()->ttyName(), sbuf.st_mode | S_IWGRP); - else - chmod(pty()->ttyName(), sbuf.st_mode & ~(S_IWGRP|S_IWOTH)); -} - -Pty::Pty() - : _bufferFull(false), - _windowColumns(0), - _windowLines(0), - _eraseChar(0), - _xonXoff(true), - _utf8(true) -{ - connect(this, SIGNAL(receivedStdout(K3Process *, char *, int )), - this, SLOT(dataReceived(K3Process *,char *, int))); - connect(this, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)), - this, SLOT(donePty())); - connect(this, SIGNAL(wroteStdin(K3Process *)), - this, SLOT(writeReady())); - _pty = new KPty; - - setUsePty(All, false); // utmp will be overridden later -} - -Pty::~Pty() -{ - delete _pty; -} - -void Pty::writeReady() -{ - _pendingSendJobs.erase(_pendingSendJobs.begin()); - _bufferFull = false; - doSendJobs(); -} - -void Pty::doSendJobs() { - if(_pendingSendJobs.isEmpty()) - { - emit bufferEmpty(); - return; - } - - SendJob& job = _pendingSendJobs.first(); - - - if (!writeStdin( job.data(), job.length() )) - { - qWarning("Pty::doSendJobs - Could not send input data to terminal process."); - return; - } - _bufferFull = true; -} - -void Pty::appendSendJob(const char* s, int len) -{ - _pendingSendJobs.append(SendJob(s,len)); -} - -void Pty::sendData(const char* s, int len) -{ - appendSendJob(s,len); - if (!_bufferFull) - doSendJobs(); -} - -void Pty::dataReceived(K3Process *,char *buf, int len) -{ - emit receivedData(buf,len); -} - -void Pty::lockPty(bool lock) -{ - if (lock) - suspend(); - else - resume(); -} - -int Pty::foregroundProcessGroup() const -{ - int pid = tcgetpgrp(pty()->masterFd()); - - if ( pid != -1 ) - { - return pid; - } - - return 0; -} - -//#include "moc_Pty.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Pty.h b/libs/qtermwidget/Pty.h deleted file mode 100644 index f3e9432..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Pty.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,243 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, KDE's terminal emulator. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef PTY_H -#define PTY_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "k3process.h" - - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/** - * The Pty class is used to start the terminal process, - * send data to it, receive data from it and manipulate - * various properties of the pseudo-teletype interface - * used to communicate with the process. - * - * To use this class, construct an instance and connect - * to the sendData slot and receivedData signal to - * send data to or receive data from the process. - * - * To start the terminal process, call the start() method - * with the program name and appropriate arguments. - */ -class Pty: public K3Process -{ -Q_OBJECT - - public: - - /** - * Constructs a new Pty. - * - * Connect to the sendData() slot and receivedData() signal to prepare - * for sending and receiving data from the terminal process. - * - * To start the terminal process, call the run() method with the - * name of the program to start and appropriate arguments. - */ - Pty(); - ~Pty(); - - /** - * Starts the terminal process. - * - * Returns 0 if the process was started successfully or non-zero - * otherwise. - * - * @param program Path to the program to start - * @param arguments Arguments to pass to the program being started - * @param environment A list of key=value pairs which will be added - * to the environment for the new process. At the very least this - * should include an assignment for the TERM environment variable. - * @param winid Specifies the value of the WINDOWID environment variable - * in the process's environment. - * @param addToUtmp Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for - * the pty used. See K3Process::setUsePty() - * @param dbusService Specifies the value of the KONSOLE_DBUS_SERVICE - * environment variable in the process's environment. - * @param dbusSession Specifies the value of the KONSOLE_DBUS_SESSION - * environment variable in the process's environment. - */ - int start( const QString& program, - const QStringList& arguments, - const QStringList& environment, - ulong winid, - bool addToUtmp -// const QString& dbusService, -// const QString& dbusSession - ); - - /** TODO: Document me */ - void setWriteable(bool writeable); - - /** - * Enables or disables Xon/Xoff flow control. - */ - void setXonXoff(bool on); - - /** - * Sets the size of the window (in lines and columns of characters) - * used by this teletype. - */ - void setWindowSize(int lines, int cols); - - /** Returns the size of the window used by this teletype. See setWindowSize() */ - QSize windowSize() const; - - /** TODO Document me */ - void setErase(char erase); - - /** */ - char erase() const; - - /** - * Returns the process id of the teletype's current foreground - * process. This is the process which is currently reading - * input sent to the terminal via. sendData() - * - * If there is a problem reading the foreground process group, - * 0 will be returned. - */ - int foregroundProcessGroup() const; - - /** - * Returns whether the buffer used to send data to the - * terminal process is full. - */ - bool bufferFull() const { return _bufferFull; } - - - public slots: - - /** - * Put the pty into UTF-8 mode on systems which support it. - */ - void setUtf8Mode(bool on); - - /** - * Suspend or resume processing of data from the standard - * output of the terminal process. - * - * See K3Process::suspend() and K3Process::resume() - * - * @param lock If true, processing of output is suspended, - * otherwise processing is resumed. - */ - void lockPty(bool lock); - - /** - * Sends data to the process currently controlling the - * teletype ( whose id is returned by foregroundProcessGroup() ) - * - * @param buffer Pointer to the data to send. - * @param length Length of @p buffer. - */ - void sendData(const char* buffer, int length); - - signals: - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal process terminates. - * - * @param exitCode The status code which the process exited with. - */ - void done(int exitCode); - - /** - * Emitted when a new block of data is received from - * the teletype. - * - * @param buffer Pointer to the data received. - * @param length Length of @p buffer - */ - void receivedData(const char* buffer, int length); - - /** - * Emitted when the buffer used to send data to the terminal - * process becomes empty, i.e. all data has been sent. - */ - void bufferEmpty(); - - - private slots: - - // called when terminal process exits - void donePty(); - // called when data is received from the terminal process - void dataReceived(K3Process*, char* buffer, int length); - // sends the first enqueued buffer of data to the - // terminal process - void doSendJobs(); - // called when the terminal process is ready to - // receive more data - void writeReady(); - - private: - // takes a list of key=value pairs and adds them - // to the environment for the process - void addEnvironmentVariables(const QStringList& environment); - - // enqueues a buffer of data to be sent to the - // terminal process - void appendSendJob(const char* buffer, int length); - - // a buffer of data in the queue to be sent to the - // terminal process - class SendJob { - public: - SendJob() {} - SendJob(const char* b, int len) : buffer(len) - { - memcpy( buffer.data() , b , len ); - } - - const char* data() const { return buffer.constData(); } - int length() const { return buffer.size(); } - private: - QVector buffer; - }; - - QList _pendingSendJobs; - bool _bufferFull; - - int _windowColumns; - int _windowLines; - char _eraseChar; - bool _xonXoff; - bool _utf8; - KPty *_pty; -}; - -} - -#endif // PTY_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/README b/libs/qtermwidget/README deleted file mode 100644 index 1801361..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ -lib.pro is a *.pro-file for qmake - -It produces static lib (libqtermwidget.a) only. -For creating shared lib (*.so) uncomment "dll" in "CONFIG" line in *.pro-file - -Library was tested both with HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT and HAVE_GETPT precompiler directives, -defined in "DEFINES" line. You should select variant which would be correct for your system. \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index ead0066..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Screen.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1567 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Screen.h" - -// Standard -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -// Qt -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -//FIXME: this is emulation specific. Use false for xterm, true for ANSI. -//FIXME: see if we can get this from terminfo. -#define BS_CLEARS false - -//Macro to convert x,y position on screen to position within an image. -// -//Originally the image was stored as one large contiguous block of -//memory, so a position within the image could be represented as an -//offset from the beginning of the block. For efficiency reasons this -//is no longer the case. -//Many internal parts of this class still use this representation for parameters and so on, -//notably moveImage() and clearImage(). -//This macro converts from an X,Y position into an image offset. -#ifndef loc -#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*columns+(X)) -#endif - - -Character Screen::defaultChar = Character(' ', - CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR), - CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR), - DEFAULT_RENDITION); - -//#define REVERSE_WRAPPED_LINES // for wrapped line debug - -Screen::Screen(int l, int c) - : lines(l), - columns(c), - screenLines(new ImageLine[lines+1] ), - _scrolledLines(0), - _droppedLines(0), - hist(new HistoryScrollNone()), - cuX(0), cuY(0), - cu_re(0), - tmargin(0), bmargin(0), - tabstops(0), - sel_begin(0), sel_TL(0), sel_BR(0), - sel_busy(false), - columnmode(false), - ef_fg(CharacterColor()), ef_bg(CharacterColor()), ef_re(0), - sa_cuX(0), sa_cuY(0), - sa_cu_re(0), - lastPos(-1) -{ - lineProperties.resize(lines+1); - for (int i=0;i bmargin ? lines-1 : bmargin; - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuY = qMin(stop,cuY+n); -} - -/*! - Move the cursor left. - - The cursor will not move beyond the first column. -*/ - -void Screen::cursorLeft(int n) -//=CUB -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuX = qMax(0,cuX-n); -} - -/*! - Move the cursor left. - - The cursor will not move beyond the rightmost column. -*/ - -void Screen::cursorRight(int n) -//=CUF -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX+n); -} - -void Screen::setMargins(int top, int bot) -//=STBM -{ - if (top == 0) top = 1; // Default - if (bot == 0) bot = lines; // Default - top = top - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno - bot = bot - 1; // Adjust to internal lineno - if ( !( 0 <= top && top < bot && bot < lines ) ) - { qDebug()<<" setRegion("< 0) - cuY -= 1; -} - -/*! - Move the cursor to the begin of the next line. - - If cursor is on bottom margin, the region between the - actual top and bottom margin is scrolled up. -*/ - -void Screen::NextLine() -//=NEL -{ - Return(); index(); -} - -void Screen::eraseChars(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - int p = qMax(0,qMin(cuX+n-1,columns-1)); - clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(p,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::deleteChars(int n) -{ - Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); - - // always delete at least one char - if (n == 0) - n = 1; - - // if cursor is beyond the end of the line there is nothing to do - if ( cuX >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) - return; - - if ( cuX+n >= screenLines[cuY].count() ) - n = screenLines[cuY].count() - 1 - cuX; - - Q_ASSERT( n >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( cuX+n < screenLines[cuY].count() ); - - screenLines[cuY].remove(cuX,n); -} - -void Screen::insertChars(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - - if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX ) - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX); - - screenLines[cuY].insert(cuX,n,' '); - - if ( screenLines[cuY].count() > columns ) - screenLines[cuY].resize(columns); -} - -void Screen::deleteLines(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - scrollUp(cuY,n); -} - -/*! insert `n' lines at the cursor position. - - The cursor is not moved by the operation. -*/ - -void Screen::insertLines(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - scrollDown(cuY,n); -} - -// Mode Operations ----------------------------------------------------------- - -/*! Set a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::setMode(int m) -{ - currParm.mode[m] = true; - switch(m) - { - case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = tmargin; break; //FIXME: home - } -} - -/*! Reset a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::resetMode(int m) -{ - currParm.mode[m] = false; - switch(m) - { - case MODE_Origin : cuX = 0; cuY = 0; break; //FIXME: home - } -} - -/*! Save a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::saveMode(int m) -{ - saveParm.mode[m] = currParm.mode[m]; -} - -/*! Restore a specific mode. */ - -void Screen::restoreMode(int m) -{ - currParm.mode[m] = saveParm.mode[m]; -} - -bool Screen::getMode(int m) const -{ - return currParm.mode[m]; -} - -void Screen::saveCursor() -{ - sa_cuX = cuX; - sa_cuY = cuY; - sa_cu_re = cu_re; - sa_cu_fg = cu_fg; - sa_cu_bg = cu_bg; -} - -void Screen::restoreCursor() -{ - cuX = qMin(sa_cuX,columns-1); - cuY = qMin(sa_cuY,lines-1); - cu_re = sa_cu_re; - cu_fg = sa_cu_fg; - cu_bg = sa_cu_bg; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Screen Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*! Resize the screen image - - The topmost left position is maintained, while lower lines - or right hand side columns might be removed or filled with - spaces to fit the new size. - - The region setting is reset to the whole screen and the - tab positions reinitialized. - - If the new image is narrower than the old image then text on lines - which extends past the end of the new image is preserved so that it becomes - visible again if the screen is later resized to make it larger. -*/ - -void Screen::resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns) -{ - if ((new_lines==lines) && (new_columns==columns)) return; - - if (cuY > new_lines-1) - { // attempt to preserve focus and lines - bmargin = lines-1; //FIXME: margin lost - for (int i = 0; i < cuY-(new_lines-1); i++) - { - addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); - } - } - - // create new screen lines and copy from old to new - - ImageLine* newScreenLines = new ImageLine[new_lines+1]; - for (int i=0; i < qMin(lines-1,new_lines+1) ;i++) - newScreenLines[i]=screenLines[i]; - for (int i=lines;(i > 0) && (i 0) && (ir &= ~RE_TRANSPARENT; -} - -void Screen::effectiveRendition() -// calculate rendition -{ - //copy "current rendition" straight into "effective rendition", which is then later copied directly - //into the image[] array which holds the characters and their appearance properties. - //- The old version below filtered out all attributes other than underline and blink at this stage, - //so that they would not be copied into the image[] array and hence would not be visible by TerminalDisplay - //which actually paints the screen using the information from the image[] array. - //I don't know why it did this, but I'm fairly sure it was the wrong thing to do. The net result - //was that bold text wasn't printed in bold by Konsole. - ef_re = cu_re; - - //OLD VERSION: - //ef_re = cu_re & (RE_UNDERLINE | RE_BLINK); - - if (cu_re & RE_REVERSE) - { - ef_fg = cu_bg; - ef_bg = cu_fg; - } - else - { - ef_fg = cu_fg; - ef_bg = cu_bg; - } - - if (cu_re & RE_BOLD) - ef_fg.toggleIntensive(); -} - -/*! - returns the image. - - Get the size of the image by \sa getLines and \sa getColumns. - - NOTE that the image returned by this function must later be - freed. - -*/ - -void Screen::copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= hist->getLines() ); - - for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + count; line++) - { - const int length = qMin(columns,hist->getLineLen(line)); - const int destLineOffset = (line-startLine)*columns; - - hist->getCells(line,0,length,dest + destLineOffset); - - for (int column = length; column < columns; column++) - dest[destLineOffset+column] = defaultChar; - - // invert selected text - if (sel_begin !=-1) - { - for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) - { - if (isSelected(column,line)) - { - reverseRendition(dest[destLineOffset + column]); - } - } - } - } -} - -void Screen::copyFromScreen(Character* dest , int startLine , int count) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 && count > 0 && startLine + count <= lines ); - - for (int line = startLine; line < (startLine+count) ; line++) - { - int srcLineStartIndex = line*columns; - int destLineStartIndex = (line-startLine)*columns; - - for (int column = 0; column < columns; column++) - { - int srcIndex = srcLineStartIndex + column; - int destIndex = destLineStartIndex + column; - - dest[destIndex] = screenLines[srcIndex/columns].value(srcIndex%columns,defaultChar); - - // invert selected text - if (sel_begin != -1 && isSelected(column,line + hist->getLines())) - reverseRendition(dest[destIndex]); - } - - } -} - -void Screen::getImage( Character* dest, int size, int startLine, int endLine ) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); - - const int mergedLines = endLine - startLine + 1; - - Q_ASSERT( size >= mergedLines * columns ); - - const int linesInHistoryBuffer = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); - const int linesInScreenBuffer = mergedLines - linesInHistoryBuffer; - - // copy lines from history buffer - if (linesInHistoryBuffer > 0) { - copyFromHistory(dest,startLine,linesInHistoryBuffer); - } - - // copy lines from screen buffer - if (linesInScreenBuffer > 0) { - copyFromScreen(dest + linesInHistoryBuffer*columns, - startLine + linesInHistoryBuffer - hist->getLines(), - linesInScreenBuffer); - } - - // invert display when in screen mode - if (getMode(MODE_Screen)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < mergedLines*columns; i++) - reverseRendition(dest[i]); // for reverse display - } - - // mark the character at the current cursor position - int cursorIndex = loc(cuX, cuY + linesInHistoryBuffer); - if(getMode(MODE_Cursor) && cursorIndex < columns*mergedLines) - dest[cursorIndex].rendition |= RE_CURSOR; -} - -QVector Screen::getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const -{ - Q_ASSERT( startLine >= 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( endLine >= startLine && endLine < hist->getLines() + lines ); - - const int mergedLines = endLine-startLine+1; - const int linesInHistory = qBound(0,hist->getLines()-startLine,mergedLines); - const int linesInScreen = mergedLines - linesInHistory; - - QVector result(mergedLines); - int index = 0; - - // copy properties for lines in history - for (int line = startLine; line < startLine + linesInHistory; line++) - { - //TODO Support for line properties other than wrapped lines - if (hist->isWrappedLine(line)) - { - result[index] = (LineProperty)(result[index] | LINE_WRAPPED); - } - index++; - } - - // copy properties for lines in screen buffer - const int firstScreenLine = startLine + linesInHistory - hist->getLines(); - for (int line = firstScreenLine; line < firstScreenLine+linesInScreen; line++) - { - result[index]=lineProperties[line]; - index++; - } - - return result; -} - -/*! -*/ - -void Screen::reset(bool clearScreen) -{ - setMode(MODE_Wrap ); saveMode(MODE_Wrap ); // wrap at end of margin - resetMode(MODE_Origin); saveMode(MODE_Origin); // position refere to [1,1] - resetMode(MODE_Insert); saveMode(MODE_Insert); // overstroke - setMode(MODE_Cursor); // cursor visible - resetMode(MODE_Screen); // screen not inverse - resetMode(MODE_NewLine); - - tmargin=0; - bmargin=lines-1; - - setDefaultRendition(); - saveCursor(); - - if ( clearScreen ) - clear(); -} - -/*! Clear the entire screen and home the cursor. -*/ - -void Screen::clear() -{ - clearEntireScreen(); - home(); -} - -void Screen::BackSpace() -{ - cuX = qMin(columns-1,cuX); // nowrap! - cuX = qMax(0,cuX-1); - // if (BS_CLEARS) image[loc(cuX,cuY)].character = ' '; - - if (screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX+1) - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+1); - - if (BS_CLEARS) screenLines[cuY][cuX].character = ' '; -} - -void Screen::Tabulate(int n) -{ - // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); - if (n == 0) n = 1; - while((n > 0) && (cuX < columns-1)) - { - cursorRight(1); while((cuX < columns-1) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorRight(1); - n--; - } -} - -void Screen::backTabulate(int n) -{ - // note that TAB is a format effector (does not write ' '); - if (n == 0) n = 1; - while((n > 0) && (cuX > 0)) - { - cursorLeft(1); while((cuX > 0) && !tabstops[cuX]) cursorLeft(1); - n--; - } -} - -void Screen::clearTabStops() -{ - for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = false; -} - -void Screen::changeTabStop(bool set) -{ - if (cuX >= columns) return; - tabstops[cuX] = set; -} - -void Screen::initTabStops() -{ - delete[] tabstops; - tabstops = new bool[columns]; - - // Arrg! The 1st tabstop has to be one longer than the other. - // i.e. the kids start counting from 0 instead of 1. - // Other programs might behave correctly. Be aware. - for (int i = 0; i < columns; i++) tabstops[i] = (i%8 == 0 && i != 0); -} - -/*! - This behaves either as IND (Screen::Index) or as NEL (Screen::NextLine) - depending on the NewLine Mode (LNM). This mode also - affects the key sequence returned for newline ([CR]LF). -*/ - -void Screen::NewLine() -{ - if (getMode(MODE_NewLine)) Return(); - index(); -} - -/*! put `c' literally onto the screen at the current cursor position. - - VT100 uses the convention to produce an automatic newline (am) - with the *first* character that would fall onto the next line (xenl). -*/ - -void Screen::checkSelection(int from, int to) -{ - if (sel_begin == -1) return; - int scr_TL = loc(0, hist->getLines()); - //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region [from, to] - if ( (sel_BR > (from+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (to+scr_TL)) ) - { - clearSelection(); - } -} - -void Screen::ShowCharacter(unsigned short c) -{ - // Note that VT100 does wrapping BEFORE putting the character. - // This has impact on the assumption of valid cursor positions. - // We indicate the fact that a newline has to be triggered by - // putting the cursor one right to the last column of the screen. - - int w = konsole_wcwidth(c); - - if (w <= 0) - return; - - if (cuX+w > columns) { - if (getMode(MODE_Wrap)) { - lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | LINE_WRAPPED); - NextLine(); - } - else - cuX = columns-w; - } - - // ensure current line vector has enough elements - int size = screenLines[cuY].size(); - if (size == 0 && cuY > 0) - { - screenLines[cuY].resize( qMax(screenLines[cuY-1].size() , cuX+w) ); - } - else - { - if (size < cuX+w) - { - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+w); - } - } - - if (getMode(MODE_Insert)) insertChars(w); - - lastPos = loc(cuX,cuY); - - // check if selection is still valid. - checkSelection(cuX,cuY); - - Character& currentChar = screenLines[cuY][cuX]; - - currentChar.character = c; - currentChar.foregroundColor = ef_fg; - currentChar.backgroundColor = ef_bg; - currentChar.rendition = ef_re; - - int i = 0; - int newCursorX = cuX + w--; - while(w) - { - i++; - - if ( screenLines[cuY].size() < cuX + i + 1 ) - screenLines[cuY].resize(cuX+i+1); - - Character& ch = screenLines[cuY][cuX + i]; - ch.character = 0; - ch.foregroundColor = ef_fg; - ch.backgroundColor = ef_bg; - ch.rendition = ef_re; - - w--; - } - cuX = newCursorX; -} - -void Screen::compose(const QString& /*compose*/) -{ - Q_ASSERT( 0 /*Not implemented yet*/ ); - -/* if (lastPos == -1) - return; - - QChar c(image[lastPos].character); - compose.prepend(c); - //compose.compose(); ### FIXME! - image[lastPos].character = compose[0].unicode();*/ -} - -int Screen::scrolledLines() const -{ - return _scrolledLines; -} -int Screen::droppedLines() const -{ - return _droppedLines; -} -void Screen::resetDroppedLines() -{ - _droppedLines = 0; -} -void Screen::resetScrolledLines() -{ - //kDebug() << "scrolled lines reset"; - - _scrolledLines = 0; -} - -// Region commands ------------------------------------------------------------- - -void Screen::scrollUp(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - if (tmargin == 0) addHistLine(); // hist.history - scrollUp(tmargin, n); -} - -/*! scroll up `n' lines within current region. - The `n' new lines are cleared. - \sa setRegion \sa scrollDown -*/ - -QRect Screen::lastScrolledRegion() const -{ - return _lastScrolledRegion; -} - -void Screen::scrollUp(int from, int n) -{ - if (n <= 0 || from + n > bmargin) return; - - _scrolledLines -= n; - _lastScrolledRegion = QRect(0,tmargin,columns-1,(bmargin-tmargin)); - - //FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. - moveImage(loc(0,from),loc(0,from+n),loc(columns-1,bmargin)); - clearImage(loc(0,bmargin-n+1),loc(columns-1,bmargin),' '); -} - -void Screen::scrollDown(int n) -{ - if (n == 0) n = 1; // Default - scrollDown(tmargin, n); -} - -/*! scroll down `n' lines within current region. - The `n' new lines are cleared. - \sa setRegion \sa scrollUp -*/ - -void Screen::scrollDown(int from, int n) -{ - - //kDebug() << "Screen::scrollDown( from: " << from << " , n: " << n << ")"; - - _scrolledLines += n; - -//FIXME: make sure `tmargin', `bmargin', `from', `n' is in bounds. - if (n <= 0) return; - if (from > bmargin) return; - if (from + n > bmargin) n = bmargin - from; - moveImage(loc(0,from+n),loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,bmargin-n)); - clearImage(loc(0,from),loc(columns-1,from+n-1),' '); -} - -void Screen::setCursorYX(int y, int x) -{ - setCursorY(y); setCursorX(x); -} - -void Screen::setCursorX(int x) -{ - if (x == 0) x = 1; // Default - x -= 1; // Adjust - cuX = qMax(0,qMin(columns-1, x)); -} - -void Screen::setCursorY(int y) -{ - if (y == 0) y = 1; // Default - y -= 1; // Adjust - cuY = qMax(0,qMin(lines -1, y + (getMode(MODE_Origin) ? tmargin : 0) )); -} - -void Screen::home() -{ - cuX = 0; - cuY = 0; -} - -void Screen::Return() -{ - cuX = 0; -} - -int Screen::getCursorX() const -{ - return cuX; -} - -int Screen::getCursorY() const -{ - return cuY; -} - -// Erasing --------------------------------------------------------------------- - -/*! \section Erasing - - This group of operations erase parts of the screen contents by filling - it with spaces colored due to the current rendition settings. - - Althought the cursor position is involved in most of these operations, - it is never modified by them. -*/ - -/*! fill screen between (including) `loca' (start) and `loce' (end) with spaces. - - This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal - addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the - screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. -*/ - -void Screen::clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c) -{ - int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); - //FIXME: check positions - - //Clear entire selection if it overlaps region to be moved... - if ( (sel_BR > (loca+scr_TL) )&&(sel_TL < (loce+scr_TL)) ) - { - clearSelection(); - } - - int topLine = loca/columns; - int bottomLine = loce/columns; - - Character clearCh(c,cu_fg,cu_bg,DEFAULT_RENDITION); - - //if the character being used to clear the area is the same as the - //default character, the affected lines can simply be shrunk. - bool isDefaultCh = (clearCh == Character()); - - for (int y=topLine;y<=bottomLine;y++) - { - lineProperties[y] = 0; - - int endCol = ( y == bottomLine) ? loce%columns : columns-1; - int startCol = ( y == topLine ) ? loca%columns : 0; - - QVector& line = screenLines[y]; - - if ( isDefaultCh && endCol == columns-1 ) - { - line.resize(startCol); - } - else - { - if (line.size() < endCol + 1) - line.resize(endCol+1); - - Character* data = line.data(); - for (int i=startCol;i<=endCol;i++) - data[i]=clearCh; - } - } -} - -/*! move image between (including) `sourceBegin' and `sourceEnd' to 'dest'. - - The 'dest', 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' parameters can be generated using - the loc(column,line) macro. - -NOTE: moveImage() can only move whole lines. - - This is an internal helper functions. The parameter types are internal - addresses of within the screen image and make use of the way how the - screen matrix is mapped to the image vector. -*/ - -void Screen::moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd) -{ - //kDebug() << "moving image from (" << (sourceBegin/columns) - // << "," << (sourceEnd/columns) << ") to " << - // (dest/columns); - - Q_ASSERT( sourceBegin <= sourceEnd ); - - int lines=(sourceEnd-sourceBegin)/columns; - - //move screen image and line properties: - //the source and destination areas of the image may overlap, - //so it matters that we do the copy in the right order - - //forwards if dest < sourceBegin or backwards otherwise. - //(search the web for 'memmove implementation' for details) - if (dest < sourceBegin) - { - for (int i=0;i<=lines;i++) - { - screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; - lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; - } - } - else - { - for (int i=lines;i>=0;i--) - { - screenLines[ (dest/columns)+i ] = screenLines[ (sourceBegin/columns)+i ]; - lineProperties[(dest/columns)+i]=lineProperties[(sourceBegin/columns)+i]; - } - } - - if (lastPos != -1) - { - int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount - lastPos += diff; - if ((lastPos < 0) || (lastPos >= (lines*columns))) - lastPos = -1; - } - - // Adjust selection to follow scroll. - if (sel_begin != -1) - { - bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); - int diff = dest - sourceBegin; // Scroll by this amount - int scr_TL=loc(0,hist->getLines()); - int srca = sourceBegin+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global - int srce = sourceEnd+scr_TL; // Translate index from screen to global - int desta = srca+diff; - int deste = srce+diff; - - if ((sel_TL >= srca) && (sel_TL <= srce)) - sel_TL += diff; - else if ((sel_TL >= desta) && (sel_TL <= deste)) - sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) - - if ((sel_BR >= srca) && (sel_BR <= srce)) - sel_BR += diff; - else if ((sel_BR >= desta) && (sel_BR <= deste)) - sel_BR = -1; // Clear selection (see below) - - if (sel_BR < 0) - { - clearSelection(); - } - else - { - if (sel_TL < 0) - sel_TL = 0; - } - - if (beginIsTL) - sel_begin = sel_TL; - else - sel_begin = sel_BR; - } -} - -void Screen::clearToEndOfScreen() -{ - clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearToBeginOfScreen() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearEntireScreen() -{ - // Add entire screen to history - for (int i = 0; i < (lines-1); i++) - { - addHistLine(); scrollUp(0,1); - } - - clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),' '); -} - -/*! fill screen with 'E' - This is to aid screen alignment -*/ - -void Screen::helpAlign() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,0),loc(columns-1,lines-1),'E'); -} - -void Screen::clearToEndOfLine() -{ - clearImage(loc(cuX,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearToBeginOfLine() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(cuX,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::clearEntireLine() -{ - clearImage(loc(0,cuY),loc(columns-1,cuY),' '); -} - -void Screen::setRendition(int re) -{ - cu_re |= re; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -void Screen::resetRendition(int re) -{ - cu_re &= ~re; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -void Screen::setDefaultRendition() -{ - setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); - setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); - cu_re = DEFAULT_RENDITION; - effectiveRendition(); -} - -void Screen::setForeColor(int space, int color) -{ - cu_fg = CharacterColor(space, color); - - if ( cu_fg.isValid() ) - effectiveRendition(); - else - setForeColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); -} - -void Screen::setBackColor(int space, int color) -{ - cu_bg = CharacterColor(space, color); - - if ( cu_bg.isValid() ) - effectiveRendition(); - else - setBackColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT,DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Marking & Selection */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void Screen::clearSelection() -{ - sel_BR = -1; - sel_TL = -1; - sel_begin = -1; -} - -void Screen::getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line) -{ - if ( sel_TL != -1 ) - { - column = sel_TL % columns; - line = sel_TL / columns; - } - else - { - column = cuX + getHistLines(); - line = cuY + getHistLines(); - } -} -void Screen::getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line) -{ - if ( sel_BR != -1 ) - { - column = sel_BR % columns; - line = sel_BR / columns; - } - else - { - column = cuX + getHistLines(); - line = cuY + getHistLines(); - } -} -void Screen::setSelectionStart(/*const ScreenCursor& viewCursor ,*/ const int x, const int y, const bool mode) -{ -// kDebug(1211) << "setSelBeginXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; - sel_begin = loc(x,y); //+histCursor) ; - - /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ - if (x == columns) sel_begin--; - - sel_BR = sel_begin; - sel_TL = sel_begin; - columnmode = mode; -} - -void Screen::setSelectionEnd( const int x, const int y) -{ -// kDebug(1211) << "setSelExtentXY(" << x << "," << y << ")"; - if (sel_begin == -1) return; - int l = loc(x,y); // + histCursor); - - if (l < sel_begin) - { - sel_TL = l; - sel_BR = sel_begin; - } - else - { - /* FIXME, HACK to correct for x too far to the right... */ - if (x == columns) l--; - - sel_TL = sel_begin; - sel_BR = l; - } -} - -bool Screen::isSelected( const int x,const int y) const -{ - if (columnmode) { - int sel_Left,sel_Right; - if ( sel_TL % columns < sel_BR % columns ) { - sel_Left = sel_TL; sel_Right = sel_BR; - } else { - sel_Left = sel_BR; sel_Right = sel_TL; - } - return ( x >= sel_Left % columns ) && ( x <= sel_Right % columns ) && - ( y >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y <= sel_BR / columns ); - //( y+histCursor >= sel_TL / columns ) && ( y+histCursor <= sel_BR / columns ); - } - else { - //int pos = loc(x,y+histCursor); - int pos = loc(x,y); - return ( pos >= sel_TL && pos <= sel_BR ); - } -} - -QString Screen::selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks) -{ - QString result; - QTextStream stream(&result, QIODevice::ReadWrite); - - PlainTextDecoder decoder; - decoder.begin(&stream); - writeSelectionToStream(&decoder , preserveLineBreaks); - decoder.end(); - - return result; -} - -bool Screen::isSelectionValid() const -{ - return ( sel_TL >= 0 && sel_BR >= 0 ); -} - -void Screen::writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , - bool preserveLineBreaks) -{ - // do nothing if selection is invalid - if ( !isSelectionValid() ) - return; - - int top = sel_TL / columns; - int left = sel_TL % columns; - - int bottom = sel_BR / columns; - int right = sel_BR % columns; - - Q_ASSERT( top >= 0 && left >= 0 && bottom >= 0 && right >= 0 ); - - //kDebug() << "sel_TL = " << sel_TL; - //kDebug() << "columns = " << columns; - - for (int y=top;y<=bottom;y++) - { - int start = 0; - if ( y == top || columnmode ) start = left; - - int count = -1; - if ( y == bottom || columnmode ) count = right - start + 1; - - const bool appendNewLine = ( y != bottom ); - copyLineToStream( y, - start, - count, - decoder, - appendNewLine, - preserveLineBreaks ); - } -} - - -void Screen::copyLineToStream(int line , - int start, - int count, - TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, - bool appendNewLine, - bool preserveLineBreaks) -{ - //buffer to hold characters for decoding - //the buffer is static to avoid initialising every - //element on each call to copyLineToStream - //(which is unnecessary since all elements will be overwritten anyway) - static const int MAX_CHARS = 1024; - static Character characterBuffer[MAX_CHARS]; - - assert( count < MAX_CHARS ); - - LineProperty currentLineProperties = 0; - - //determine if the line is in the history buffer or the screen image - if (line < hist->getLines()) - { - const int lineLength = hist->getLineLen(line); - - // ensure that start position is before end of line - start = qMin(start,qMax(0,lineLength-1)); - - //retrieve line from history buffer - if (count == -1) - { - count = lineLength-start; - } - else - { - count = qMin(start+count,lineLength)-start; - } - - // safety checks - assert( start >= 0 ); - assert( count >= 0 ); - assert( (start+count) <= hist->getLineLen(line) ); - - hist->getCells(line,start,count,characterBuffer); - - if ( hist->isWrappedLine(line) ) - currentLineProperties |= LINE_WRAPPED; - } - else - { - if ( count == -1 ) - count = columns - start; - - assert( count >= 0 ); - - const int screenLine = line-hist->getLines(); - - Character* data = screenLines[screenLine].data(); - int length = screenLines[screenLine].count(); - - //retrieve line from screen image - for (int i=start;i < qMin(start+count,length);i++) - { - characterBuffer[i-start] = data[i]; - } - - // count cannot be any greater than length - count = qBound(0,count,length-start); - - Q_ASSERT( screenLine < lineProperties.count() ); - currentLineProperties |= lineProperties[screenLine]; - } - - //do not decode trailing whitespace characters - for (int i=count-1 ; i >= 0; i--) - if (QChar(characterBuffer[i].character).isSpace()) - count--; - else - break; - - // add new line character at end - const bool omitLineBreak = (currentLineProperties & LINE_WRAPPED) || - !preserveLineBreaks; - - if ( !omitLineBreak && appendNewLine && (count+1 < MAX_CHARS) ) - { - characterBuffer[count] = '\n'; - count++; - } - - //decode line and write to text stream - decoder->decodeLine( (Character*) characterBuffer , - count, currentLineProperties ); -} - -// Method below has been removed because of its reliance on 'histCursor' -// and I want to restrict the methods which have knowledge of the scroll position -// to just those which deal with selection and supplying final screen images. -// -/*void Screen::writeToStream(QTextStream* stream , TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder) { - sel_begin = 0; - sel_BR = sel_begin; - sel_TL = sel_begin; - setSelectionEnd(columns-1,lines-1+hist->getLines()-histCursor); - - writeSelectionToStream(stream,decoder); - - clearSelection(); -}*/ - -void Screen::writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to) -{ - sel_begin = loc(0,from); - sel_TL = sel_begin; - sel_BR = loc(columns-1,to); - writeSelectionToStream(decoder); - clearSelection(); -} - -QString Screen::getHistoryLine(int no) -{ - sel_begin = loc(0,no); - sel_TL = sel_begin; - sel_BR = loc(columns-1,no); - return selectedText(false); -} - -void Screen::addHistLine() -{ - // add line to history buffer - // we have to take care about scrolling, too... - - if (hasScroll()) - { - int oldHistLines = hist->getLines(); - - hist->addCellsVector(screenLines[0]); - hist->addLine( lineProperties[0] & LINE_WRAPPED ); - - int newHistLines = hist->getLines(); - - bool beginIsTL = (sel_begin == sel_TL); - - // If the history is full, increment the count - // of dropped lines - if ( newHistLines == oldHistLines ) - _droppedLines++; - - // Adjust selection for the new point of reference - if (newHistLines > oldHistLines) - { - if (sel_begin != -1) - { - sel_TL += columns; - sel_BR += columns; - } - } - - if (sel_begin != -1) - { - // Scroll selection in history up - int top_BR = loc(0, 1+newHistLines); - - if (sel_TL < top_BR) - sel_TL -= columns; - - if (sel_BR < top_BR) - sel_BR -= columns; - - if (sel_BR < 0) - { - clearSelection(); - } - else - { - if (sel_TL < 0) - sel_TL = 0; - } - - if (beginIsTL) - sel_begin = sel_TL; - else - sel_begin = sel_BR; - } - } - -} - -int Screen::getHistLines() -{ - return hist->getLines(); -} - -void Screen::setScroll(const HistoryType& t , bool copyPreviousScroll) -{ - clearSelection(); - - if ( copyPreviousScroll ) - hist = t.scroll(hist); - else - { - HistoryScroll* oldScroll = hist; - hist = t.scroll(0); - delete oldScroll; - } -} - -bool Screen::hasScroll() -{ - return hist->hasScroll(); -} - -const HistoryType& Screen::getScroll() -{ - return hist->getType(); -} - -void Screen::setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable) -{ - if ( enable ) - { - lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] | property); - } - else - { - lineProperties[cuY] = (LineProperty)(lineProperties[cuY] & ~property); - } -} -void Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count) -{ - for (int i=0;i - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef SCREEN_H -#define SCREEN_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "Character.h" -#include "History.h" - -#define MODE_Origin 0 -#define MODE_Wrap 1 -#define MODE_Insert 2 -#define MODE_Screen 3 -#define MODE_Cursor 4 -#define MODE_NewLine 5 -#define MODES_SCREEN 6 - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/*! -*/ -struct ScreenParm -{ - int mode[MODES_SCREEN]; -}; - -class TerminalCharacterDecoder; - -/** - \brief An image of characters with associated attributes. - - The terminal emulation ( Emulation ) receives a serial stream of - characters from the program currently running in the terminal. - From this stream it creates an image of characters which is ultimately - rendered by the display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). Some types of emulation - may have more than one screen image. - - getImage() is used to retrieve the currently visible image - which is then used by the display widget to draw the output from the - terminal. - - The number of lines of output history which are kept in addition to the current - screen image depends on the history scroll being used to store the output. - The scroll is specified using setScroll() - The output history can be retrieved using writeToStream() - - The screen image has a selection associated with it, specified using - setSelectionStart() and setSelectionEnd(). The selected text can be retrieved - using selectedText(). When getImage() is used to retrieve the the visible image, - characters which are part of the selection have their colours inverted. -*/ -class Screen -{ -public: - /** Construct a new screen image of size @p lines by @p columns. */ - Screen(int lines, int columns); - ~Screen(); - - // VT100/2 Operations - // Cursor Movement - - /** Move the cursor up by @p n lines. */ - void cursorUp (int n); - /** Move the cursor down by @p n lines. */ - void cursorDown (int n); - /** Move the cursor to the left by @p n columns. */ - void cursorLeft (int n); - /** Move the cursor to the right by @p n columns. */ - void cursorRight (int n); - /** Position the cursor on line @p y. */ - void setCursorY (int y); - /** Position the cursor at column @p x. */ - void setCursorX (int x); - /** Position the cursor at line @p y, column @p x. */ - void setCursorYX (int y, int x); - /** - * Sets the margins for scrolling the screen. - * - * @param topLine The top line of the new scrolling margin. - * @param bottomLine The bottom line of the new scrolling margin. - */ - void setMargins (int topLine , int bottomLine); - /** Returns the top line of the scrolling region. */ - int topMargin() const; - /** Returns the bottom line of the scrolling region. */ - int bottomMargin() const; - - /** - * Resets the scrolling margins back to the top and bottom lines - * of the screen. - */ - void setDefaultMargins(); - - /** - * Moves the cursor down one line, if the MODE_NewLine mode - * flag is enabled then the cursor is returned to the leftmost - * column first. - * - * Equivalent to NextLine() if the MODE_NewLine flag is set - * or index() otherwise. - */ - void NewLine (); - /** - * Moves the cursor down one line and positions it at the beginning - * of the line. - */ - void NextLine (); - - /** - * Move the cursor down one line. If the cursor is on the bottom - * line of the scrolling region (as returned by bottomMargin()) the - * scrolling region is scrolled up by one line instead. - */ - void index (); - /** - * Move the cursor up one line. If the cursor is on the top line - * of the scrolling region (as returned by topMargin()) the scrolling - * region is scrolled down by one line instead. - */ - void reverseIndex(); - - /** - * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen up by @p n lines. - * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed - * using setMargins() - */ - void scrollUp(int n); - /** - * Scroll the scrolling region of the screen down by @p n lines. - * The scrolling region is initially the whole screen, but can be changed - * using setMargins() - */ - void scrollDown(int n); - - /** - * Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line. - * Equivalent to setCursorX(0) - */ - void Return (); - /** - * Moves the cursor one column to the left and erases the character - * at the new cursor position. - */ - void BackSpace (); - /** - * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the right. - */ - void Tabulate (int n = 1); - /** - * Moves the cursor @p n tab-stops to the left. - */ - void backTabulate(int n); - - // Editing - - /** - * Erase @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. - * This is equivalent to over-writing @p n characters starting with the current - * cursor position with spaces. - * If @p n is 0 then one character is erased. - */ - void eraseChars (int n); - /** - * Delete @p n characters beginning from the current cursor position. - * If @p n is 0 then one character is deleted. - */ - void deleteChars (int n); - /** - * Insert @p n blank characters beginning from the current cursor position. - * The position of the cursor is not altered. - * If @p n is 0 then one character is inserted. - */ - void insertChars (int n); - /** - * Removes @p n lines beginning from the current cursor position. - * The position of the cursor is not altered. - * If @p n is 0 then one line is removed. - */ - void deleteLines (int n); - /** - * Inserts @p lines beginning from the current cursor position. - * The position of the cursor is not altered. - * If @p n is 0 then one line is inserted. - */ - void insertLines (int n); - /** Clears all the tab stops. */ - void clearTabStops(); - /** Sets or removes a tab stop at the cursor's current column. */ - void changeTabStop(bool set); - - /** Resets (clears) the specified screen @p mode. */ - void resetMode (int mode); - /** Sets (enables) the specified screen @p mode. */ - void setMode (int mode); - /** - * Saves the state of the specified screen @p mode. It can be restored - * using restoreMode() - */ - void saveMode (int mode); - /** Restores the state of a screen @p mode saved by calling saveMode() */ - void restoreMode (int mode); - /** Returns whether the specified screen @p mode is enabled or not .*/ - bool getMode (int mode) const; - - /** - * Saves the current position and appearence (text color and style) of the cursor. - * It can be restored by calling restoreCursor() - */ - void saveCursor (); - /** Restores the position and appearence of the cursor. See saveCursor() */ - void restoreCursor(); - - /** Clear the whole screen, moving the current screen contents into the history first. */ - void clearEntireScreen(); - /** - * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the end of - * the screen. - */ - void clearToEndOfScreen(); - /** - * Clear the area of the screen from the current cursor position to the start - * of the screen. - */ - void clearToBeginOfScreen(); - /** Clears the whole of the line on which the cursor is currently positioned. */ - void clearEntireLine(); - /** Clears from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ - void clearToEndOfLine(); - /** Clears from the current cursor position to the beginning of the line. */ - void clearToBeginOfLine(); - - /** Fills the entire screen with the letter 'E' */ - void helpAlign (); - - /** - * Enables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence - * of characters on the screen. - * - * @see Character::rendition - */ - void setRendition (int rendition); - /** - * Disables the given @p rendition flag. Rendition flags control the appearence - * of characters on the screen. - * - * @see Character::rendition - */ - void resetRendition(int rendition); - - /** - * Sets the cursor's foreground color. - * @param space The color space used by the @p color argument - * @param color The new foreground color. The meaning of this depends on - * the color @p space used. - * - * @see CharacterColor - */ - void setForeColor (int space, int color); - /** - * Sets the cursor's background color. - * @param space The color space used by the @p color argumnet. - * @param color The new background color. The meaning of this depends on - * the color @p space used. - * - * @see CharacterColor - */ - void setBackColor (int space, int color); - /** - * Resets the cursor's color back to the default and sets the - * character's rendition flags back to the default settings. - */ - void setDefaultRendition(); - - /** Returns the column which the cursor is positioned at. */ - int getCursorX() const; - /** Returns the line which the cursor is positioned on. */ - int getCursorY() const; - - /** TODO Document me */ - void clear(); - /** - * Sets the position of the cursor to the 'home' position at the top-left - * corner of the screen (0,0) - */ - void home(); - /** - * Resets the state of the screen. This resets the various screen modes - * back to their default states. The cursor style and colors are reset - * (as if setDefaultRendition() had been called) - * - *
    - *
  • Line wrapping is enabled.
    • - *
  • Origin mode is disabled.
    • - *
  • Insert mode is disabled.
    • - *
  • Cursor mode is enabled. TODO Document me
    • - *
  • Screen mode is disabled. TODO Document me
    • - *
  • New line mode is disabled. TODO Document me
    • - *
- * - * If @p clearScreen is true then the screen contents are erased entirely, - * otherwise they are unaltered. - */ - void reset(bool clearScreen = true); - - /** - * Displays a new character at the current cursor position. - * - * If the cursor is currently positioned at the right-edge of the screen and - * line wrapping is enabled then the character is added at the start of a new - * line below the current one. - * - * If the MODE_Insert screen mode is currently enabled then the character - * is inserted at the current cursor position, otherwise it will replace the - * character already at the current cursor position. - */ - void ShowCharacter(unsigned short c); - - // Do composition with last shown character FIXME: Not implemented yet for KDE 4 - void compose(const QString& compose); - - /** - * Resizes the image to a new fixed size of @p new_lines by @p new_columns. - * In the case that @p new_columns is smaller than the current number of columns, - * existing lines are not truncated. This prevents characters from being lost - * if the terminal display is resized smaller and then larger again. - * - * (note that in versions of Konsole prior to KDE 4, existing lines were - * truncated when making the screen image smaller) - */ - void resizeImage(int new_lines, int new_columns); - - /** - * Returns the current screen image. - * The result is an array of Characters of size [getLines()][getColumns()] which - * must be freed by the caller after use. - * - * @param dest Buffer to copy the characters into - * @param size Size of @p dest in Characters - * @param startLine Index of first line to copy - * @param endLine Index of last line to copy - */ - void getImage( Character* dest , int size , int startLine , int endLine ) const; - - /** - * Returns the additional attributes associated with lines in the image. - * The most important attribute is LINE_WRAPPED which specifies that the - * line is wrapped, - * other attributes control the size of characters in the line. - */ - QVector getLineProperties( int startLine , int endLine ) const; - - - /** Return the number of lines. */ - int getLines() { return lines; } - /** Return the number of columns. */ - int getColumns() { return columns; } - /** Return the number of lines in the history buffer. */ - int getHistLines (); - /** - * Sets the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. - * If @p copyPreviousScroll is true then the contents of the previous - * history buffer are copied into the new scroll. - */ - void setScroll(const HistoryType& , bool copyPreviousScroll = true); - /** Returns the type of storage used to keep lines in the history. */ - const HistoryType& getScroll(); - /** - * Returns true if this screen keeps lines that are scrolled off the screen - * in a history buffer. - */ - bool hasScroll(); - - /** - * Sets the start of the selection. - * - * @param column The column index of the first character in the selection. - * @param line The line index of the first character in the selection. - * @param columnmode True if the selection is in column mode. - */ - void setSelectionStart(const int column, const int line, const bool columnmode); - - /** - * Sets the end of the current selection. - * - * @param column The column index of the last character in the selection. - * @param line The line index of the last character in the selection. - */ - void setSelectionEnd(const int column, const int line); - - /** - * Retrieves the start of the selection or the cursor position if there - * is no selection. - */ - void getSelectionStart(int& column , int& line); - - /** - * Retrieves the end of the selection or the cursor position if there - * is no selection. - */ - void getSelectionEnd(int& column , int& line); - - /** Clears the current selection */ - void clearSelection(); - - void setBusySelecting(bool busy) { sel_busy = busy; } - - /** - * Returns true if the character at (@p column, @p line) is part of the - * current selection. - */ - bool isSelected(const int column,const int line) const; - - /** - * Convenience method. Returns the currently selected text. - * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should - * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. - */ - QString selectedText(bool preserveLineBreaks); - - /** - * Copies part of the output to a stream. - * - * @param decoder A decoder which coverts terminal characters into text - * @param from The first line in the history to retrieve - * @param to The last line in the history to retrieve - */ - void writeToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, int from, int to); - - /** - * Sets the selection to line @p no in the history and returns - * the text of that line from the history buffer. - */ - QString getHistoryLine(int no); - - /** - * Copies the selected characters, set using @see setSelBeginXY and @see setSelExtentXY - * into a stream. - * - * @param decoder A decoder which converts terminal characters into text. - * PlainTextDecoder is the most commonly used decoder which coverts characters - * into plain text with no formatting. - * @param preserveLineBreaks Specifies whether new line characters should - * be inserted into the returned text at the end of each terminal line. - */ - void writeSelectionToStream(TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder , bool - preserveLineBreaks = true); - - /** TODO Document me */ - void checkSelection(int from, int to); - - /** - * Sets or clears an attribute of the current line. - * - * @param property The attribute to set or clear - * Possible properties are: - * LINE_WRAPPED: Specifies that the line is wrapped. - * LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH: Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal width. - * LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT:Specifies that the characters in the current line should be double the normal height. - * Double-height lines are formed of two lines containing the same characters, - * with both having the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. This allows other parts of the - * code to work on the assumption that all lines are the same height. - * - * @param enable true to apply the attribute to the current line or false to remove it - */ - void setLineProperty(LineProperty property , bool enable); - - - /** - * Returns the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, - * since the last call to resetScrolledLines(). - * - * a positive return value indicates that the image has been scrolled up, - * a negative return value indicates that the image has been scrolled down. - */ - int scrolledLines() const; - - /** - * Returns the region of the image which was last scrolled. - * - * This is the area of the image from the top margin to the - * bottom margin when the last scroll occurred. - */ - QRect lastScrolledRegion() const; - - /** - * Resets the count of the number of lines that the image has been scrolled up or down by, - * see scrolledLines() - */ - void resetScrolledLines(); - - /** - * Returns the number of lines of output which have been - * dropped from the history since the last call - * to resetDroppedLines() - * - * If the history is not unlimited then it will drop - * the oldest lines of output if new lines are added when - * it is full. - */ - int droppedLines() const; - - /** - * Resets the count of the number of lines dropped from - * the history. - */ - void resetDroppedLines(); - - /** - * Fills the buffer @p dest with @p count instances of the default (ie. blank) - * Character style. - */ - static void fillWithDefaultChar(Character* dest, int count); - -private: - - //copies a line of text from the screen or history into a stream using a - //specified character decoder - //line - the line number to copy, from 0 (the earliest line in the history) up to - // hist->getLines() + lines - 1 - //start - the first column on the line to copy - //count - the number of characters on the line to copy - //decoder - a decoder which coverts terminal characters (an Character array) into text - //appendNewLine - if true a new line character (\n) is appended to the end of the line - void copyLineToStream(int line, - int start, - int count, - TerminalCharacterDecoder* decoder, - bool appendNewLine, - bool preserveLineBreaks); - - //fills a section of the screen image with the character 'c' - //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. - //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. - void clearImage(int loca, int loce, char c); - - //move screen image between 'sourceBegin' and 'sourceEnd' to 'dest'. - //the parameters are specified as offsets from the start of the screen image. - //the loc(x,y) macro can be used to generate these values from a column,line pair. - void moveImage(int dest, int sourceBegin, int sourceEnd); - - void scrollUp(int from, int i); - void scrollDown(int from, int i); - - void addHistLine(); - - void initTabStops(); - - void effectiveRendition(); - void reverseRendition(Character& p) const; - - bool isSelectionValid() const; - - // copies 'count' lines from the screen buffer into 'dest', - // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the screen buffer - void copyFromScreen(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; - // copies 'count' lines from the history buffer into 'dest', - // starting from 'startLine', where 0 is the first line in the history - void copyFromHistory(Character* dest, int startLine, int count) const; - - - // screen image ---------------- - int lines; - int columns; - - typedef QVector ImageLine; // [0..columns] - ImageLine* screenLines; // [lines] - - int _scrolledLines; - QRect _lastScrolledRegion; - - int _droppedLines; - - QVarLengthArray lineProperties; - - // history buffer --------------- - HistoryScroll *hist; - - // cursor location - int cuX; - int cuY; - - // cursor color and rendition info - CharacterColor cu_fg; // foreground - CharacterColor cu_bg; // background - quint8 cu_re; // rendition - - // margins ---------------- - int tmargin; // top margin - int bmargin; // bottom margin - - // states ---------------- - ScreenParm currParm; - - // ---------------------------- - - bool* tabstops; - - // selection ------------------- - int sel_begin; // The first location selected. - int sel_TL; // TopLeft Location. - int sel_BR; // Bottom Right Location. - bool sel_busy; // Busy making a selection. - bool columnmode; // Column selection mode - - // effective colors and rendition ------------ - CharacterColor ef_fg; // These are derived from - CharacterColor ef_bg; // the cu_* variables above - quint8 ef_re; // to speed up operation - - // - // save cursor, rendition & states ------------ - // - - // cursor location - int sa_cuX; - int sa_cuY; - - // rendition info - quint8 sa_cu_re; - CharacterColor sa_cu_fg; - CharacterColor sa_cu_bg; - - // last position where we added a character - int lastPos; - - // modes - ScreenParm saveParm; - - static Character defaultChar; -}; - -} - -#endif // SCREEN_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index f29dcd0..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,296 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "ScreenWindow.h" - -// Qt -#include - -// Konsole -#include "Screen.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -ScreenWindow::ScreenWindow(QObject* parent) - : QObject(parent) - , _windowBuffer(0) - , _windowBufferSize(0) - , _bufferNeedsUpdate(true) - , _windowLines(1) - , _currentLine(0) - , _trackOutput(true) - , _scrollCount(0) -{ -} -ScreenWindow::~ScreenWindow() -{ - delete[] _windowBuffer; -} -void ScreenWindow::setScreen(Screen* screen) -{ - Q_ASSERT( screen ); - - _screen = screen; -} - -Screen* ScreenWindow::screen() const -{ - return _screen; -} - -Character* ScreenWindow::getImage() -{ - // reallocate internal buffer if the window size has changed - int size = windowLines() * windowColumns(); - if (_windowBuffer == 0 || _windowBufferSize != size) - { - delete[] _windowBuffer; - _windowBufferSize = size; - _windowBuffer = new Character[size]; - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - } - - if (!_bufferNeedsUpdate) - return _windowBuffer; - - _screen->getImage(_windowBuffer,size, - currentLine(),endWindowLine()); - - // this window may look beyond the end of the screen, in which - // case there will be an unused area which needs to be filled - // with blank characters - fillUnusedArea(); - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = false; - return _windowBuffer; -} - -void ScreenWindow::fillUnusedArea() -{ - int screenEndLine = _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines() - 1; - int windowEndLine = currentLine() + windowLines() - 1; - - int unusedLines = windowEndLine - screenEndLine; - int charsToFill = unusedLines * windowColumns(); - - Screen::fillWithDefaultChar(_windowBuffer + _windowBufferSize - charsToFill,charsToFill); -} - -// return the index of the line at the end of this window, or if this window -// goes beyond the end of the screen, the index of the line at the end -// of the screen. -// -// when passing a line number to a Screen method, the line number should -// never be more than endWindowLine() -// -int ScreenWindow::endWindowLine() const -{ - return qMin(currentLine() + windowLines() - 1, - lineCount() - 1); -} -QVector ScreenWindow::getLineProperties() -{ - QVector result = _screen->getLineProperties(currentLine(),endWindowLine()); - - if (result.count() != windowLines()) - result.resize(windowLines()); - - return result; -} - -QString ScreenWindow::selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const -{ - return _screen->selectedText( preserveLineBreaks ); -} - -void ScreenWindow::getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ) -{ - _screen->getSelectionStart(column,line); - line -= currentLine(); -} -void ScreenWindow::getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ) -{ - _screen->getSelectionEnd(column,line); - line -= currentLine(); -} -void ScreenWindow::setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ) -{ - _screen->setSelectionStart( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) , columnMode); - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - emit selectionChanged(); -} - -void ScreenWindow::setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ) -{ - _screen->setSelectionEnd( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - emit selectionChanged(); -} - -bool ScreenWindow::isSelected( int column , int line ) -{ - return _screen->isSelected( column , qMin(line + currentLine(),endWindowLine()) ); -} - -void ScreenWindow::clearSelection() -{ - _screen->clearSelection(); - - emit selectionChanged(); -} - -void ScreenWindow::setWindowLines(int lines) -{ - Q_ASSERT(lines > 0); - _windowLines = lines; -} -int ScreenWindow::windowLines() const -{ - return _windowLines; -} - -int ScreenWindow::windowColumns() const -{ - return _screen->getColumns(); -} - -int ScreenWindow::lineCount() const -{ - return _screen->getHistLines() + _screen->getLines(); -} - -int ScreenWindow::columnCount() const -{ - return _screen->getColumns(); -} - -QPoint ScreenWindow::cursorPosition() const -{ - QPoint position; - - position.setX( _screen->getCursorX() ); - position.setY( _screen->getCursorY() ); - - return position; -} - -int ScreenWindow::currentLine() const -{ - return qBound(0,_currentLine,lineCount()-windowLines()); -} - -void ScreenWindow::scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ) -{ - if ( mode == ScrollLines ) - { - scrollTo( currentLine() + amount ); - } - else if ( mode == ScrollPages ) - { - scrollTo( currentLine() + amount * ( windowLines() / 2 ) ); - } -} - -bool ScreenWindow::atEndOfOutput() const -{ - return currentLine() == (lineCount()-windowLines()); -} - -void ScreenWindow::scrollTo( int line ) -{ - int maxCurrentLineNumber = lineCount() - windowLines(); - line = qBound(0,line,maxCurrentLineNumber); - - const int delta = line - _currentLine; - _currentLine = line; - - // keep track of number of lines scrolled by, - // this can be reset by calling resetScrollCount() - _scrollCount += delta; - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - - emit scrolled(_currentLine); -} - -void ScreenWindow::setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput) -{ - _trackOutput = trackOutput; -} - -bool ScreenWindow::trackOutput() const -{ - return _trackOutput; -} - -int ScreenWindow::scrollCount() const -{ - return _scrollCount; -} - -void ScreenWindow::resetScrollCount() -{ - _scrollCount = 0; -} - -QRect ScreenWindow::scrollRegion() const -{ - bool equalToScreenSize = windowLines() == _screen->getLines(); - - if ( atEndOfOutput() && equalToScreenSize ) - return _screen->lastScrolledRegion(); - else - return QRect(0,0,windowColumns(),windowLines()); -} - -void ScreenWindow::notifyOutputChanged() -{ - // move window to the bottom of the screen and update scroll count - // if this window is currently tracking the bottom of the screen - if ( _trackOutput ) - { - _scrollCount -= _screen->scrolledLines(); - _currentLine = qMax(0,_screen->getHistLines() - (windowLines()-_screen->getLines())); - } - else - { - // if the history is not unlimited then it may - // have run out of space and dropped the oldest - // lines of output - in this case the screen - // window's current line number will need to - // be adjusted - otherwise the output will scroll - _currentLine = qMax(0,_currentLine - - _screen->droppedLines()); - - // ensure that the screen window's current position does - // not go beyond the bottom of the screen - _currentLine = qMin( _currentLine , _screen->getHistLines() ); - } - - _bufferNeedsUpdate = true; - - emit outputChanged(); -} - -//#include "moc_ScreenWindow.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h b/libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h deleted file mode 100644 index d2955ab..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/ScreenWindow.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,256 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef SCREENWINDOW_H -#define SCREENWINDOW_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "Character.h" - -namespace Konsole -{ - -class Screen; - -/** - * Provides a window onto a section of a terminal screen. - * This window can then be rendered by a terminal display widget ( TerminalDisplay ). - * - * To use the screen window, create a new ScreenWindow() instance and associated it with - * a terminal screen using setScreen(). - * Use the scrollTo() method to scroll the window up and down on the screen. - * Call the getImage() method to retrieve the character image which is currently visible in the window. - * - * setTrackOutput() controls whether the window moves to the bottom of the associated screen when new - * lines are added to it. - * - * Whenever the output from the underlying screen is changed, the notifyOutputChanged() slot should - * be called. This in turn will update the window's position and emit the outputChanged() signal - * if necessary. - */ -class ScreenWindow : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Constructs a new screen window with the given parent. - * A screen must be specified by calling setScreen() before calling getImage() or getLineProperties(). - * - * You should not call this constructor directly, instead use the Emulation::createWindow() method - * to create a window on the emulation which you wish to view. This allows the emulation - * to notify the window when the associated screen has changed and synchronize selection updates - * between all views on a session. - */ - ScreenWindow(QObject* parent = 0); - virtual ~ScreenWindow(); - - /** Sets the screen which this window looks onto */ - void setScreen(Screen* screen); - /** Returns the screen which this window looks onto */ - Screen* screen() const; - - /** - * Returns the image of characters which are currently visible through this window - * onto the screen. - * - * The buffer is managed by the ScreenWindow instance and does not need to be - * deleted by the caller. - */ - Character* getImage(); - - /** - * Returns the line attributes associated with the lines of characters which - * are currently visible through this window - */ - QVector getLineProperties(); - - /** - * Returns the number of lines which the region of the window - * specified by scrollRegion() has been scrolled by since the last call - * to resetScrollCount(). scrollRegion() is in most cases the - * whole window, but will be a smaller area in, for example, applications - * which provide split-screen facilities. - * - * This is not guaranteed to be accurate, but allows views to optimise - * rendering by reducing the amount of costly text rendering that - * needs to be done when the output is scrolled. - */ - int scrollCount() const; - - /** - * Resets the count of scrolled lines returned by scrollCount() - */ - void resetScrollCount(); - - /** - * Returns the area of the window which was last scrolled, this is - * usually the whole window area. - * - * Like scrollCount(), this is not guaranteed to be accurate, - * but allows views to optimise rendering. - */ - QRect scrollRegion() const; - - /** - * Sets the start of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within - * the window. - */ - void setSelectionStart( int column , int line , bool columnMode ); - /** - * Sets the end of the selection to the given @p line and @p column within - * the window. - */ - void setSelectionEnd( int column , int line ); - /** - * Retrieves the start of the selection within the window. - */ - void getSelectionStart( int& column , int& line ); - /** - * Retrieves the end of the selection within the window. - */ - void getSelectionEnd( int& column , int& line ); - /** - * Returns true if the character at @p line , @p column is part of the selection. - */ - bool isSelected( int column , int line ); - /** - * Clears the current selection - */ - void clearSelection(); - - /** Sets the number of lines in the window */ - void setWindowLines(int lines); - /** Returns the number of lines in the window */ - int windowLines() const; - /** Returns the number of columns in the window */ - int windowColumns() const; - - /** Returns the total number of lines in the screen */ - int lineCount() const; - /** Returns the total number of columns in the screen */ - int columnCount() const; - - /** Returns the index of the line which is currently at the top of this window */ - int currentLine() const; - - /** - * Returns the position of the cursor - * within the window. - */ - QPoint cursorPosition() const; - - /** - * Convenience method. Returns true if the window is currently at the bottom - * of the screen. - */ - bool atEndOfOutput() const; - - /** Scrolls the window so that @p line is at the top of the window */ - void scrollTo( int line ); - - enum RelativeScrollMode - { - ScrollLines, - ScrollPages - }; - - /** - * Scrolls the window relative to its current position on the screen. - * - * @param mode Specifies whether @p amount refers to the number of lines or the number - * of pages to scroll. - * @param amount The number of lines or pages ( depending on @p mode ) to scroll by. If - * this number is positive, the view is scrolled down. If this number is negative, the view - * is scrolled up. - */ - void scrollBy( RelativeScrollMode mode , int amount ); - - /** - * Specifies whether the window should automatically move to the bottom - * of the screen when new output is added. - * - * If this is set to true, the window will be moved to the bottom of the associated screen ( see - * screen() ) when the notifyOutputChanged() method is called. - */ - void setTrackOutput(bool trackOutput); - /** - * Returns whether the window automatically moves to the bottom of the screen as - * new output is added. See setTrackOutput() - */ - bool trackOutput() const; - - /** - * Returns the text which is currently selected. - * - * @param preserveLineBreaks See Screen::selectedText() - */ - QString selectedText( bool preserveLineBreaks ) const; - -public slots: - /** - * Notifies the window that the contents of the associated terminal screen have changed. - * This moves the window to the bottom of the screen if trackOutput() is true and causes - * the outputChanged() signal to be emitted. - */ - void notifyOutputChanged(); - -signals: - /** - * Emitted when the contents of the associated terminal screen ( see screen() ) changes. - */ - void outputChanged(); - - /** - * Emitted when the screen window is scrolled to a different position. - * - * @param line The line which is now at the top of the window. - */ - void scrolled(int line); - - /** - * Emitted when the selection is changed. - */ - void selectionChanged(); - -private: - int endWindowLine() const; - void fillUnusedArea(); - - Screen* _screen; // see setScreen() , screen() - Character* _windowBuffer; - int _windowBufferSize; - bool _bufferNeedsUpdate; - - int _windowLines; - int _currentLine; // see scrollTo() , currentLine() - bool _trackOutput; // see setTrackOutput() , trackOutput() - int _scrollCount; // count of lines which the window has been scrolled by since - // the last call to resetScrollCount() -}; - -} -#endif // SCREENWINDOW_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Session.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/Session.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 019da6d..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Session.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1020 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole - - Copyright (C) 2006-2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Session.h" - -// Standard -#include -#include - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "Pty.h" -#include "TerminalDisplay.h" -#include "ShellCommand.h" -#include "Vt102Emulation.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -int Session::lastSessionId = 0; - -Session::Session() : - _shellProcess(0) - , _emulation(0) - , _monitorActivity(false) - , _monitorSilence(false) - , _notifiedActivity(false) - , _autoClose(true) - , _wantedClose(false) - , _silenceSeconds(10) - , _addToUtmp(false) // disabled by default because of a bug encountered on certain systems - // which caused Konsole to hang when closing a tab and then opening a new - // one. A 'QProcess destroyed while still running' warning was being - // printed to the terminal. Likely a problem in KPty::logout() - // or KPty::login() which uses a QProcess to start /usr/bin/utempter - , _flowControl(true) - , _fullScripting(false) - , _sessionId(0) -// , _zmodemBusy(false) -// , _zmodemProc(0) -// , _zmodemProgress(0) - , _hasDarkBackground(false) -{ - //prepare DBus communication -// new SessionAdaptor(this); - _sessionId = ++lastSessionId; -// QDBusConnection::sessionBus().registerObject(QLatin1String("/Sessions/")+QString::number(_sessionId), this); - - //create teletype for I/O with shell process - _shellProcess = new Pty(); - - //create emulation backend - _emulation = new Vt102Emulation(); - - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( titleChanged( int, const QString & ) ), - this, SLOT( setUserTitle( int, const QString & ) ) ); - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( stateSet(int) ), - this, SLOT( activityStateSet(int) ) ); -// connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( zmodemDetected() ), this , -// SLOT( fireZModemDetected() ) ); - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ), - this, SIGNAL( changeTabTextColorRequest( int ) ) ); - connect( _emulation, SIGNAL(profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)), - this, SIGNAL( profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString&)) ); - // TODO - // connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(imageSizeChanged(int,int)) , this , - // SLOT(onEmulationSizeChange(int,int)) ); - - //connect teletype to emulation backend - _shellProcess->setUtf8Mode(_emulation->utf8()); - - connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(receivedData(const char*,int)),this, - SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)) ); - connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)),_shellProcess, - SLOT(sendData(const char*,int)) ); - connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(lockPtyRequest(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(lockPty(bool)) ); - connect( _emulation,SIGNAL(useUtf8Request(bool)),_shellProcess,SLOT(setUtf8Mode(bool)) ); - - - connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(done(int)), this, SLOT(done(int)) ); - - //setup timer for monitoring session activity - _monitorTimer = new QTimer(this); - _monitorTimer->setSingleShot(true); - connect(_monitorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(monitorTimerDone())); -} - -WId Session::windowId() const -{ - // Returns a window ID for this session which is used - // to set the WINDOWID environment variable in the shell - // process. - // - // Sessions can have multiple views or no views, which means - // that a single ID is not always going to be accurate. - // - // If there are no views, the window ID is just 0. If - // there are multiple views, then the window ID for the - // top-level window which contains the first view is - // returned - - if ( _views.count() == 0 ) - return 0; - else - { - QWidget* window = _views.first(); - - Q_ASSERT( window ); - - while ( window->parentWidget() != 0 ) - window = window->parentWidget(); - - return window->winId(); - } -} - -void Session::setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground) -{ - _hasDarkBackground = darkBackground; -} -bool Session::hasDarkBackground() const -{ - return _hasDarkBackground; -} -bool Session::isRunning() const -{ - return _shellProcess->isRunning(); -} - -void Session::setCodec(QTextCodec* codec) -{ - emulation()->setCodec(codec); -} - -void Session::setProgram(const QString& program) -{ - _program = ShellCommand::expand(program); -} -void Session::setInitialWorkingDirectory(const QString& dir) -{ - _initialWorkingDir = ShellCommand::expand(dir); -} -void Session::setArguments(const QStringList& arguments) -{ - _arguments = ShellCommand::expand(arguments); -} - -QList Session::views() const -{ - return _views; -} - -void Session::addView(TerminalDisplay* widget) -{ - Q_ASSERT( !_views.contains(widget) ); - - _views.append(widget); - - if ( _emulation != 0 ) - { - // connect emulation - view signals and slots - connect( widget , SIGNAL(keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent*)) , _emulation , - SLOT(sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*)) ); - connect( widget , SIGNAL(mouseSignal(int,int,int,int)) , _emulation , - SLOT(sendMouseEvent(int,int,int,int)) ); - connect( widget , SIGNAL(sendStringToEmu(const char*)) , _emulation , - SLOT(sendString(const char*)) ); - - // allow emulation to notify view when the foreground process - // indicates whether or not it is interested in mouse signals - connect( _emulation , SIGNAL(programUsesMouseChanged(bool)) , widget , - SLOT(setUsesMouse(bool)) ); - - widget->setUsesMouse( _emulation->programUsesMouse() ); - - widget->setScreenWindow(_emulation->createWindow()); - } - - //connect view signals and slots - QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(changedContentSizeSignal(int,int)),this, - SLOT(onViewSizeChange(int,int))); - - QObject::connect( widget ,SIGNAL(destroyed(QObject*)) , this , - SLOT(viewDestroyed(QObject*)) ); -//slot for close - QObject::connect(this, SIGNAL(finished()), widget, SLOT(close())); - -} - -void Session::viewDestroyed(QObject* view) -{ - TerminalDisplay* display = (TerminalDisplay*)view; - - Q_ASSERT( _views.contains(display) ); - - removeView(display); -} - -void Session::removeView(TerminalDisplay* widget) -{ - _views.removeAll(widget); - - disconnect(widget,0,this,0); - - if ( _emulation != 0 ) - { - // disconnect - // - key presses signals from widget - // - mouse activity signals from widget - // - string sending signals from widget - // - // ... and any other signals connected in addView() - disconnect( widget, 0, _emulation, 0); - - // disconnect state change signals emitted by emulation - disconnect( _emulation , 0 , widget , 0); - } - - // close the session automatically when the last view is removed - if ( _views.count() == 0 ) - { - close(); - } -} - -void Session::run() -{ - //check that everything is in place to run the session - if (_program.isEmpty()) - qDebug() << "Session::run() - program to run not set."; - if (_arguments.isEmpty()) - qDebug() << "Session::run() - no command line arguments specified."; - - // Upon a KPty error, there is no description on what that error was... - // Check to see if the given program is executable. - QString exec = QFile::encodeName(_program); - - // if 'exec' is not specified, fall back to default shell. if that - // is not set then fall back to /bin/sh - if ( exec.isEmpty() ) - exec = getenv("SHELL"); - if ( exec.isEmpty() ) - exec = "/bin/sh"; - - // if no arguments are specified, fall back to shell - QStringList arguments = _arguments.join(QChar(' ')).isEmpty() ? - QStringList() << exec : _arguments; - QString pexec = exec; - - if ( pexec.isEmpty() ) { - qDebug()<<"can not execute "<setWorkingDirectory(_initialWorkingDir); - else - _shellProcess->setWorkingDirectory(QDir::homePath()); - - _shellProcess->setXonXoff(_flowControl); - _shellProcess->setErase(_emulation->getErase()); - - // this is not strictly accurate use of the COLORFGBG variable. This does not - // tell the terminal exactly which colors are being used, but instead approximates - // the color scheme as "black on white" or "white on black" depending on whether - // the background color is deemed dark or not - QString backgroundColorHint = _hasDarkBackground ? "COLORFGBG=15;0" : "COLORFGBG=0;15"; - - int result = _shellProcess->start(QFile::encodeName(_program), - arguments, - _environment << backgroundColorHint, - windowId(), - _addToUtmp); - - if (result < 0) - { - return; - } - - _shellProcess->setWriteable(false); // We are reachable via kwrited. - - emit started(); -} - -void Session::setUserTitle( int what, const QString &caption ) -{ - //set to true if anything is actually changed (eg. old _nameTitle != new _nameTitle ) - bool modified = false; - - // (btw: what=0 changes _userTitle and icon, what=1 only icon, what=2 only _nameTitle - if ((what == 0) || (what == 2)) - { - if ( _userTitle != caption ) { - _userTitle = caption; - modified = true; - } - } - - if ((what == 0) || (what == 1)) - { - if ( _iconText != caption ) { - _iconText = caption; - modified = true; - } - } - - if (what == 11) - { - QString colorString = caption.section(';',0,0); - qDebug() << __FILE__ << __LINE__ << ": setting background colour to " << colorString; - QColor backColor = QColor(colorString); - if (backColor.isValid()){// change color via \033]11;Color\007 - if (backColor != _modifiedBackground) - { - _modifiedBackground = backColor; - - // bail out here until the code to connect the terminal display - // to the changeBackgroundColor() signal has been written - // and tested - just so we don't forget to do this. - Q_ASSERT( 0 ); - - emit changeBackgroundColorRequest(backColor); - } - } - } - - if (what == 30) - { - if ( _nameTitle != caption ) { - setTitle(Session::NameRole,caption); - return; - } - } - - if (what == 31) - { - QString cwd=caption; - cwd=cwd.replace( QRegExp("^~"), QDir::homePath() ); - emit openUrlRequest(cwd); - } - - // change icon via \033]32;Icon\007 - if (what == 32) - { - if ( _iconName != caption ) { - _iconName = caption; - - modified = true; - } - } - - if (what == 50) - { - emit profileChangeCommandReceived(caption); - return; - } - - if ( modified ) - emit titleChanged(); -} - -QString Session::userTitle() const -{ - return _userTitle; -} -void Session::setTabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context , const QString& format) -{ - if ( context == LocalTabTitle ) - _localTabTitleFormat = format; - else if ( context == RemoteTabTitle ) - _remoteTabTitleFormat = format; -} -QString Session::tabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context) const -{ - if ( context == LocalTabTitle ) - return _localTabTitleFormat; - else if ( context == RemoteTabTitle ) - return _remoteTabTitleFormat; - - return QString(); -} - -void Session::monitorTimerDone() -{ - //FIXME: The idea here is that the notification popup will appear to tell the user than output from - //the terminal has stopped and the popup will disappear when the user activates the session. - // - //This breaks with the addition of multiple views of a session. The popup should disappear - //when any of the views of the session becomes active - - - //FIXME: Make message text for this notification and the activity notification more descriptive. - if (_monitorSilence) { -// KNotification::event("Silence", ("Silence in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), -// QApplication::activeWindow(), -// KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); - emit stateChanged(NOTIFYSILENCE); - } - else - { - emit stateChanged(NOTIFYNORMAL); - } - - _notifiedActivity=false; -} - -void Session::activityStateSet(int state) -{ - if (state==NOTIFYBELL) - { - QString s; s.sprintf("Bell in session '%s'",_nameTitle.toAscii().data()); - - emit bellRequest( s ); - } - else if (state==NOTIFYACTIVITY) - { - if (_monitorSilence) { - _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); - } - - if ( _monitorActivity ) { - //FIXME: See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone() - if (!_notifiedActivity) { -// KNotification::event("Activity", ("Activity in session '%1'", _nameTitle), QPixmap(), -// QApplication::activeWindow(), -// KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); - _notifiedActivity=true; - } - } - } - - if ( state==NOTIFYACTIVITY && !_monitorActivity ) - state = NOTIFYNORMAL; - if ( state==NOTIFYSILENCE && !_monitorSilence ) - state = NOTIFYNORMAL; - - emit stateChanged(state); -} - -void Session::onViewSizeChange(int /*height*/, int /*width*/) -{ - updateTerminalSize(); -} -void Session::onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns) -{ - setSize( QSize(lines,columns) ); -} - -void Session::updateTerminalSize() -{ - QListIterator viewIter(_views); - - int minLines = -1; - int minColumns = -1; - - // minimum number of lines and columns that views require for - // their size to be taken into consideration ( to avoid problems - // with new view widgets which haven't yet been set to their correct size ) - const int VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD = 2; - const int VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD = 2; - - //select largest number of lines and columns that will fit in all visible views - while ( viewIter.hasNext() ) - { - TerminalDisplay* view = viewIter.next(); - if ( view->isHidden() == false && - view->lines() >= VIEW_LINES_THRESHOLD && - view->columns() >= VIEW_COLUMNS_THRESHOLD ) - { - minLines = (minLines == -1) ? view->lines() : qMin( minLines , view->lines() ); - minColumns = (minColumns == -1) ? view->columns() : qMin( minColumns , view->columns() ); - } - } - - // backend emulation must have a _terminal of at least 1 column x 1 line in size - if ( minLines > 0 && minColumns > 0 ) - { - _emulation->setImageSize( minLines , minColumns ); - _shellProcess->setWindowSize( minLines , minColumns ); - } -} - -void Session::refresh() -{ - // attempt to get the shell process to redraw the display - // - // this requires the program running in the shell - // to cooperate by sending an update in response to - // a window size change - // - // the window size is changed twice, first made slightly larger and then - // resized back to its normal size so that there is actually a change - // in the window size (some shells do nothing if the - // new and old sizes are the same) - // - // if there is a more 'correct' way to do this, please - // send an email with method or patches to konsole-devel@kde.org - - const QSize existingSize = _shellProcess->windowSize(); - _shellProcess->setWindowSize(existingSize.height(),existingSize.width()+1); - _shellProcess->setWindowSize(existingSize.height(),existingSize.width()); -} - -bool Session::sendSignal(int signal) -{ - return _shellProcess->kill(signal); -} - -void Session::close() -{ - _autoClose = true; - _wantedClose = true; - if (!_shellProcess->isRunning() || !sendSignal(SIGHUP)) - { - // Forced close. - QTimer::singleShot(1, this, SIGNAL(finished())); - } -} - -void Session::sendText(const QString &text) const -{ - _emulation->sendText(text); -} - -Session::~Session() -{ - delete _emulation; - delete _shellProcess; -// delete _zmodemProc; -} - -void Session::setProfileKey(const QString& key) -{ - _profileKey = key; - emit profileChanged(key); -} -QString Session::profileKey() const { return _profileKey; } - -void Session::done(int exitStatus) -{ - if (!_autoClose) - { - _userTitle = (""); - emit titleChanged(); - return; - } - if (!_wantedClose && (exitStatus || _shellProcess->signalled())) - { - QString message; - - if (_shellProcess->normalExit()) - message.sprintf ("Session '%s' exited with status %d.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data(), exitStatus); - else if (_shellProcess->signalled()) - { - if (_shellProcess->coreDumped()) - { - - message.sprintf("Session '%s' exited with signal %d and dumped core.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data(), _shellProcess->exitSignal()); - } - else { - message.sprintf("Session '%s' exited with signal %d.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data(), _shellProcess->exitSignal()); - } - } - else - message.sprintf ("Session '%s' exited unexpectedly.", _nameTitle.toAscii().data()); - - //FIXME: See comments in Session::monitorTimerDone() -// KNotification::event("Finished", message , QPixmap(), -// QApplication::activeWindow(), -// KNotification::CloseWhenWidgetActivated); - } - emit finished(); -} - -Emulation* Session::emulation() const -{ - return _emulation; -} - -QString Session::keyBindings() const -{ - return _emulation->keyBindings(); -} - -QStringList Session::environment() const -{ - return _environment; -} - -void Session::setEnvironment(const QStringList& environment) -{ - _environment = environment; -} - -int Session::sessionId() const -{ - return _sessionId; -} - -void Session::setKeyBindings(const QString &id) -{ - _emulation->setKeyBindings(id); -} - -void Session::setTitle(TitleRole role , const QString& newTitle) -{ - if ( title(role) != newTitle ) - { - if ( role == NameRole ) - _nameTitle = newTitle; - else if ( role == DisplayedTitleRole ) - _displayTitle = newTitle; - - emit titleChanged(); - } -} - -QString Session::title(TitleRole role) const -{ - if ( role == NameRole ) - return _nameTitle; - else if ( role == DisplayedTitleRole ) - return _displayTitle; - else - return QString(); -} - -void Session::setIconName(const QString& iconName) -{ - if ( iconName != _iconName ) - { - _iconName = iconName; - emit titleChanged(); - } -} - -void Session::setIconText(const QString& iconText) -{ - _iconText = iconText; - //kDebug(1211)<<"Session setIconText " << _iconText; -} - -QString Session::iconName() const -{ - return _iconName; -} - -QString Session::iconText() const -{ - return _iconText; -} - -void Session::setHistoryType(const HistoryType &hType) -{ - _emulation->setHistory(hType); -} - -const HistoryType& Session::historyType() const -{ - return _emulation->history(); -} - -void Session::clearHistory() -{ - _emulation->clearHistory(); -} - -QStringList Session::arguments() const -{ - return _arguments; -} - -QString Session::program() const -{ - return _program; -} - -// unused currently -bool Session::isMonitorActivity() const { return _monitorActivity; } -// unused currently -bool Session::isMonitorSilence() const { return _monitorSilence; } - -void Session::setMonitorActivity(bool _monitor) -{ - _monitorActivity=_monitor; - _notifiedActivity=false; - - activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); -} - -void Session::setMonitorSilence(bool _monitor) -{ - if (_monitorSilence==_monitor) - return; - - _monitorSilence=_monitor; - if (_monitorSilence) - { - _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); - } - else - _monitorTimer->stop(); - - activityStateSet(NOTIFYNORMAL); -} - -void Session::setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds) -{ - _silenceSeconds=seconds; - if (_monitorSilence) { - _monitorTimer->start(_silenceSeconds*1000); - } -} - -void Session::setAddToUtmp(bool set) -{ - _addToUtmp = set; -} - -void Session::setFlowControlEnabled(bool enabled) -{ - if (_flowControl == enabled) - return; - - _flowControl = enabled; - - if (_shellProcess) - _shellProcess->setXonXoff(_flowControl); - - emit flowControlEnabledChanged(enabled); -} -bool Session::flowControlEnabled() const -{ - return _flowControl; -} -//void Session::fireZModemDetected() -//{ -// if (!_zmodemBusy) -// { -// QTimer::singleShot(10, this, SIGNAL(zmodemDetected())); -// _zmodemBusy = true; -// } -//} - -//void Session::cancelZModem() -//{ -// _shellProcess->sendData("\030\030\030\030", 4); // Abort -// _zmodemBusy = false; -//} - -//void Session::startZModem(const QString &zmodem, const QString &dir, const QStringList &list) -//{ -// _zmodemBusy = true; -// _zmodemProc = new KProcess(); -// _zmodemProc->setOutputChannelMode( KProcess::SeparateChannels ); -// -// *_zmodemProc << zmodem << "-v" << list; -// -// if (!dir.isEmpty()) -// _zmodemProc->setWorkingDirectory(dir); -// -// _zmodemProc->start(); -// -// connect(_zmodemProc,SIGNAL (readyReadStandardOutput()), -// this, SLOT(zmodemReadAndSendBlock())); -// connect(_zmodemProc,SIGNAL (readyReadStandardError()), -// this, SLOT(zmodemReadStatus())); -// connect(_zmodemProc,SIGNAL (finished(int,QProcess::ExitStatus)), -// this, SLOT(zmodemFinished())); -// -// disconnect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)) ); -// connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this, SLOT(zmodemRcvBlock(const char*,int)) ); -// -// _zmodemProgress = new ZModemDialog(QApplication::activeWindow(), false, -// i18n("ZModem Progress")); -// -// connect(_zmodemProgress, SIGNAL(user1Clicked()), -// this, SLOT(zmodemDone())); -// -// _zmodemProgress->show(); -//} - -/*void Session::zmodemReadAndSendBlock() -{ - _zmodemProc->setReadChannel( QProcess::StandardOutput ); - QByteArray data = _zmodemProc->readAll(); - - if ( data.count() == 0 ) - return; - - _shellProcess->sendData(data.constData(),data.count()); -} -*/ -/* -void Session::zmodemReadStatus() -{ - _zmodemProc->setReadChannel( QProcess::StandardError ); - QByteArray msg = _zmodemProc->readAll(); - while(!msg.isEmpty()) - { - int i = msg.indexOf('\015'); - int j = msg.indexOf('\012'); - QByteArray txt; - if ((i != -1) && ((j == -1) || (i < j))) - { - msg = msg.mid(i+1); - } - else if (j != -1) - { - txt = msg.left(j); - msg = msg.mid(j+1); - } - else - { - txt = msg; - msg.truncate(0); - } - if (!txt.isEmpty()) - _zmodemProgress->addProgressText(QString::fromLocal8Bit(txt)); - } -} -*/ -/* -void Session::zmodemRcvBlock(const char *data, int len) -{ - QByteArray ba( data, len ); - - _zmodemProc->write( ba ); -} -*/ -/* -void Session::zmodemFinished() -{ - if (_zmodemProc) - { - delete _zmodemProc; - _zmodemProc = 0; - _zmodemBusy = false; - - disconnect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this ,SLOT(zmodemRcvBlock(const char*,int)) ); - connect( _shellProcess,SIGNAL(block_in(const char*,int)), this, SLOT(onReceiveBlock(const char*,int)) ); - - _shellProcess->sendData("\030\030\030\030", 4); // Abort - _shellProcess->sendData("\001\013\n", 3); // Try to get prompt back - _zmodemProgress->transferDone(); - } -} -*/ -void Session::onReceiveBlock( const char* buf, int len ) -{ - _emulation->receiveData( buf, len ); - emit receivedData( QString::fromLatin1( buf, len ) ); -} - -QSize Session::size() -{ - return _emulation->imageSize(); -} - -void Session::setSize(const QSize& size) -{ - if ((size.width() <= 1) || (size.height() <= 1)) - return; - - emit resizeRequest(size); -} -int Session::foregroundProcessId() const -{ - return _shellProcess->foregroundProcessGroup(); -} -int Session::processId() const -{ - return _shellProcess->pid(); -} - -SessionGroup::SessionGroup() - : _masterMode(0) -{ -} -SessionGroup::~SessionGroup() -{ - // disconnect all - connectAll(false); -} -int SessionGroup::masterMode() const { return _masterMode; } -QList SessionGroup::sessions() const { return _sessions.keys(); } -bool SessionGroup::masterStatus(Session* session) const { return _sessions[session]; } - -void SessionGroup::addSession(Session* session) -{ - _sessions.insert(session,false); - - QListIterator masterIter(masters()); - - while ( masterIter.hasNext() ) - connectPair(masterIter.next(),session); -} -void SessionGroup::removeSession(Session* session) -{ - setMasterStatus(session,false); - - QListIterator masterIter(masters()); - - while ( masterIter.hasNext() ) - disconnectPair(masterIter.next(),session); - - _sessions.remove(session); -} -void SessionGroup::setMasterMode(int mode) -{ - _masterMode = mode; - - connectAll(false); - connectAll(true); -} -QList SessionGroup::masters() const -{ - return _sessions.keys(true); -} -void SessionGroup::connectAll(bool connect) -{ - QListIterator masterIter(masters()); - - while ( masterIter.hasNext() ) - { - Session* master = masterIter.next(); - - QListIterator otherIter(_sessions.keys()); - while ( otherIter.hasNext() ) - { - Session* other = otherIter.next(); - - if ( other != master ) - { - if ( connect ) - connectPair(master,other); - else - disconnectPair(master,other); - } - } - } -} -void SessionGroup::setMasterStatus(Session* session , bool master) -{ - bool wasMaster = _sessions[session]; - _sessions[session] = master; - - if ( !wasMaster && !master || wasMaster && master ) - return; - - QListIterator iter(_sessions.keys()); - while ( iter.hasNext() ) - { - Session* other = iter.next(); - - if ( other != session ) - { - if ( master ) - connectPair(session,other); - else - disconnectPair(session,other); - } - } -} -void SessionGroup::connectPair(Session* master , Session* other) -{ -// qDebug() << k_funcinfo; - - if ( _masterMode & CopyInputToAll ) - { - qDebug() << "Connection session " << master->nameTitle() << "to" << other->nameTitle(); - - connect( master->emulation() , SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)) , other->emulation() , - SLOT(sendString(const char*,int)) ); - } -} -void SessionGroup::disconnectPair(Session* master , Session* other) -{ -// qDebug() << k_funcinfo; - - if ( _masterMode & CopyInputToAll ) - { - qDebug() << "Disconnecting session " << master->nameTitle() << "from" << other->nameTitle(); - - disconnect( master->emulation() , SIGNAL(sendData(const char*,int)) , other->emulation() , - SLOT(sendString(const char*,int)) ); - } -} - -//#include "moc_Session.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Session.h b/libs/qtermwidget/Session.h deleted file mode 100644 index 7b2ae25..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Session.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,621 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef SESSION_H -#define SESSION_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "History.h" - -class KProcess; - -namespace Konsole -{ - -class Emulation; -class Pty; -class TerminalDisplay; -//class ZModemDialog; - -/** - * Represents a terminal session consisting of a pseudo-teletype and a terminal emulation. - * The pseudo-teletype (or PTY) handles I/O between the terminal process and Konsole. - * The terminal emulation ( Emulation and subclasses ) processes the output stream from the - * PTY and produces a character image which is then shown on views connected to the session. - * - * Each Session can be connected to one or more views by using the addView() method. - * The attached views can then display output from the program running in the terminal - * or send input to the program in the terminal in the form of keypresses and mouse - * activity. - */ -class Session : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - Q_PROPERTY(QString name READ nameTitle) - Q_PROPERTY(int processId READ processId) - Q_PROPERTY(QString keyBindings READ keyBindings WRITE setKeyBindings) - Q_PROPERTY(QSize size READ size WRITE setSize) - - /** - * Constructs a new session. - * - * To start the terminal process, call the run() method, - * after specifying the program and arguments - * using setProgram() and setArguments() - * - * If no program or arguments are specified explicitly, the Session - * falls back to using the program specified in the SHELL environment - * variable. - */ - Session(); - ~Session(); - - /** - * Returns true if the session is currently running. This will be true - * after run() has been called successfully. - */ - bool isRunning() const; - - /** - * Sets the profile associated with this session. - * - * @param profileKey A key which can be used to obtain the current - * profile settings from the SessionManager - */ - void setProfileKey(const QString& profileKey); - /** - * Returns the profile key associated with this session. - * This can be passed to the SessionManager to obtain the current - * profile settings. - */ - QString profileKey() const; - - /** - * Adds a new view for this session. - * - * The viewing widget will display the output from the terminal and - * input from the viewing widget (key presses, mouse activity etc.) - * will be sent to the terminal. - * - * Views can be removed using removeView(). The session is automatically - * closed when the last view is removed. - */ - void addView(TerminalDisplay* widget); - /** - * Removes a view from this session. When the last view is removed, - * the session will be closed automatically. - * - * @p widget will no longer display output from or send input - * to the terminal - */ - void removeView(TerminalDisplay* widget); - - /** - * Returns the views connected to this session - */ - QList views() const; - - /** - * Returns the terminal emulation instance being used to encode / decode - * characters to / from the process. - */ - Emulation* emulation() const; - - /** - * Returns the environment of this session as a list of strings like - * VARIABLE=VALUE - */ - QStringList environment() const; - /** - * Sets the environment for this session. - * @p environment should be a list of strings like - * VARIABLE=VALUE - */ - void setEnvironment(const QStringList& environment); - - /** Returns the unique ID for this session. */ - int sessionId() const; - - /** - * Return the session title set by the user (ie. the program running - * in the terminal), or an empty string if the user has not set a custom title - */ - QString userTitle() const; - - /** - * This enum describes the contexts for which separate - * tab title formats may be specified. - */ - enum TabTitleContext - { - /** Default tab title format */ - LocalTabTitle, - /** - * Tab title format used session currently contains - * a connection to a remote computer (via SSH) - */ - RemoteTabTitle - }; - /** - * Sets the format used by this session for tab titles. - * - * @param context The context whoose format should be set. - * @param format The tab title format. This may be a mixture - * of plain text and dynamic elements denoted by a '%' character - * followed by a letter. (eg. %d for directory). The dynamic - * elements available depend on the @p context - */ - void setTabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context , const QString& format); - /** Returns the format used by this session for tab titles. */ - QString tabTitleFormat(TabTitleContext context) const; - - - /** Returns the arguments passed to the shell process when run() is called. */ - QStringList arguments() const; - /** Returns the program name of the shell process started when run() is called. */ - QString program() const; - - /** - * Sets the command line arguments which the session's program will be passed when - * run() is called. - */ - void setArguments(const QStringList& arguments); - /** Sets the program to be executed when run() is called. */ - void setProgram(const QString& program); - - /** Returns the session's current working directory. */ - QString initialWorkingDirectory() { return _initialWorkingDir; } - - /** - * Sets the initial working directory for the session when it is run - * This has no effect once the session has been started. - */ - void setInitialWorkingDirectory( const QString& dir ); - - /** - * Sets the type of history store used by this session. - * Lines of output produced by the terminal are added - * to the history store. The type of history store - * used affects the number of lines which can be - * remembered before they are lost and the storage - * (in memory, on-disk etc.) used. - */ - void setHistoryType(const HistoryType& type); - /** - * Returns the type of history store used by this session. - */ - const HistoryType& historyType() const; - /** - * Clears the history store used by this session. - */ - void clearHistory(); - - /** - * Enables monitoring for activity in the session. - * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted - * with the NOTIFYACTIVITY state flag when output is - * received from the terminal. - */ - void setMonitorActivity(bool); - /** Returns true if monitoring for activity is enabled. */ - bool isMonitorActivity() const; - - /** - * Enables monitoring for silence in the session. - * This will cause notifySessionState() to be emitted - * with the NOTIFYSILENCE state flag when output is not - * received from the terminal for a certain period of - * time, specified with setMonitorSilenceSeconds() - */ - void setMonitorSilence(bool); - /** - * Returns true if monitoring for inactivity (silence) - * in the session is enabled. - */ - bool isMonitorSilence() const; - /** See setMonitorSilence() */ - void setMonitorSilenceSeconds(int seconds); - - /** - * Sets the key bindings used by this session. The bindings - * specify how input key sequences are translated into - * the character stream which is sent to the terminal. - * - * @param id The name of the key bindings to use. The - * names of available key bindings can be determined using the - * KeyboardTranslatorManager class. - */ - void setKeyBindings(const QString& id); - /** Returns the name of the key bindings used by this session. */ - QString keyBindings() const; - - /** - * This enum describes the available title roles. - */ - enum TitleRole - { - /** The name of the session. */ - NameRole, - /** The title of the session which is displayed in tabs etc. */ - DisplayedTitleRole - }; - - /** Sets the session's title for the specified @p role to @p title. */ - void setTitle(TitleRole role , const QString& title); - /** Returns the session's title for the specified @p role. */ - QString title(TitleRole role) const; - /** Convenience method used to read the name property. Returns title(Session::NameRole). */ - QString nameTitle() const { return title(Session::NameRole); } - - /** Sets the name of the icon associated with this session. */ - void setIconName(const QString& iconName); - /** Returns the name of the icon associated with this session. */ - QString iconName() const; - - /** Sets the text of the icon associated with this session. */ - void setIconText(const QString& iconText); - /** Returns the text of the icon associated with this session. */ - QString iconText() const; - - /** Specifies whether a utmp entry should be created for the pty used by this session. */ - void setAddToUtmp(bool); - - /** Sends the specified @p signal to the terminal process. */ - bool sendSignal(int signal); - - /** - * Specifies whether to close the session automatically when the terminal - * process terminates. - */ - void setAutoClose(bool b) { _autoClose = b; } - - /** - * Sets whether flow control is enabled for this terminal - * session. - */ - void setFlowControlEnabled(bool enabled); - - /** Returns whether flow control is enabled for this terminal session. */ - bool flowControlEnabled() const; - - /** - * Sends @p text to the current foreground terminal program. - */ - void sendText(const QString& text) const; - - /** - * Returns the process id of the terminal process. - * This is the id used by the system API to refer to the process. - */ - int processId() const; - - /** - * Returns the process id of the terminal's foreground process. - * This is initially the same as processId() but can change - * as the user starts other programs inside the terminal. - */ - int foregroundProcessId() const; - - /** Returns the terminal session's window size in lines and columns. */ - QSize size(); - /** - * Emits a request to resize the session to accommodate - * the specified window size. - * - * @param size The size in lines and columns to request. - */ - void setSize(const QSize& size); - - /** Sets the text codec used by this session's terminal emulation. */ - void setCodec(QTextCodec* codec); - - /** - * Sets whether the session has a dark background or not. The session - * uses this information to set the COLORFGBG variable in the process's - * environment, which allows the programs running in the terminal to determine - * whether the background is light or dark and use appropriate colors by default. - * - * This has no effect once the session is running. - */ - void setDarkBackground(bool darkBackground); - /** - * Returns true if the session has a dark background. - * See setDarkBackground() - */ - bool hasDarkBackground() const; - - /** - * Attempts to get the shell program to redraw the current display area. - * This can be used after clearing the screen, for example, to get the - * shell to redraw the prompt line. - */ - void refresh(); - -// void startZModem(const QString &rz, const QString &dir, const QStringList &list); -// void cancelZModem(); -// bool isZModemBusy() { return _zmodemBusy; } - -public slots: - - /** - * Starts the terminal session. - * - * This creates the terminal process and connects the teletype to it. - */ - void run(); - - /** - * Closes the terminal session. This sends a hangup signal - * (SIGHUP) to the terminal process and causes the done(Session*) - * signal to be emitted. - */ - void close(); - - /** - * Changes the session title or other customizable aspects of the terminal - * emulation display. For a list of what may be changed see the - * Emulation::titleChanged() signal. - */ - void setUserTitle( int, const QString &caption ); - -signals: - - /** Emitted when the terminal process starts. */ - void started(); - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal process exits. - */ - void finished(); - - /** - * Emitted when output is received from the terminal process. - */ - void receivedData( const QString& text ); - - /** Emitted when the session's title has changed. */ - void titleChanged(); - - /** Emitted when the session's profile has changed. */ - void profileChanged(const QString& profile); - - /** - * Emitted when the activity state of this session changes. - * - * @param state The new state of the session. This may be one - * of NOTIFYNORMAL, NOTIFYSILENCE or NOTIFYACTIVITY - */ - void stateChanged(int state); - - /** Emitted when a bell event occurs in the session. */ - void bellRequest( const QString& message ); - - /** - * Requests that the color the text for any tabs associated with - * this session should be changed; - * - * TODO: Document what the parameter does - */ - void changeTabTextColorRequest(int); - - /** - * Requests that the background color of views on this session - * should be changed. - */ - void changeBackgroundColorRequest(const QColor&); - - /** TODO: Document me. */ - void openUrlRequest(const QString& url); - - /** TODO: Document me. */ -// void zmodemDetected(); - - /** - * Emitted when the terminal process requests a change - * in the size of the terminal window. - * - * @param size The requested window size in terms of lines and columns. - */ - void resizeRequest(const QSize& size); - - /** - * Emitted when a profile change command is received from the terminal. - * - * @param text The text of the command. This is a string of the form - * "PropertyName=Value;PropertyName=Value ..." - */ - void profileChangeCommandReceived(const QString& text); - - /** - * Emitted when the flow control state changes. - * - * @param enabled True if flow control is enabled or false otherwise. - */ - void flowControlEnabledChanged(bool enabled); - -private slots: - void done(int); - -// void fireZModemDetected(); - - void onReceiveBlock( const char* buffer, int len ); - void monitorTimerDone(); - - void onViewSizeChange(int height, int width); - void onEmulationSizeChange(int lines , int columns); - - void activityStateSet(int); - - //automatically detach views from sessions when view is destroyed - void viewDestroyed(QObject* view); - -// void zmodemReadStatus(); -// void zmodemReadAndSendBlock(); -// void zmodemRcvBlock(const char *data, int len); -// void zmodemFinished(); - -private: - - void updateTerminalSize(); - WId windowId() const; - - int _uniqueIdentifier; - - Pty* _shellProcess; - Emulation* _emulation; - - QList _views; - - bool _monitorActivity; - bool _monitorSilence; - bool _notifiedActivity; - bool _masterMode; - bool _autoClose; - bool _wantedClose; - QTimer* _monitorTimer; - - int _silenceSeconds; - - QString _nameTitle; - QString _displayTitle; - QString _userTitle; - - QString _localTabTitleFormat; - QString _remoteTabTitleFormat; - - QString _iconName; - QString _iconText; // as set by: echo -en '\033]1;IconText\007 - bool _addToUtmp; - bool _flowControl; - bool _fullScripting; - - QString _program; - QStringList _arguments; - - QStringList _environment; - int _sessionId; - - QString _initialWorkingDir; - - // ZModem -// bool _zmodemBusy; -// KProcess* _zmodemProc; -// ZModemDialog* _zmodemProgress; - - // Color/Font Changes by ESC Sequences - - QColor _modifiedBackground; // as set by: echo -en '\033]11;Color\007 - - QString _profileKey; - - bool _hasDarkBackground; - - static int lastSessionId; - -}; - -/** - * Provides a group of sessions which is divided into master and slave sessions. - * Activity in master sessions can be propagated to all sessions within the group. - * The type of activity which is propagated and method of propagation is controlled - * by the masterMode() flags. - */ -class SessionGroup : public QObject -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** Constructs an empty session group. */ - SessionGroup(); - /** Destroys the session group and removes all connections between master and slave sessions. */ - ~SessionGroup(); - - /** Adds a session to the group. */ - void addSession( Session* session ); - /** Removes a session from the group. */ - void removeSession( Session* session ); - - /** Returns the list of sessions currently in the group. */ - QList sessions() const; - - /** - * Sets whether a particular session is a master within the group. - * Changes or activity in the group's master sessions may be propagated - * to all the sessions in the group, depending on the current masterMode() - * - * @param session The session whoose master status should be changed. - * @param master True to make this session a master or false otherwise - */ - void setMasterStatus( Session* session , bool master ); - /** Returns the master status of a session. See setMasterStatus() */ - bool masterStatus( Session* session ) const; - - /** - * This enum describes the options for propagating certain activity or - * changes in the group's master sessions to all sessions in the group. - */ - enum MasterMode - { - /** - * Any input key presses in the master sessions are sent to all - * sessions in the group. - */ - CopyInputToAll = 1 - }; - - /** - * Specifies which activity in the group's master sessions is propagated - * to all sessions in the group. - * - * @param mode A bitwise OR of MasterMode flags. - */ - void setMasterMode( int mode ); - /** - * Returns a bitwise OR of the active MasterMode flags for this group. - * See setMasterMode() - */ - int masterMode() const; - -private: - void connectPair(Session* master , Session* other); - void disconnectPair(Session* master , Session* other); - void connectAll(bool connect); - QList masters() const; - - // maps sessions to their master status - QHash _sessions; - - int _masterMode; -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 764dd66..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "ShellCommand.h" - -//some versions of gcc(4.3) require explicit include -#include - - -using namespace Konsole; - -// expands environment variables in 'text' -// function copied from kdelibs/kio/kio/kurlcompletion.cpp -static bool expandEnv(QString& text); - -ShellCommand::ShellCommand(const QString& fullCommand) -{ - bool inQuotes = false; - - QString builder; - - for ( int i = 0 ; i < fullCommand.count() ; i++ ) - { - QChar ch = fullCommand[i]; - - const bool isLastChar = ( i == fullCommand.count() - 1 ); - const bool isQuote = ( ch == '\'' || ch == '\"' ); - - if ( !isLastChar && isQuote ) - inQuotes = !inQuotes; - else - { - if ( (!ch.isSpace() || inQuotes) && !isQuote ) - builder.append(ch); - - if ( (ch.isSpace() && !inQuotes) || ( i == fullCommand.count()-1 ) ) - { - _arguments << builder; - builder.clear(); - } - } - } -} -ShellCommand::ShellCommand(const QString& command , const QStringList& arguments) -{ - _arguments = arguments; - - if ( !_arguments.isEmpty() ) - _arguments[0] == command; -} -QString ShellCommand::fullCommand() const -{ - return _arguments.join(QChar(' ')); -} -QString ShellCommand::command() const -{ - if ( !_arguments.isEmpty() ) - return _arguments[0]; - else - return QString(); -} -QStringList ShellCommand::arguments() const -{ - return _arguments; -} -bool ShellCommand::isRootCommand() const -{ - Q_ASSERT(0); // not implemented yet - return false; -} -bool ShellCommand::isAvailable() const -{ - Q_ASSERT(0); // not implemented yet - return false; -} -QStringList ShellCommand::expand(const QStringList& items) -{ - QStringList result; - - foreach( QString item , items ) - result << expand(item); - - return result; -} -QString ShellCommand::expand(const QString& text) -{ - QString result = text; - expandEnv(result); - return result; -} - -/* - * expandEnv - * - * Expand environment variables in text. Escaped '$' characters are ignored. - * Return true if any variables were expanded - */ -static bool expandEnv( QString &text ) -{ - // Find all environment variables beginning with '$' - // - int pos = 0; - - bool expanded = false; - - while ( (pos = text.indexOf(QLatin1Char('$'), pos)) != -1 ) { - - // Skip escaped '$' - // - if ( pos > 0 && text.at(pos-1) == QLatin1Char('\\') ) { - pos++; - } - // Variable found => expand - // - else { - // Find the end of the variable = next '/' or ' ' - // - int pos2 = text.indexOf( QLatin1Char(' '), pos+1 ); - int pos_tmp = text.indexOf( QLatin1Char('/'), pos+1 ); - - if ( pos2 == -1 || (pos_tmp != -1 && pos_tmp < pos2) ) - pos2 = pos_tmp; - - if ( pos2 == -1 ) - pos2 = text.length(); - - // Replace if the variable is terminated by '/' or ' ' - // and defined - // - if ( pos2 >= 0 ) { - int len = pos2 - pos; - QString key = text.mid( pos+1, len-1); - QString value = - QString::fromLocal8Bit( ::getenv(key.toLocal8Bit()) ); - - if ( !value.isEmpty() ) { - expanded = true; - text.replace( pos, len, value ); - pos = pos + value.length(); - } - else { - pos = pos2; - } - } - } - } - - return expanded; -} diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h b/libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h deleted file mode 100644 index 44e0db8..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/ShellCommand.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef SHELLCOMMAND_H -#define SHELLCOMMAND_H - -// Qt -#include - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/** - * A class to parse and extract information about shell commands. - * - * ShellCommand can be used to: - * - *
    - *
  • Take a command-line (eg "/bin/sh -c /path/to/my/script") and split it - * into its component parts (eg. the command "/bin/sh" and the arguments - * "-c","/path/to/my/script") - *
    • - *
  • Take a command and a list of arguments and combine them to - * form a complete command line. - *
    • - *
  • Determine whether the binary specified by a command exists in the - * user's PATH. - *
    • - *
  • Determine whether a command-line specifies the execution of - * another command as the root user using su/sudo etc. - *
    • - *
- */ -class ShellCommand -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs a ShellCommand from a command line. - * - * @param fullCommand The command line to parse. - */ - ShellCommand(const QString& fullCommand); - /** - * Constructs a ShellCommand with the specified @p command and @p arguments. - */ - ShellCommand(const QString& command , const QStringList& arguments); - - /** Returns the command. */ - QString command() const; - /** Returns the arguments. */ - QStringList arguments() const; - - /** - * Returns the full command line. - */ - QString fullCommand() const; - - /** Returns true if this is a root command. */ - bool isRootCommand() const; - /** Returns true if the program specified by @p command() exists. */ - bool isAvailable() const; - - /** Expands environment variables in @p text .*/ - static QString expand(const QString& text); - - /** Expands environment variables in each string in @p list. */ - static QStringList expand(const QStringList& items); - -private: - QStringList _arguments; -}; - -} - -#endif // SHELLCOMMAND_H - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 18571d9..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,227 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2006 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" - -// Qt -#include - - -using namespace Konsole; - -PlainTextDecoder::PlainTextDecoder() - : _output(0) - , _includeTrailingWhitespace(true) -{ - -} -void PlainTextDecoder::setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable) -{ - _includeTrailingWhitespace = enable; -} -bool PlainTextDecoder::trailingWhitespace() const -{ - return _includeTrailingWhitespace; -} -void PlainTextDecoder::begin(QTextStream* output) -{ - _output = output; -} -void PlainTextDecoder::end() -{ - _output = 0; -} -void PlainTextDecoder::decodeLine(const Character* const characters, int count, LineProperty /*properties*/ - ) -{ - Q_ASSERT( _output ); - - //TODO should we ignore or respect the LINE_WRAPPED line property? - - //note: we build up a QString and send it to the text stream rather writing into the text - //stream a character at a time because it is more efficient. - //(since QTextStream always deals with QStrings internally anyway) - QString plainText; - plainText.reserve(count); - - int outputCount = count; - - // if inclusion of trailing whitespace is disabled then find the end of the - // line - if ( !_includeTrailingWhitespace ) - { - for (int i = count-1 ; i >= 0 ; i--) - { - if ( characters[i].character != ' ' ) - break; - else - outputCount--; - } - } - - for (int i=0;i') - text.append(">"); - else - text.append(ch); - } - else - { - text.append(" "); //HTML truncates multiple spaces, so use a space marker instead - } - - } - - //close any remaining open inner spans - if ( _innerSpanOpen ) - closeSpan(text); - - //start new line - text.append("
"); - - *_output << text; -} - -void HTMLDecoder::openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style) -{ - text.append( QString("").arg(style) ); -} - -void HTMLDecoder::closeSpan(QString& text) -{ - text.append(""); -} - -void HTMLDecoder::setColorTable(const ColorEntry* table) -{ - _colorTable = table; -} diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h b/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5d97fc3..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalCharacterDecoder.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,139 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H -#define TERMINAL_CHARACTER_DECODER_H - -#include "Character.h" - -class QTextStream; - -namespace Konsole -{ - -/** - * Base class for terminal character decoders - * - * The decoder converts lines of terminal characters which consist of a unicode character, foreground - * and background colours and other appearance-related properties into text strings. - * - * Derived classes may produce either plain text with no other colour or appearance information, or - * they may produce text which incorporates these additional properties. - */ -class TerminalCharacterDecoder -{ -public: - virtual ~TerminalCharacterDecoder() {} - - /** Begin decoding characters. The resulting text is appended to @p output. */ - virtual void begin(QTextStream* output) = 0; - /** End decoding. */ - virtual void end() = 0; - - /** - * Converts a line of terminal characters with associated properties into a text string - * and writes the string into an output QTextStream. - * - * @param characters An array of characters of length @p count. - * @param properties Additional properties which affect all characters in the line - * @param output The output stream which receives the decoded text - */ - virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, - int count, - LineProperty properties) = 0; -}; - -/** - * A terminal character decoder which produces plain text, ignoring colours and other appearance-related - * properties of the original characters. - */ -class PlainTextDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder -{ -public: - PlainTextDecoder(); - - /** - * Set whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines should be included - * in the output. - * Defaults to true. - */ - void setTrailingWhitespace(bool enable); - /** - * Returns whether trailing whitespace at the end of lines is included - * in the output. - */ - bool trailingWhitespace() const; - - virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); - virtual void end(); - - virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, - int count, - LineProperty properties); - - -private: - QTextStream* _output; - bool _includeTrailingWhitespace; -}; - -/** - * A terminal character decoder which produces pretty HTML markup - */ -class HTMLDecoder : public TerminalCharacterDecoder -{ -public: - /** - * Constructs an HTML decoder using a default black-on-white color scheme. - */ - HTMLDecoder(); - - /** - * Sets the colour table which the decoder uses to produce the HTML colour codes in its - * output - */ - void setColorTable( const ColorEntry* table ); - - virtual void decodeLine(const Character* const characters, - int count, - LineProperty properties); - - virtual void begin(QTextStream* output); - virtual void end(); - -private: - void openSpan(QString& text , const QString& style); - void closeSpan(QString& text); - - QTextStream* _output; - const ColorEntry* _colorTable; - bool _innerSpanOpen; - quint8 _lastRendition; - CharacterColor _lastForeColor; - CharacterColor _lastBackColor; - -}; - -} - -#endif diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index ed675c5..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2724 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, a terminal emulator for KDE. - - Copyright (C) 2006-7 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "TerminalDisplay.h" - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include "Filter.h" -#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" -#include "ScreenWindow.h" -#include "TerminalCharacterDecoder.h" -#include "ColorTables.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -#ifndef loc -#define loc(X,Y) ((Y)*_columns+(X)) -#endif - -#define yMouseScroll 1 - -#define REPCHAR "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ" \ - "abcdefgjijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \ - "0123456789./+@" - -// scroll increment used when dragging selection at top/bottom of window. - -// static -bool TerminalDisplay::_antialiasText = true; -bool TerminalDisplay::HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = false; - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Colors */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Note that we use ANSI color order (bgr), while IBMPC color order is (rgb) - - Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - ----------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- - ANSI (bgr) Black Red Green Yellow Blue Magenta Cyan White - IBMPC (rgb) Black Blue Green Cyan Red Magenta Yellow White -*/ - -ScreenWindow* TerminalDisplay::screenWindow() const -{ - return _screenWindow; -} -void TerminalDisplay::setScreenWindow(ScreenWindow* window) -{ - // disconnect existing screen window if any - if ( _screenWindow ) - { - disconnect( _screenWindow , 0 , this , 0 ); - } - - _screenWindow = window; - - if ( window ) - { -//#warning "The order here is not specified - does it matter whether updateImage or updateLineProperties comes first?" - connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateLineProperties()) ); - connect( _screenWindow , SIGNAL(outputChanged()) , this , SLOT(updateImage()) ); - window->setWindowLines(_lines); - } -} - -const ColorEntry* TerminalDisplay::colorTable() const -{ - return _colorTable; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]) -{ - for (int i = 0; i < TABLE_COLORS; i++) - _colorTable[i] = table[i]; - - QPalette p = palette(); - p.setColor( backgroundRole(), _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color ); - setPalette( p ); - - // Avoid propagating the palette change to the scroll bar - _scrollBar->setPalette( QApplication::palette() ); - - update(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Font */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - The VT100 has 32 special graphical characters. The usual vt100 extended - xterm fonts have these at 0x00..0x1f. - - QT's iso mapping leaves 0x00..0x7f without any changes. But the graphicals - come in here as proper unicode characters. - - We treat non-iso10646 fonts as VT100 extended and do the requiered mapping - from unicode to 0x00..0x1f. The remaining translation is then left to the - QCodec. -*/ - -static inline bool isLineChar(quint16 c) { return ((c & 0xFF80) == 0x2500);} -static inline bool isLineCharString(const QString& string) -{ - return (string.length() > 0) && (isLineChar(string.at(0).unicode())); -} - - -// assert for i in [0..31] : vt100extended(vt100_graphics[i]) == i. - -unsigned short Konsole::vt100_graphics[32] = -{ // 0/8 1/9 2/10 3/11 4/12 5/13 6/14 7/15 - 0x0020, 0x25C6, 0x2592, 0x2409, 0x240c, 0x240d, 0x240a, 0x00b0, - 0x00b1, 0x2424, 0x240b, 0x2518, 0x2510, 0x250c, 0x2514, 0x253c, - 0xF800, 0xF801, 0x2500, 0xF803, 0xF804, 0x251c, 0x2524, 0x2534, - 0x252c, 0x2502, 0x2264, 0x2265, 0x03C0, 0x2260, 0x00A3, 0x00b7 -}; - -void TerminalDisplay::fontChange(const QFont&) -{ - QFontMetrics fm(font()); - _fontHeight = fm.height() + _lineSpacing; - - - // waba TerminalDisplay 1.123: - // "Base character width on widest ASCII character. This prevents too wide - // characters in the presence of double wide (e.g. Japanese) characters." - // Get the width from representative normal width characters - _fontWidth = qRound((double)fm.width(REPCHAR)/(double)strlen(REPCHAR)); - - _fixedFont = true; - - int fw = fm.width(REPCHAR[0]); - for(unsigned int i=1; i< strlen(REPCHAR); i++) - { - if (fw != fm.width(REPCHAR[i])) - { - _fixedFont = false; - break; - } - } - - if (_fontWidth < 1) - _fontWidth=1; - - _fontAscent = fm.ascent(); - - emit changedFontMetricSignal( _fontHeight, _fontWidth ); - propagateSize(); - update(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setVTFont(const QFont& f) -{ - QFont font = f; - - QFontMetrics metrics(font); - - if ( metrics.height() < height() && metrics.maxWidth() < width() ) - { - // hint that text should be drawn without anti-aliasing. - // depending on the user's font configuration, this may not be respected - if (!_antialiasText) - font.setStyleStrategy( QFont::NoAntialias ); - - // experimental optimization. Konsole assumes that the terminal is using a - // mono-spaced font, in which case kerning information should have an effect. - // Disabling kerning saves some computation when rendering text. - font.setKerning(false); - - QWidget::setFont(font); - fontChange(font); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setFont(const QFont &) -{ - // ignore font change request if not coming from konsole itself -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Constructor / Destructor */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -TerminalDisplay::TerminalDisplay(QWidget *parent) -:QWidget(parent) -,_screenWindow(0) -,_allowBell(true) -,_gridLayout(0) -,_fontHeight(1) -,_fontWidth(1) -,_fontAscent(1) -,_lines(1) -,_columns(1) -,_usedLines(1) -,_usedColumns(1) -,_contentHeight(1) -,_contentWidth(1) -,_image(0) -,_randomSeed(0) -,_resizing(false) -,_terminalSizeHint(false) -,_terminalSizeStartup(true) -,_bidiEnabled(false) -,_actSel(0) -,_wordSelectionMode(false) -,_lineSelectionMode(false) -,_preserveLineBreaks(false) -,_columnSelectionMode(false) -,_scrollbarLocation(NoScrollBar) -,_wordCharacters(":@-./_~") -,_bellMode(SystemBeepBell) -,_blinking(false) -,_cursorBlinking(false) -,_hasBlinkingCursor(false) -,_ctrlDrag(false) -,_tripleClickMode(SelectWholeLine) -,_isFixedSize(false) -,_possibleTripleClick(false) -,_resizeWidget(0) -,_resizeTimer(0) -,_flowControlWarningEnabled(false) -,_outputSuspendedLabel(0) -,_lineSpacing(0) -,_colorsInverted(false) -,_blendColor(qRgba(0,0,0,0xff)) -,_filterChain(new TerminalImageFilterChain()) -,_cursorShape(BlockCursor) -{ - // terminal applications are not designed with Right-To-Left in mind, - // so the layout is forced to Left-To-Right - setLayoutDirection(Qt::LeftToRight); - - // The offsets are not yet calculated. - // Do not calculate these too often to be more smoothly when resizing - // konsole in opaque mode. - _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - - // create scroll bar for scrolling output up and down - // set the scroll bar's slider to occupy the whole area of the scroll bar initially - _scrollBar = new QScrollBar(this); - setScroll(0,0); - _scrollBar->setCursor( Qt::ArrowCursor ); - connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, - SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); - - // setup timers for blinking cursor and text - _blinkTimer = new QTimer(this); - connect(_blinkTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkEvent())); - _blinkCursorTimer = new QTimer(this); - connect(_blinkCursorTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), this, SLOT(blinkCursorEvent())); - -// QCursor::setAutoHideCursor( this, true ); - - setUsesMouse(true); - setColorTable(whiteonblack_color_table); -// setColorTable(blackonlightyellow_color_table); - setMouseTracking(true); - - // Enable drag and drop - setAcceptDrops(true); // attempt - dragInfo.state = diNone; - - setFocusPolicy( Qt::WheelFocus ); - - // enable input method support - setAttribute(Qt::WA_InputMethodEnabled, true); - - // this is an important optimization, it tells Qt - // that TerminalDisplay will handle repainting its entire area. - setAttribute(Qt::WA_OpaquePaintEvent); - - _gridLayout = new QGridLayout(this); - _gridLayout->setMargin(0); - - setLayout( _gridLayout ); - - //set up a warning message when the user presses Ctrl+S to avoid confusion - connect( this,SIGNAL(flowControlKeyPressed(bool)),this,SLOT(outputSuspended(bool)) ); -} - -TerminalDisplay::~TerminalDisplay() -{ - qApp->removeEventFilter( this ); - - delete[] _image; - - delete _gridLayout; - delete _outputSuspendedLabel; - delete _filterChain; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Display Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/** - A table for emulating the simple (single width) unicode drawing chars. - It represents the 250x - 257x glyphs. If it's zero, we can't use it. - if it's not, it's encoded as follows: imagine a 5x5 grid where the points are numbered - 0 to 24 left to top, top to bottom. Each point is represented by the corresponding bit. - - Then, the pixels basically have the following interpretation: - _|||_ - -...- - -...- - -...- - _|||_ - -where _ = none - | = vertical line. - - = horizontal line. - */ - - -enum LineEncode -{ - TopL = (1<<1), - TopC = (1<<2), - TopR = (1<<3), - - LeftT = (1<<5), - Int11 = (1<<6), - Int12 = (1<<7), - Int13 = (1<<8), - RightT = (1<<9), - - LeftC = (1<<10), - Int21 = (1<<11), - Int22 = (1<<12), - Int23 = (1<<13), - RightC = (1<<14), - - LeftB = (1<<15), - Int31 = (1<<16), - Int32 = (1<<17), - Int33 = (1<<18), - RightB = (1<<19), - - BotL = (1<<21), - BotC = (1<<22), - BotR = (1<<23) -}; - -#include "LineFont.h" - -static void drawLineChar(QPainter& paint, int x, int y, int w, int h, uchar code) -{ - //Calculate cell midpoints, end points. - int cx = x + w/2; - int cy = y + h/2; - int ex = x + w - 1; - int ey = y + h - 1; - - quint32 toDraw = LineChars[code]; - - //Top _lines: - if (toDraw & TopL) - paint.drawLine(cx-1, y, cx-1, cy-2); - if (toDraw & TopC) - paint.drawLine(cx, y, cx, cy-2); - if (toDraw & TopR) - paint.drawLine(cx+1, y, cx+1, cy-2); - - //Bot _lines: - if (toDraw & BotL) - paint.drawLine(cx-1, cy+2, cx-1, ey); - if (toDraw & BotC) - paint.drawLine(cx, cy+2, cx, ey); - if (toDraw & BotR) - paint.drawLine(cx+1, cy+2, cx+1, ey); - - //Left _lines: - if (toDraw & LeftT) - paint.drawLine(x, cy-1, cx-2, cy-1); - if (toDraw & LeftC) - paint.drawLine(x, cy, cx-2, cy); - if (toDraw & LeftB) - paint.drawLine(x, cy+1, cx-2, cy+1); - - //Right _lines: - if (toDraw & RightT) - paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy-1, ex, cy-1); - if (toDraw & RightC) - paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy, ex, cy); - if (toDraw & RightB) - paint.drawLine(cx+2, cy+1, ex, cy+1); - - //Intersection points. - if (toDraw & Int11) - paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy-1); - if (toDraw & Int12) - paint.drawPoint(cx, cy-1); - if (toDraw & Int13) - paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy-1); - - if (toDraw & Int21) - paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy); - if (toDraw & Int22) - paint.drawPoint(cx, cy); - if (toDraw & Int23) - paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy); - - if (toDraw & Int31) - paint.drawPoint(cx-1, cy+1); - if (toDraw & Int32) - paint.drawPoint(cx, cy+1); - if (toDraw & Int33) - paint.drawPoint(cx+1, cy+1); - -} - -void TerminalDisplay::drawLineCharString( QPainter& painter, int x, int y, const QString& str, - const Character* attributes) -{ - const QPen& currentPen = painter.pen(); - - if ( attributes->rendition & RE_BOLD ) - { - QPen boldPen(currentPen); - boldPen.setWidth(3); - painter.setPen( boldPen ); - } - - for (int i=0 ; i < str.length(); i++) - { - uchar code = str[i].cell(); - if (LineChars[code]) - drawLineChar(painter, x + (_fontWidth*i), y, _fontWidth, _fontHeight, code); - } - - painter.setPen( currentPen ); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape) -{ - _cursorShape = shape; -} -TerminalDisplay::KeyboardCursorShape TerminalDisplay::keyboardCursorShape() const -{ - return _cursorShape; -} -void TerminalDisplay::setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor, const QColor& color) -{ - if (useForegroundColor) - _cursorColor = QColor(); // an invalid color means that - // the foreground color of the - // current character should - // be used - - else - _cursorColor = color; -} -QColor TerminalDisplay::keyboardCursorColor() const -{ - return _cursorColor; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setOpacity(qreal opacity) -{ - QColor color(_blendColor); - color.setAlphaF(opacity); - - // enable automatic background filling to prevent the display - // flickering if there is no transparency - if ( color.alpha() == 255 ) - { - setAutoFillBackground(true); - } - else - { - setAutoFillBackground(false); - } - - _blendColor = color.rgba(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& backgroundColor, bool useOpacitySetting ) -{ - // the area of the widget showing the contents of the terminal display is drawn - // using the background color from the color scheme set with setColorTable() - // - // the area of the widget behind the scroll-bar is drawn using the background - // brush from the scroll-bar's palette, to give the effect of the scroll-bar - // being outside of the terminal display and visual consistency with other KDE - // applications. - // - QRect scrollBarArea = _scrollBar->isVisible() ? - rect.intersected(_scrollBar->geometry()) : - QRect(); - QRegion contentsRegion = QRegion(rect).subtracted(scrollBarArea); - QRect contentsRect = contentsRegion.boundingRect(); - - if ( HAVE_TRANSPARENCY && qAlpha(_blendColor) < 0xff && useOpacitySetting ) - { - QColor color(backgroundColor); - color.setAlpha(qAlpha(_blendColor)); - - painter.save(); - painter.setCompositionMode(QPainter::CompositionMode_Source); - painter.fillRect(contentsRect, color); - painter.restore(); - } - else { - painter.fillRect(contentsRect, backgroundColor); - } - - painter.fillRect(scrollBarArea,_scrollBar->palette().background()); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::drawCursor(QPainter& painter, - const QRect& rect, - const QColor& foregroundColor, - const QColor& /*backgroundColor*/, - bool& invertCharacterColor) -{ - QRect cursorRect = rect; - cursorRect.setHeight(_fontHeight - _lineSpacing - 1); - - if (!_cursorBlinking) - { - if ( _cursorColor.isValid() ) - painter.setPen(_cursorColor); - else { - painter.setPen(foregroundColor); - } - - if ( _cursorShape == BlockCursor ) - { - // draw the cursor outline, adjusting the area so that - // it is draw entirely inside 'rect' - int penWidth = qMax(1,painter.pen().width()); - - painter.drawRect(cursorRect.adjusted(penWidth/2, - penWidth/2, - - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2, - - penWidth/2 - penWidth%2)); - if ( hasFocus() ) - { - painter.fillRect(cursorRect, _cursorColor.isValid() ? _cursorColor : foregroundColor); - - if ( !_cursorColor.isValid() ) - { - // invert the colour used to draw the text to ensure that the character at - // the cursor position is readable - invertCharacterColor = true; - } - } - } - else if ( _cursorShape == UnderlineCursor ) - painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), - cursorRect.bottom(), - cursorRect.right(), - cursorRect.bottom()); - else if ( _cursorShape == IBeamCursor ) - painter.drawLine(cursorRect.left(), - cursorRect.top(), - cursorRect.left(), - cursorRect.bottom()); - - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, - const QRect& rect, - const QString& text, - const Character* style, - bool invertCharacterColor) -{ - // don't draw text which is currently blinking - if ( _blinking && (style->rendition & RE_BLINK) ) - return; - - // setup bold and underline - bool useBold = style->rendition & RE_BOLD || style->isBold(_colorTable) || font().bold(); - bool useUnderline = style->rendition & RE_UNDERLINE || font().underline(); - - QFont font = painter.font(); - if ( font.bold() != useBold - || font.underline() != useUnderline ) - { - font.setBold(useBold); - font.setUnderline(useUnderline); - painter.setFont(font); - } - - const CharacterColor& textColor = ( invertCharacterColor ? style->backgroundColor : style->foregroundColor ); - const QColor color = textColor.color(_colorTable); - - QPen pen = painter.pen(); - if ( pen.color() != color ) - { - pen.setColor(color); - painter.setPen(color); - } - // draw text - if ( isLineCharString(text) ) { - drawLineCharString(painter,rect.x(),rect.y(),text,style); - } - else - { - // the drawText(rect,flags,string) overload is used here with null flags - // instead of drawText(rect,string) because the (rect,string) overload causes - // the application's default layout direction to be used instead of - // the widget-specific layout direction, which should always be - // Qt::LeftToRight for this widget - painter.drawText(rect,0,text); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter , - const QRect& rect, - const QString& text, - const Character* style) -{ - painter.save(); - - // setup painter - const QColor foregroundColor = style->foregroundColor.color(_colorTable); - const QColor backgroundColor = style->backgroundColor.color(_colorTable); - - // draw background if different from the display's background color - if ( backgroundColor != palette().background().color() ) - drawBackground(painter,rect,backgroundColor, false /* do not use transparency */); - - // draw cursor shape if the current character is the cursor - // this may alter the foreground and background colors - bool invertCharacterColor = false; - - if ( style->rendition & RE_CURSOR ) - drawCursor(painter,rect,foregroundColor,backgroundColor,invertCharacterColor); - // draw text - drawCharacters(painter,rect,text,style,invertCharacterColor); - - painter.restore(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setRandomSeed(uint randomSeed) { _randomSeed = randomSeed; } -uint TerminalDisplay::randomSeed() const { return _randomSeed; } - -#if 0 -/*! - Set XIM Position -*/ -void TerminalDisplay::setCursorPos(const int curx, const int cury) -{ - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); - int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - - int xpos, ypos; - ypos = _topMargin + tLy + _fontHeight*(cury-1) + _fontAscent; - xpos = _leftMargin + tLx + _fontWidth*curx; - //setMicroFocusHint(xpos, ypos, 0, _fontHeight); //### ??? - // fprintf(stderr, "x/y = %d/%d\txpos/ypos = %d/%d\n", curx, cury, xpos, ypos); - _cursorLine = cury; - _cursorCol = curx; -} -#endif - -// scrolls the image by 'lines', down if lines > 0 or up otherwise. -// -// the terminal emulation keeps track of the scrolling of the character -// image as it receives input, and when the view is updated, it calls scrollImage() -// with the final scroll amount. this improves performance because scrolling the -// display is much cheaper than re-rendering all the text for the -// part of the image which has moved up or down. -// Instead only new lines have to be drawn -// -// note: it is important that the area of the display which is -// scrolled aligns properly with the character grid - -// which has a top left point at (_leftMargin,_topMargin) , -// a cell width of _fontWidth and a cell height of _fontHeight). -void TerminalDisplay::scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& screenWindowRegion) -{ - // if the flow control warning is enabled this will interfere with the - // scrolling optimisations and cause artifacts. the simple solution here - // is to just disable the optimisation whilst it is visible - if ( _outputSuspendedLabel && _outputSuspendedLabel->isVisible() ) { - return; - } - - // constrain the region to the display - // the bottom of the region is capped to the number of lines in the display's - // internal image - 2, so that the height of 'region' is strictly less - // than the height of the internal image. - QRect region = screenWindowRegion; - region.setBottom( qMin(region.bottom(),this->_lines-2) ); - - if ( lines == 0 - || _image == 0 - || !region.isValid() - || (region.top() + abs(lines)) >= region.bottom() - || this->_lines <= region.height() ) return; - - QRect scrollRect; - - void* firstCharPos = &_image[ region.top() * this->_columns ]; - void* lastCharPos = &_image[ (region.top() + abs(lines)) * this->_columns ]; - - int top = _topMargin + (region.top() * _fontHeight); - int linesToMove = region.height() - abs(lines); - int bytesToMove = linesToMove * - this->_columns * - sizeof(Character); - - Q_ASSERT( linesToMove > 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( bytesToMove > 0 ); - - //scroll internal image - if ( lines > 0 ) - { - // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid - Q_ASSERT( (char*)lastCharPos + bytesToMove < - (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); - - Q_ASSERT( (lines*this->_columns) < _imageSize ); - - //scroll internal image down - memmove( firstCharPos , lastCharPos , bytesToMove ); - - //set region of display to scroll, making sure that - //the region aligns correctly to the character grid - scrollRect = QRect( _leftMargin , top, - this->_usedColumns * _fontWidth , - linesToMove * _fontHeight ); - } - else - { - // check that the memory areas that we are going to move are valid - Q_ASSERT( (char*)firstCharPos + bytesToMove < - (char*)(_image + (this->_lines * this->_columns)) ); - - //scroll internal image up - memmove( lastCharPos , firstCharPos , bytesToMove ); - - //set region of the display to scroll, making sure that - //the region aligns correctly to the character grid - QPoint topPoint( _leftMargin , top + abs(lines)*_fontHeight ); - - scrollRect = QRect( topPoint , - QSize( this->_usedColumns*_fontWidth , - linesToMove * _fontHeight )); - } - - //scroll the display vertically to match internal _image - scroll( 0 , _fontHeight * (-lines) , scrollRect ); -} - -QRegion TerminalDisplay::hotSpotRegion() const -{ - QRegion region; - foreach( Filter::HotSpot* hotSpot , _filterChain->hotSpots() ) - { - QRect rect; - rect.setLeft(hotSpot->startColumn()); - rect.setTop(hotSpot->startLine()); - rect.setRight(hotSpot->endColumn()); - rect.setBottom(hotSpot->endLine()); - - region |= imageToWidget(rect); - } - return region; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::processFilters() -{ - if (!_screenWindow) - return; - - QRegion preUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); - - // use _screenWindow->getImage() here rather than _image because - // other classes may call processFilters() when this display's - // ScreenWindow emits a scrolled() signal - which will happen before - // updateImage() is called on the display and therefore _image is - // out of date at this point - _filterChain->setImage( _screenWindow->getImage(), - _screenWindow->windowLines(), - _screenWindow->windowColumns(), - _screenWindow->getLineProperties() ); - _filterChain->process(); - - QRegion postUpdateHotSpots = hotSpotRegion(); - - update( preUpdateHotSpots | postUpdateHotSpots ); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::updateImage() -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - // optimization - scroll the existing image where possible and - // avoid expensive text drawing for parts of the image that - // can simply be moved up or down - scrollImage( _screenWindow->scrollCount() , - _screenWindow->scrollRegion() ); - _screenWindow->resetScrollCount(); - - Character* const newimg = _screenWindow->getImage(); - int lines = _screenWindow->windowLines(); - int columns = _screenWindow->windowColumns(); - - setScroll( _screenWindow->currentLine() , _screenWindow->lineCount() ); - - if (!_image) - updateImageSize(); // Create _image - - Q_ASSERT( this->_usedLines <= this->_lines ); - Q_ASSERT( this->_usedColumns <= this->_columns ); - - int y,x,len; - - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); - - int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - _hasBlinker = false; - - CharacterColor cf; // undefined - CharacterColor _clipboard; // undefined - int cr = -1; // undefined - - const int linesToUpdate = qMin(this->_lines, qMax(0,lines )); - const int columnsToUpdate = qMin(this->_columns,qMax(0,columns)); - - QChar *disstrU = new QChar[columnsToUpdate]; - char *dirtyMask = new char[columnsToUpdate+2]; - QRegion dirtyRegion; - - // debugging variable, this records the number of lines that are found to - // be 'dirty' ( ie. have changed from the old _image to the new _image ) and - // which therefore need to be repainted - int dirtyLineCount = 0; - - for (y = 0; y < linesToUpdate; y++) - { - const Character* currentLine = &_image[y*this->_columns]; - const Character* const newLine = &newimg[y*columns]; - - bool updateLine = false; - - // The dirty mask indicates which characters need repainting. We also - // mark surrounding neighbours dirty, in case the character exceeds - // its cell boundaries - memset(dirtyMask, 0, columnsToUpdate+2); - - for( x = 0 ; x < columnsToUpdate ; x++) - { - if ( newLine[x] != currentLine[x] ) - { - dirtyMask[x] = true; - } - } - - if (!_resizing) // not while _resizing, we're expecting a paintEvent - for (x = 0; x < columnsToUpdate; x++) - { - _hasBlinker |= (newLine[x].rendition & RE_BLINK); - - // Start drawing if this character or the next one differs. - // We also take the next one into account to handle the situation - // where characters exceed their cell width. - if (dirtyMask[x]) - { - quint16 c = newLine[x+0].character; - if ( !c ) - continue; - int p = 0; - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); - bool doubleWidth = (x+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+1].character == 0); - cr = newLine[x].rendition; - _clipboard = newLine[x].backgroundColor; - if (newLine[x].foregroundColor != cf) cf = newLine[x].foregroundColor; - int lln = columnsToUpdate - x; - for (len = 1; len < lln; len++) - { - const Character& ch = newLine[x+len]; - - if (!ch.character) - continue; // Skip trailing part of multi-col chars. - - bool nextIsDoubleWidth = (x+len+1 == columnsToUpdate) ? false : (newLine[x+len+1].character == 0); - - if ( ch.foregroundColor != cf || - ch.backgroundColor != _clipboard || - ch.rendition != cr || - !dirtyMask[x+len] || - isLineChar(c) != lineDraw || - nextIsDoubleWidth != doubleWidth ) - break; - - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - } - - QString unistr(disstrU, p); - - bool saveFixedFont = _fixedFont; - if (lineDraw) - _fixedFont = false; - if (doubleWidth) - _fixedFont = false; - - updateLine = true; - - _fixedFont = saveFixedFont; - x += len - 1; - } - - } - - //both the top and bottom halves of double height _lines must always be redrawn - //although both top and bottom halves contain the same characters, only - //the top one is actually - //drawn. - if (_lineProperties.count() > y) - updateLine |= (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT); - - // if the characters on the line are different in the old and the new _image - // then this line must be repainted. - if (updateLine) - { - dirtyLineCount++; - - // add the area occupied by this line to the region which needs to be - // repainted - QRect dirtyRect = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , - _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , - _fontWidth * columnsToUpdate , - _fontHeight ); - - dirtyRegion |= dirtyRect; - } - - // replace the line of characters in the old _image with the - // current line of the new _image - memcpy((void*)currentLine,(const void*)newLine,columnsToUpdate*sizeof(Character)); - } - - // if the new _image is smaller than the previous _image, then ensure that the area - // outside the new _image is cleared - if ( linesToUpdate < _usedLines ) - { - dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx , - _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*linesToUpdate , - _fontWidth * this->_columns , - _fontHeight * (_usedLines-linesToUpdate) ); - } - _usedLines = linesToUpdate; - - if ( columnsToUpdate < _usedColumns ) - { - dirtyRegion |= QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+columnsToUpdate*_fontWidth , - _topMargin+tLy , - _fontWidth * (_usedColumns-columnsToUpdate) , - _fontHeight * this->_lines ); - } - _usedColumns = columnsToUpdate; - - dirtyRegion |= _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect; - - // update the parts of the display which have changed - update(dirtyRegion); - - if ( _hasBlinker && !_blinkTimer->isActive()) _blinkTimer->start( BLINK_DELAY ); - if (!_hasBlinker && _blinkTimer->isActive()) { _blinkTimer->stop(); _blinking = false; } - delete[] dirtyMask; - delete[] disstrU; - -} - -void TerminalDisplay::showResizeNotification() -{ - if (_terminalSizeHint && isVisible()) - { - if (_terminalSizeStartup) { - _terminalSizeStartup=false; - return; - } - if (!_resizeWidget) - { - _resizeWidget = new QLabel(("Size: XXX x XXX"), this); - _resizeWidget->setMinimumWidth(_resizeWidget->fontMetrics().width(("Size: XXX x XXX"))); - _resizeWidget->setMinimumHeight(_resizeWidget->sizeHint().height()); - _resizeWidget->setAlignment(Qt::AlignCenter); - - _resizeWidget->setStyleSheet("background-color:palette(window);border-style:solid;border-width:1px;border-color:palette(dark)"); - - _resizeTimer = new QTimer(this); - _resizeTimer->setSingleShot(true); - connect(_resizeTimer, SIGNAL(timeout()), _resizeWidget, SLOT(hide())); - - } - QString sizeStr; - sizeStr.sprintf("Size: %d x %d", _columns, _lines); - _resizeWidget->setText(sizeStr); - _resizeWidget->move((width()-_resizeWidget->width())/2, - (height()-_resizeWidget->height())/2+20); - _resizeWidget->show(); - _resizeTimer->start(1000); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setBlinkingCursor(bool blink) -{ - _hasBlinkingCursor=blink; - - if (blink && !_blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) - _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); - - if (!blink && _blinkCursorTimer->isActive()) - { - _blinkCursorTimer->stop(); - if (_cursorBlinking) - blinkCursorEvent(); - else - _cursorBlinking = false; - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::paintEvent( QPaintEvent* pe ) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d paintEvent", __FILE__, __LINE__); - QPainter paint(this); - - foreach (QRect rect, (pe->region() & contentsRect()).rects()) - { - drawBackground(paint,rect,palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); - drawContents(paint, rect); - } -// drawBackground(paint,contentsRect(),palette().background().color(), true /* use opacity setting */); -// drawContents(paint, contentsRect()); - drawInputMethodPreeditString(paint,preeditRect()); - paintFilters(paint); - - paint.end(); -} - -QPoint TerminalDisplay::cursorPosition() const -{ - if (_screenWindow) - return _screenWindow->cursorPosition(); - else - return QPoint(0,0); -} - -QRect TerminalDisplay::preeditRect() const -{ - const int preeditLength = string_width(_inputMethodData.preeditString); - - if ( preeditLength == 0 ) - return QRect(); - - return QRect(_leftMargin + _fontWidth*cursorPosition().x(), - _topMargin + _fontHeight*cursorPosition().y(), - _fontWidth*preeditLength, - _fontHeight); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect) -{ - if ( _inputMethodData.preeditString.isEmpty() ) { - return; - } - const QPoint cursorPos = cursorPosition(); - - bool invertColors = false; - const QColor background = _colorTable[DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR].color; - const QColor foreground = _colorTable[DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR].color; - const Character* style = &_image[loc(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y())]; - - drawBackground(painter,rect,background,true); - drawCursor(painter,rect,foreground,background,invertColors); - drawCharacters(painter,rect,_inputMethodData.preeditString,style,invertColors); - - _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect = rect; -} - -FilterChain* TerminalDisplay::filterChain() const -{ - return _filterChain; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::paintFilters(QPainter& painter) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d paintFilters", __FILE__, __LINE__); - - // get color of character under mouse and use it to draw - // lines for filters - QPoint cursorPos = mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()); - int cursorLine; - int cursorColumn; - getCharacterPosition( cursorPos , cursorLine , cursorColumn ); - Character cursorCharacter = _image[loc(cursorColumn,cursorLine)]; - - painter.setPen( QPen(cursorCharacter.foregroundColor.color(colorTable())) ); - - // iterate over hotspots identified by the display's currently active filters - // and draw appropriate visuals to indicate the presence of the hotspot - - QList spots = _filterChain->hotSpots(); - QListIterator iter(spots); - while (iter.hasNext()) - { - Filter::HotSpot* spot = iter.next(); - - for ( int line = spot->startLine() ; line <= spot->endLine() ; line++ ) - { - int startColumn = 0; - int endColumn = _columns-1; // TODO use number of _columns which are actually - // occupied on this line rather than the width of the - // display in _columns - - // ignore whitespace at the end of the lines - while ( QChar(_image[loc(endColumn,line)].character).isSpace() && endColumn > 0 ) - endColumn--; - - // increment here because the column which we want to set 'endColumn' to - // is the first whitespace character at the end of the line - endColumn++; - - if ( line == spot->startLine() ) - startColumn = spot->startColumn(); - if ( line == spot->endLine() ) - endColumn = spot->endColumn(); - - // subtract one pixel from - // the right and bottom so that - // we do not overdraw adjacent - // hotspots - // - // subtracting one pixel from all sides also prevents an edge case where - // moving the mouse outside a link could still leave it underlined - // because the check below for the position of the cursor - // finds it on the border of the target area - QRect r; - r.setCoords( startColumn*_fontWidth + 1, line*_fontHeight + 1, - endColumn*_fontWidth - 1, (line+1)*_fontHeight - 1 ); - - // Underline link hotspots - if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link ) - { - QFontMetrics metrics(font()); - - // find the baseline (which is the invisible line that the characters in the font sit on, - // with some having tails dangling below) - int baseline = r.bottom() - metrics.descent(); - // find the position of the underline below that - int underlinePos = baseline + metrics.underlinePos(); - - if ( r.contains( mapFromGlobal(QCursor::pos()) ) ) - painter.drawLine( r.left() , underlinePos , - r.right() , underlinePos ); - } - // Marker hotspots simply have a transparent rectanglular shape - // drawn on top of them - else if ( spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Marker ) - { - //TODO - Do not use a hardcoded colour for this - painter.fillRect(r,QBrush(QColor(255,0,0,120))); - } - } - } -} -void TerminalDisplay::drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d drawContents and rect x=%d y=%d w=%d h=%d", __FILE__, __LINE__, rect.x(), rect.y(),rect.width(),rect.height()); - - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); -// int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - - int tLx = (_contentWidth - _usedColumns * _fontWidth)/2; -// int tLy = (_contentHeight - _usedLines * _fontHeight)/2; -//qDebug("%d %d %d %d", tLx, tLy, _contentWidth, _usedColumns * _fontWidth); - - int lux = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0,(rect.left() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); - int luy = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.top() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); - int rlx = qMin(_usedColumns-1, qMax(0, (rect.right() - tLx - _leftMargin ) / _fontWidth)); - int rly = qMin(_usedLines-1, qMax(0, (rect.bottom() - tLy - _topMargin ) / _fontHeight)); - - const int bufferSize = _usedColumns; - QChar *disstrU = new QChar[bufferSize]; - for (int y = luy; y <= rly; y++) - { - quint16 c = _image[loc(lux,y)].character; - int x = lux; - if(!c && x) - x--; // Search for start of multi-column character - for (; x <= rlx; x++) - { - int len = 1; - int p = 0; - - // is this a single character or a sequence of characters ? - if ( _image[loc(x,y)].rendition & RE_EXTENDED_CHAR ) - { - // sequence of characters - ushort extendedCharLength = 0; - ushort* chars = ExtendedCharTable::instance - .lookupExtendedChar(_image[loc(x,y)].charSequence,extendedCharLength); - for ( int index = 0 ; index < extendedCharLength ; index++ ) - { - Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); - disstrU[p++] = chars[index]; - } - } - else - { - // single character - c = _image[loc(x,y)].character; - if (c) - { - Q_ASSERT( p < bufferSize ); - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - } - } - - bool lineDraw = isLineChar(c); - bool doubleWidth = (_image[ qMin(loc(x,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0); - CharacterColor currentForeground = _image[loc(x,y)].foregroundColor; - CharacterColor currentBackground = _image[loc(x,y)].backgroundColor; - quint8 currentRendition = _image[loc(x,y)].rendition; - - while (x+len <= rlx && - _image[loc(x+len,y)].foregroundColor == currentForeground && - _image[loc(x+len,y)].backgroundColor == currentBackground && - _image[loc(x+len,y)].rendition == currentRendition && - (_image[ qMin(loc(x+len,y)+1,_imageSize) ].character == 0) == doubleWidth && - isLineChar( c = _image[loc(x+len,y)].character) == lineDraw) // Assignment! - { - if (c) - disstrU[p++] = c; //fontMap(c); - if (doubleWidth) // assert((_image[loc(x+len,y)+1].character == 0)), see above if condition - len++; // Skip trailing part of multi-column character - len++; - } - if ((x+len < _usedColumns) && (!_image[loc(x+len,y)].character)) - len++; // Adjust for trailing part of multi-column character - - bool save__fixedFont = _fixedFont; - if (lineDraw) - _fixedFont = false; - if (doubleWidth) - _fixedFont = false; - QString unistr(disstrU,p); - - if (y < _lineProperties.size()) - { - if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH) { - paint.scale(2,1); - } - - if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) { - paint.scale(1,2); - } - } - - //calculate the area in which the text will be drawn - QRect textArea = QRect( _leftMargin+tLx+_fontWidth*x , - _topMargin+tLy+_fontHeight*y , - _fontWidth*len, - _fontHeight); - - //move the calculated area to take account of scaling applied to the painter. - //the position of the area from the origin (0,0) is scaled - //by the opposite of whatever - //transformation has been applied to the painter. this ensures that - //painting does actually start from textArea.topLeft() - //(instead of textArea.topLeft() * painter-scale) - QMatrix inverted = paint.matrix().inverted(); -// textArea.moveTopLeft( inverted.map(textArea.topLeft()) ); - textArea.moveCenter( inverted.map(textArea.center()) ); - - - //paint text fragment - drawTextFragment( paint, - textArea, - unistr, - &_image[loc(x,y)] ); //, - //0, - //!_isPrinting ); - - _fixedFont = save__fixedFont; - - //reset back to single-width, single-height _lines - paint.resetMatrix(); - - if (y < _lineProperties.size()-1) - { - //double-height _lines are represented by two adjacent _lines - //containing the same characters - //both _lines will have the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute. - //If the current line has the LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT attribute, - //we can therefore skip the next line - if (_lineProperties[y] & LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT) - y++; - } - - x += len - 1; - } - } - delete [] disstrU; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::blinkEvent() -{ - _blinking = !_blinking; - - //TODO: Optimise to only repaint the areas of the widget - // where there is blinking text - // rather than repainting the whole widget. - update(); -} - -QRect TerminalDisplay::imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const -{ -//qDebug("%s %d imageToWidget", __FILE__, __LINE__); - QRect result; - result.setLeft( _leftMargin + _fontWidth * imageArea.left() ); - result.setTop( _topMargin + _fontHeight * imageArea.top() ); - result.setWidth( _fontWidth * imageArea.width() ); - result.setHeight( _fontHeight * imageArea.height() ); - - return result; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::blinkCursorEvent() -{ - _cursorBlinking = !_cursorBlinking; - - QRect cursorRect = imageToWidget( QRect(cursorPosition(),QSize(1,1)) ); - - update(cursorRect); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Resizing */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalDisplay::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) -{ - updateImageSize(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::propagateSize() -{ - if (_isFixedSize) - { - setSize(_columns, _lines); - QWidget::setFixedSize(sizeHint()); - parentWidget()->adjustSize(); - parentWidget()->setFixedSize(parentWidget()->sizeHint()); - return; - } - if (_image) - updateImageSize(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::updateImageSize() -{ -//qDebug("%s %d updateImageSize", __FILE__, __LINE__); - Character* oldimg = _image; - int oldlin = _lines; - int oldcol = _columns; - - makeImage(); - - - // copy the old image to reduce flicker - int lines = qMin(oldlin,_lines); - int columns = qMin(oldcol,_columns); - - if (oldimg) - { - for (int line = 0; line < lines; line++) - { - memcpy((void*)&_image[_columns*line], - (void*)&oldimg[oldcol*line],columns*sizeof(Character)); - } - delete[] oldimg; - } - - if (_screenWindow) - _screenWindow->setWindowLines(_lines); - - _resizing = (oldlin!=_lines) || (oldcol!=_columns); - - if ( _resizing ) - { - showResizeNotification(); - emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight, _contentWidth); // expose resizeEvent - } - - _resizing = false; -} - -//showEvent and hideEvent are reimplemented here so that it appears to other classes that the -//display has been resized when the display is hidden or shown. -// -//this allows -//TODO: Perhaps it would be better to have separate signals for show and hide instead of using -//the same signal as the one for a content size change -void TerminalDisplay::showEvent(QShowEvent*) -{ - emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); -} -void TerminalDisplay::hideEvent(QHideEvent*) -{ - emit changedContentSizeSignal(_contentHeight,_contentWidth); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Scrollbar */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalDisplay::scrollBarPositionChanged(int) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - _screenWindow->scrollTo( _scrollBar->value() ); - - // if the thumb has been moved to the bottom of the _scrollBar then set - // the display to automatically track new output, - // that is, scroll down automatically - // to how new _lines as they are added - const bool atEndOfOutput = (_scrollBar->value() == _scrollBar->maximum()); - _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( atEndOfOutput ); - - updateImage(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setScroll(int cursor, int slines) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d setScroll", __FILE__, __LINE__); - // update _scrollBar if the range or value has changed, - // otherwise return - // - // setting the range or value of a _scrollBar will always trigger - // a repaint, so it should be avoided if it is not necessary - if ( _scrollBar->minimum() == 0 && - _scrollBar->maximum() == (slines - _lines) && - _scrollBar->value() == cursor ) - { - return; - } - - disconnect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); - _scrollBar->setRange(0,slines - _lines); - _scrollBar->setSingleStep(1); - _scrollBar->setPageStep(_lines); - _scrollBar->setValue(cursor); - connect(_scrollBar, SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)), this, SLOT(scrollBarPositionChanged(int))); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position) -{ - if (_scrollbarLocation == position) { -// return; - } - - if ( position == NoScrollBar ) - _scrollBar->hide(); - else - _scrollBar->show(); - - _topMargin = _leftMargin = 1; - _scrollbarLocation = position; - - propagateSize(); - update(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( _possibleTripleClick && (ev->button()==Qt::LeftButton) ) { - mouseTripleClickEvent(ev); - return; - } - - if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return; - - if ( !_screenWindow ) return; - - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - QPoint pos = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); - - if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) - { - _lineSelectionMode = false; - _wordSelectionMode = false; - - emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... - // Drag only when the Control key is hold - bool selected = false; - - // The receiver of the testIsSelected() signal will adjust - // 'selected' accordingly. - //emit testIsSelected(pos.x(), pos.y(), selected); - - selected = _screenWindow->isSelected(pos.x(),pos.y()); - - if ((!_ctrlDrag || ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) && selected ) { - // The user clicked inside selected text - dragInfo.state = diPending; - dragInfo.start = ev->pos(); - } - else { - // No reason to ever start a drag event - dragInfo.state = diNone; - - _preserveLineBreaks = !( ( ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier ) && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) ); - _columnSelectionMode = (ev->modifiers() & Qt::AltModifier) && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); - - if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - - //emit clearSelectionSignal(); - pos.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - _iPntSel = _pntSel = pos; - _actSel = 1; // left mouse button pressed but nothing selected yet. - - } - else - { - emit mouseSignal( 0, charColumn + 1, charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } - } - } - else if ( ev->button() == Qt::MidButton ) - { - if ( _mouseMarks || (!_mouseMarks && (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) ) - emitSelection(true,ev->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier); - else - emit mouseSignal( 1, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } - else if ( ev->button() == Qt::RightButton ) - { - if (_mouseMarks || (ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - emit configureRequest( this, - ev->modifiers() & (Qt::ShiftModifier|Qt::ControlModifier), - ev->pos() - ); - } - else - emit mouseSignal( 2, charColumn +1, charLine +1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } -} - -QList TerminalDisplay::filterActions(const QPoint& position) -{ - int charLine, charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(position,charLine,charColumn); - - Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); - - return spot ? spot->actions() : QList(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - int charLine = 0; - int charColumn = 0; - - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - - // handle filters - // change link hot-spot appearance on mouse-over - Filter::HotSpot* spot = _filterChain->hotSpotAt(charLine,charColumn); - if ( spot && spot->type() == Filter::HotSpot::Link) - { - QRect previousHotspotArea = _mouseOverHotspotArea; - _mouseOverHotspotArea.setCoords( qMin(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontWidth, - spot->startLine() * _fontHeight, - qMax(spot->startColumn() , spot->endColumn()) * _fontHeight, - (spot->endLine()+1) * _fontHeight ); - - // display tooltips when mousing over links - // TODO: Extend this to work with filter types other than links - const QString& tooltip = spot->tooltip(); - if ( !tooltip.isEmpty() ) - { - QToolTip::showText( mapToGlobal(ev->pos()) , tooltip , this , _mouseOverHotspotArea ); - } - - update( _mouseOverHotspotArea | previousHotspotArea ); - } - else if ( _mouseOverHotspotArea.isValid() ) - { - update( _mouseOverHotspotArea ); - // set hotspot area to an invalid rectangle - _mouseOverHotspotArea = QRect(); - } - - // for auto-hiding the cursor, we need mouseTracking - if (ev->buttons() == Qt::NoButton ) return; - - // if the terminal is interested in mouse movements - // then emit a mouse movement signal, unless the shift - // key is being held down, which overrides this. - if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - int button = 3; - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::LeftButton) - button = 0; - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) - button = 1; - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::RightButton) - button = 2; - - - emit mouseSignal( button, - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), - 1 ); - - return; - } - - if (dragInfo.state == diPending) - { - // we had a mouse down, but haven't confirmed a drag yet - // if the mouse has moved sufficiently, we will confirm - - int distance = 10; //KGlobalSettings::dndEventDelay(); - if ( ev->x() > dragInfo.start.x() + distance || ev->x() < dragInfo.start.x() - distance || - ev->y() > dragInfo.start.y() + distance || ev->y() < dragInfo.start.y() - distance) - { - // we've left the drag square, we can start a real drag operation now - emit isBusySelecting(false); // Ok.. we can breath again. - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - doDrag(); - } - return; - } - else if (dragInfo.state == diDragging) - { - // this isn't technically needed because mouseMoveEvent is suppressed during - // Qt drag operations, replaced by dragMoveEvent - return; - } - - if (_actSel == 0) return; - - // don't extend selection while pasting - if (ev->buttons() & Qt::MidButton) return; - - extendSelection( ev->pos() ); -} - -#if 0 -void TerminalDisplay::setSelectionEnd() -{ - extendSelection( _configureRequestPoint ); -} -#endif - -void TerminalDisplay::extendSelection( const QPoint& position ) -{ - QPoint pos = position; - - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - //if ( !contentsRect().contains(ev->pos()) ) return; - QPoint tL = contentsRect().topLeft(); - int tLx = tL.x(); - int tLy = tL.y(); - int scroll = _scrollBar->value(); - - // we're in the process of moving the mouse with the left button pressed - // the mouse cursor will kept caught within the bounds of the text in - // this widget. - - // Adjust position within text area bounds. See FIXME above. - QPoint oldpos = pos; - if ( pos.x() < tLx+_leftMargin ) - pos.setX( tLx+_leftMargin ); - if ( pos.x() > tLx+_leftMargin+_usedColumns*_fontWidth-1 ) - pos.setX( tLx+_leftMargin+_usedColumns*_fontWidth ); - if ( pos.y() < tLy+_topMargin ) - pos.setY( tLy+_topMargin ); - if ( pos.y() > tLy+_topMargin+_usedLines*_fontHeight-1 ) - pos.setY( tLy+_topMargin+_usedLines*_fontHeight-1 ); - - if ( pos.y() == tLy+_topMargin+_usedLines*_fontHeight-1 ) - { - _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value()+yMouseScroll); // scrollforward - } - if ( pos.y() == tLy+_topMargin ) - { - _scrollBar->setValue(_scrollBar->value()-yMouseScroll); // scrollback - } - - int charColumn = 0; - int charLine = 0; - getCharacterPosition(pos,charLine,charColumn); - - QPoint here = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); //QPoint((pos.x()-tLx-_leftMargin+(_fontWidth/2))/_fontWidth,(pos.y()-tLy-_topMargin)/_fontHeight); - QPoint ohere; - QPoint _iPntSelCorr = _iPntSel; - _iPntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); - QPoint _pntSelCorr = _pntSel; - _pntSelCorr.ry() -= _scrollBar->value(); - bool swapping = false; - - if ( _wordSelectionMode ) - { - // Extend to word boundaries - int i; - int selClass; - - bool left_not_right = ( (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y()) || - (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y()) && (here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()) ); - bool old_left_not_right = ( (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y()) || - (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y()) && (_pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()) ); - swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) - QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; - i = loc(left.x(),left.y()); - if (i>=0 && i<=_imageSize) { - selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - while ( ((left.x()>0) || (left.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[left.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) - && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) - { i--; if (left.x()>0) left.rx()--; else {left.rx()=_usedColumns-1; left.ry()--;} } - } - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) - QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - i = loc(right.x(),right.y()); - if (i>=0 && i<=_imageSize) { - selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - while( ((right.x()<_usedColumns-1) || (right.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) - && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass ) - { i++; if (right.x()<_usedColumns-1) right.rx()++; else {right.rx()=0; right.ry()++; } } - } - - // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) - if ( left_not_right ) - { - here = left; ohere = right; - } - else - { - here = right; ohere = left; - } - ohere.rx()++; - } - - if ( _lineSelectionMode ) - { - // Extend to complete line - bool above_not_below = ( here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y() ); - - QPoint above = above_not_below ? here : _iPntSelCorr; - QPoint below = above_not_below ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - - while (above.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[above.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - above.ry()--; - while (below.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[below.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - below.ry()++; - - above.setX(0); - below.setX(_usedColumns-1); - - // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) - if ( above_not_below ) - { - here = above; ohere = below; - } - else - { - here = below; ohere = above; - } - - QPoint newSelBegin = QPoint( ohere.x(), ohere.y() ); - swapping = !(_tripleSelBegin==newSelBegin); - _tripleSelBegin = newSelBegin; - - ohere.rx()++; - } - - int offset = 0; - if ( !_wordSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode ) - { - int i; - int selClass; - - bool left_not_right = ( (here.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y()) || - (here.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y()) && (here.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()) ); - bool old_left_not_right = ( (_pntSelCorr.y() < _iPntSelCorr.y()) || - (_pntSelCorr.y() == _iPntSelCorr.y()) && (_pntSelCorr.x() < _iPntSelCorr.x()) ); - swapping = left_not_right != old_left_not_right; - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from here : from start) - QPoint left = left_not_right ? here : _iPntSelCorr; - - // Find left (left_not_right ? from start : from here) - QPoint right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - if ( right.x() > 0 && !_columnSelectionMode ) - { - i = loc(right.x(),right.y()); - if (i>=0 && i<=_imageSize) { - selClass = charClass(_image[i-1].character); - if (selClass == ' ') - { - while ( right.x() < _usedColumns-1 && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass && (right.y()<_usedLines-1) && - !(_lineProperties[right.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED)) - { i++; right.rx()++; } - if (right.x() < _usedColumns-1) - right = left_not_right ? _iPntSelCorr : here; - else - right.rx()++; // will be balanced later because of offset=-1; - } - } - } - - // Pick which is start (ohere) and which is extension (here) - if ( left_not_right ) - { - here = left; ohere = right; offset = 0; - } - else - { - here = right; ohere = left; offset = -1; - } - } - - if ((here == _pntSelCorr) && (scroll == _scrollBar->value())) return; // not moved - - if (here == ohere) return; // It's not left, it's not right. - - if ( _actSel < 2 || swapping ) - { - if ( _columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode ) - { - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( ohere.x() , ohere.y() , true ); - } - else - { - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( ohere.x()-1-offset , ohere.y() , false ); - } - - } - - _actSel = 2; // within selection - _pntSel = here; - _pntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - - if ( _columnSelectionMode && !_lineSelectionMode && !_wordSelectionMode ) - { - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( here.x() , here.y() ); - } - else - { - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( here.x()+offset , here.y() ); - } - -} - -void TerminalDisplay::mouseReleaseEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - - if ( ev->button() == Qt::LeftButton) - { - emit isBusySelecting(false); - if(dragInfo.state == diPending) - { - // We had a drag event pending but never confirmed. Kill selection - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - //emit clearSelectionSignal(); - } - else - { - if ( _actSel > 1 ) - { - setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); - } - - _actSel = 0; - - //FIXME: emits a release event even if the mouse is - // outside the range. The procedure used in `mouseMoveEvent' - // applies here, too. - - if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - emit mouseSignal( 3, // release - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , 0); - } - dragInfo.state = diNone; - } - - - if ( !_mouseMarks && - ((ev->button() == Qt::RightButton && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - || ev->button() == Qt::MidButton) ) - { - emit mouseSignal( 3, - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , - 0); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const -{ - - column = (widgetPoint.x() + _fontWidth/2 -contentsRect().left()-_leftMargin) / _fontWidth; - line = (widgetPoint.y()-contentsRect().top()-_topMargin) / _fontHeight; - - if ( line < 0 ) - line = 0; - if ( column < 0 ) - column = 0; - - if ( line >= _usedLines ) - line = _usedLines-1; - - // the column value returned can be equal to _usedColumns, which - // is the position just after the last character displayed in a line. - // - // this is required so that the user can select characters in the right-most - // column (or left-most for right-to-left input) - if ( column > _usedColumns ) - column = _usedColumns; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::updateLineProperties() -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - _lineProperties = _screenWindow->getLineProperties(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( ev->button() != Qt::LeftButton) return; - if ( !_screenWindow ) return; - - int charLine = 0; - int charColumn = 0; - - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - - QPoint pos(charColumn,charLine); - - // pass on double click as two clicks. - if (!_mouseMarks && !(ev->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) - { - // Send just _ONE_ click event, since the first click of the double click - // was already sent by the click handler - emit mouseSignal( 0, - pos.x()+1, - pos.y()+1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum(), - 0 ); // left button - return; - } - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - QPoint bgnSel = pos; - QPoint endSel = pos; - int i = loc(bgnSel.x(),bgnSel.y()); - _iPntSel = bgnSel; - _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); - - _wordSelectionMode = true; - - // find word boundaries... - int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - { - // find the start of the word - int x = bgnSel.x(); - while ( ((x>0) || (bgnSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[bgnSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) - && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) - { - i--; - if (x>0) - x--; - else - { - x=_usedColumns-1; - bgnSel.ry()--; - } - } - - bgnSel.setX(x); - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( bgnSel.x() , bgnSel.y() , false ); - - // find the end of the word - i = loc( endSel.x(), endSel.y() ); - x = endSel.x(); - while( ((x<_usedColumns-1) || (endSel.y()<_usedLines-1 && (_lineProperties[endSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) )) - && charClass(_image[i+1].character) == selClass ) - { - i++; - if (x<_usedColumns-1) - x++; - else - { - x=0; - endSel.ry()++; - } - } - - endSel.setX(x); - - // In word selection mode don't select @ (64) if at end of word. - if ( ( QChar( _image[i].character ) == '@' ) && ( ( endSel.x() - bgnSel.x() ) > 0 ) ) - endSel.setX( x - 1 ); - - - _actSel = 2; // within selection - - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( endSel.x() , endSel.y() ); - - setSelection( _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks) ); - } - - _possibleTripleClick=true; - - QTimer::singleShot(QApplication::doubleClickInterval(),this, - SLOT(tripleClickTimeout())); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ev ) -{ - if (ev->orientation() != Qt::Vertical) - return; - - if ( _mouseMarks ) - _scrollBar->event(ev); - else - { - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition( ev->pos() , charLine , charColumn ); - - emit mouseSignal( ev->delta() > 0 ? 4 : 5, - charColumn + 1, - charLine + 1 +_scrollBar->value() -_scrollBar->maximum() , - 0); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::tripleClickTimeout() -{ - _possibleTripleClick=false; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) return; - - int charLine; - int charColumn; - getCharacterPosition(ev->pos(),charLine,charColumn); - _iPntSel = QPoint(charColumn,charLine); - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - - _lineSelectionMode = true; - _wordSelectionMode = false; - - _actSel = 2; // within selection - emit isBusySelecting(true); // Keep it steady... - - while (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - _iPntSel.ry()--; - - if (_tripleClickMode == SelectForwardsFromCursor) { - // find word boundary start - int i = loc(_iPntSel.x(),_iPntSel.y()); - int selClass = charClass(_image[i].character); - int x = _iPntSel.x(); - - while ( ((x>0) || - (_iPntSel.y()>0 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()-1] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - ) - && charClass(_image[i-1].character) == selClass ) - { - i--; - if (x>0) - x--; - else - { - x=_columns-1; - _iPntSel.ry()--; - } - } - - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( x , _iPntSel.y() , false ); - _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( x, _iPntSel.y() ); - } - else if (_tripleClickMode == SelectWholeLine) { - _screenWindow->setSelectionStart( 0 , _iPntSel.y() , false ); - _tripleSelBegin = QPoint( 0, _iPntSel.y() ); - } - - while (_iPntSel.y()<_lines-1 && (_lineProperties[_iPntSel.y()] & LINE_WRAPPED) ) - _iPntSel.ry()++; - - _screenWindow->setSelectionEnd( _columns - 1 , _iPntSel.y() ); - - setSelection(_screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks)); - - _iPntSel.ry() += _scrollBar->value(); -} - - -bool TerminalDisplay::focusNextPrevChild( bool next ) -{ - if (next) - return false; // This disables changing the active part in konqueror - // when pressing Tab - return QWidget::focusNextPrevChild( next ); -} - - -int TerminalDisplay::charClass(quint16 ch) const -{ - QChar qch=QChar(ch); - if ( qch.isSpace() ) return ' '; - - if ( qch.isLetterOrNumber() || _wordCharacters.contains(qch, Qt::CaseInsensitive ) ) - return 'a'; - - // Everything else is weird - return 1; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setWordCharacters(const QString& wc) -{ - _wordCharacters = wc; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setUsesMouse(bool on) -{ - _mouseMarks = on; - setCursor( _mouseMarks ? Qt::IBeamCursor : Qt::ArrowCursor ); -} -bool TerminalDisplay::usesMouse() const -{ - return _mouseMarks; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Clipboard */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#undef KeyPress - -void TerminalDisplay::emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn) -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - // Paste Clipboard by simulating keypress events - QString text = QApplication::clipboard()->text(useXselection ? QClipboard::Selection : - QClipboard::Clipboard); - if(appendReturn) - text.append("\r"); - if ( ! text.isEmpty() ) - { - text.replace("\n", "\r"); - QKeyEvent e(QEvent::KeyPress, 0, Qt::NoModifier, text); - emit keyPressedSignal(&e); // expose as a big fat keypress event - - _screenWindow->clearSelection(); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setSelection(const QString& t) -{ - QApplication::clipboard()->setText(t, QClipboard::Selection); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::copyClipboard() -{ - if ( !_screenWindow ) - return; - - QString text = _screenWindow->selectedText(_preserveLineBreaks); - QApplication::clipboard()->setText(text); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::pasteClipboard() -{ - emitSelection(false,false); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::pasteSelection() -{ - emitSelection(true,false); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Keyboard */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalDisplay::setFlowControlWarningEnabled( bool enable ) -{ - _flowControlWarningEnabled = enable; - - // if the dialog is currently visible and the flow control warning has - // been disabled then hide the dialog - if (!enable) - outputSuspended(false); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) -{ -//qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent and key is %d", __FILE__, __LINE__, event->key()); - - bool emitKeyPressSignal = true; - - // XonXoff flow control - if (event->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier && _flowControlWarningEnabled) - { - if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_S ) { - //qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent, output suspended", __FILE__, __LINE__); - emit flowControlKeyPressed(true /*output suspended*/); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Q ) { - //qDebug("%s %d keyPressEvent, output enabled", __FILE__, __LINE__); - emit flowControlKeyPressed(false /*output enabled*/); - } - } - - // Keyboard-based navigation - if ( event->modifiers() == Qt::ShiftModifier ) - { - bool update = true; - - if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageUp ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d pageup", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , -1 ); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_PageDown ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d pagedown", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollPages , 1 ); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Up ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d keyup", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , -1 ); - } - else if ( event->key() == Qt::Key_Down ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d keydown", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->scrollBy( ScreenWindow::ScrollLines , 1 ); - } - else { - update = false; - } - - if ( update ) - { - //qDebug("%s %d updating", __FILE__, __LINE__); - _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( _screenWindow->atEndOfOutput() ); - - updateLineProperties(); - updateImage(); - - // do not send key press to terminal - emitKeyPressSignal = false; - } - } - - _screenWindow->setTrackOutput( true ); - - _actSel=0; // Key stroke implies a screen update, so TerminalDisplay won't - // know where the current selection is. - - if (_hasBlinkingCursor) - { - _blinkCursorTimer->start(BLINK_DELAY); - if (_cursorBlinking) - blinkCursorEvent(); - else - _cursorBlinking = false; - } - - if ( emitKeyPressSignal ) - emit keyPressedSignal(event); - - event->accept(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::inputMethodEvent( QInputMethodEvent* event ) -{ - QKeyEvent keyEvent(QEvent::KeyPress,0,Qt::NoModifier,event->commitString()); - emit keyPressedSignal(&keyEvent); - - _inputMethodData.preeditString = event->preeditString(); - update(preeditRect() | _inputMethodData.previousPreeditRect); - - event->accept(); -} -QVariant TerminalDisplay::inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const -{ - const QPoint cursorPos = _screenWindow ? _screenWindow->cursorPosition() : QPoint(0,0); - switch ( query ) - { - case Qt::ImMicroFocus: - return imageToWidget(QRect(cursorPos.x(),cursorPos.y(),1,1)); - break; - case Qt::ImFont: - return font(); - break; - case Qt::ImCursorPosition: - // return the cursor position within the current line - return cursorPos.x(); - break; - case Qt::ImSurroundingText: - { - // return the text from the current line - QString lineText; - QTextStream stream(&lineText); - PlainTextDecoder decoder; - decoder.begin(&stream); - decoder.decodeLine(&_image[loc(0,cursorPos.y())],_usedColumns,_lineProperties[cursorPos.y()]); - decoder.end(); - return lineText; - } - break; - case Qt::ImCurrentSelection: - return QString(); - break; - } - - return QVariant(); -} - -bool TerminalDisplay::event( QEvent *e ) -{ - if ( e->type() == QEvent::ShortcutOverride ) - { - QKeyEvent* keyEvent = static_cast( e ); - - // a check to see if keyEvent->text() is empty is used - // to avoid intercepting the press of the modifier key on its own. - // - // this is important as it allows a press and release of the Alt key - // on its own to focus the menu bar, making it possible to - // work with the menu without using the mouse - if ( (keyEvent->modifiers() == Qt::AltModifier) && - !keyEvent->text().isEmpty() ) - { - keyEvent->accept(); - return true; - } - - // Override any of the following shortcuts because - // they are needed by the terminal - int keyCode = keyEvent->key() | keyEvent->modifiers(); - switch ( keyCode ) - { - // list is taken from the QLineEdit::event() code - case Qt::Key_Tab: - case Qt::Key_Delete: - case Qt::Key_Home: - case Qt::Key_End: - case Qt::Key_Backspace: - case Qt::Key_Left: - case Qt::Key_Right: - keyEvent->accept(); - return true; - } - } - return QWidget::event( e ); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setBellMode(int mode) -{ - _bellMode=mode; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::enableBell() -{ - _allowBell = true; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::bell(const QString&) -{ - if (_bellMode==NoBell) return; - - //limit the rate at which bells can occur - //...mainly for sound effects where rapid bells in sequence - //produce a horrible noise - if ( _allowBell ) - { - _allowBell = false; - QTimer::singleShot(500,this,SLOT(enableBell())); - - if (_bellMode==SystemBeepBell) - { -// KNotification::beep(); - } - else if (_bellMode==NotifyBell) - { -// KNotification::event("BellVisible", message,QPixmap(),this); - } - else if (_bellMode==VisualBell) - { - swapColorTable(); - QTimer::singleShot(200,this,SLOT(swapColorTable())); - } - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::swapColorTable() -{ - ColorEntry color = _colorTable[1]; - _colorTable[1]=_colorTable[0]; - _colorTable[0]= color; - _colorsInverted = !_colorsInverted; - update(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::clearImage() -{ - // We initialize _image[_imageSize] too. See makeImage() - for (int i = 0; i <= _imageSize; i++) - { - _image[i].character = ' '; - _image[i].foregroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, - DEFAULT_FORE_COLOR); - _image[i].backgroundColor = CharacterColor(COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, - DEFAULT_BACK_COLOR); - _image[i].rendition = DEFAULT_RENDITION; - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::calcGeometry() -{ - _scrollBar->resize(QApplication::style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent), - contentsRect().height()); - switch(_scrollbarLocation) - { - case NoScrollBar : - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - break; - case ScrollBarLeft : - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN + _scrollBar->width(); - _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); - _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topLeft()); - break; - case ScrollBarRight: - _leftMargin = DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN; - _contentWidth = contentsRect().width() - 2 * DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN - _scrollBar->width(); - _scrollBar->move(contentsRect().topRight() - QPoint(_scrollBar->width()-1,0)); - break; - } - - _topMargin = DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN; - _contentHeight = contentsRect().height() - 2 * DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN + /* mysterious */ 1; - - if (!_isFixedSize) - { - // ensure that display is always at least one column wide - _columns = qMax(1,_contentWidth / _fontWidth); - _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); - - // ensure that display is always at least one line high - _lines = qMax(1,_contentHeight / _fontHeight); - _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::makeImage() -{ -//qDebug("%s %d makeImage", __FILE__, __LINE__); - calcGeometry(); - - // confirm that array will be of non-zero size, since the painting code - // assumes a non-zero array length - Q_ASSERT( _lines > 0 && _columns > 0 ); - Q_ASSERT( _usedLines <= _lines && _usedColumns <= _columns ); - - _imageSize=_lines*_columns; - - // We over-commit one character so that we can be more relaxed in dealing with - // certain boundary conditions: _image[_imageSize] is a valid but unused position - _image = new Character[_imageSize+1]; - - clearImage(); -} - -// calculate the needed size -void TerminalDisplay::setSize(int columns, int lines) -{ - //FIXME - Not quite correct, a small amount of additional space - // will be used for margins, the scrollbar etc. - // we need to allow for this so that '_size' does allow - // enough room for the specified number of columns and lines to fit - - QSize newSize = QSize( columns * _fontWidth , - lines * _fontHeight ); - - if ( newSize != size() ) - { - _size = newSize; - updateGeometry(); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setFixedSize(int cols, int lins) -{ - _isFixedSize = true; - - //ensure that display is at least one line by one column in size - _columns = qMax(1,cols); - _lines = qMax(1,lins); - _usedColumns = qMin(_usedColumns,_columns); - _usedLines = qMin(_usedLines,_lines); - - if (_image) - { - delete[] _image; - makeImage(); - } - setSize(cols, lins); - QWidget::setFixedSize(_size); -} - -QSize TerminalDisplay::sizeHint() const -{ - return _size; -} - - -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Drag & Drop */ -/* */ -/* --------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -void TerminalDisplay::dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event) -{ - if (event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) - event->acceptProposedAction(); -} - -void TerminalDisplay::dropEvent(QDropEvent* event) -{ -// KUrl::List urls = KUrl::List::fromMimeData(event->mimeData()); - - QString dropText; -/* if (!urls.isEmpty()) - { - for ( int i = 0 ; i < urls.count() ; i++ ) - { - KUrl url = KIO::NetAccess::mostLocalUrl( urls[i] , 0 ); - QString urlText; - - if (url.isLocalFile()) - urlText = url.path(); - else - urlText = url.url(); - - // in future it may be useful to be able to insert file names with drag-and-drop - // without quoting them (this only affects paths with spaces in) - urlText = KShell::quoteArg(urlText); - - dropText += urlText; - - if ( i != urls.count()-1 ) - dropText += ' '; - } - } - else - { - dropText = event->mimeData()->text(); - } -*/ - if(event->mimeData()->hasFormat("text/plain")) - { - emit sendStringToEmu(dropText.toLocal8Bit()); - } -} - -void TerminalDisplay::doDrag() -{ - dragInfo.state = diDragging; - dragInfo.dragObject = new QDrag(this); - QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData; - mimeData->setText(QApplication::clipboard()->text(QClipboard::Selection)); - dragInfo.dragObject->setMimeData(mimeData); - dragInfo.dragObject->start(Qt::CopyAction); - // Don't delete the QTextDrag object. Qt will delete it when it's done with it. -} - -void TerminalDisplay::outputSuspended(bool suspended) -{ - //create the label when this function is first called - if (!_outputSuspendedLabel) - { - //This label includes a link to an English language website - //describing the 'flow control' (Xon/Xoff) feature found in almost - //all terminal emulators. - //If there isn't a suitable article available in the target language the link - //can simply be removed. - _outputSuspendedLabel = new QLabel( ("Output has been " - "suspended" - " by pressing Ctrl+S." - " Press Ctrl+Q to resume."), - this ); - - QPalette palette(_outputSuspendedLabel->palette()); - - palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::WindowText, QColor(Qt::white)); - palette.setColor(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window, QColor(Qt::black)); -// KColorScheme::adjustForeground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralText); -// KColorScheme::adjustBackground(palette,KColorScheme::NeutralBackground); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setPalette(palette); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setAutoFillBackground(true); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setBackgroundRole(QPalette::Base); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setFont(QApplication::font()); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setMargin(5); - - //enable activation of "Xon/Xoff" link in label - _outputSuspendedLabel->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::LinksAccessibleByMouse | - Qt::LinksAccessibleByKeyboard); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setOpenExternalLinks(true); - _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(false); - - _gridLayout->addWidget(_outputSuspendedLabel); - _gridLayout->addItem( new QSpacerItem(0,0,QSizePolicy::Expanding, - QSizePolicy::Expanding), - 1,0); - - } - - _outputSuspendedLabel->setVisible(suspended); -} - -uint TerminalDisplay::lineSpacing() const -{ - return _lineSpacing; -} - -void TerminalDisplay::setLineSpacing(uint i) -{ - _lineSpacing = i; - setVTFont(font()); // Trigger an update. -} - -//#include "moc_TerminalDisplay.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h b/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6b3c6d8..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/TerminalDisplay.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,754 +0,0 @@ -/* - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef TERMINALDISPLAY_H -#define TERMINALDISPLAY_H - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "Filter.h" -#include "Character.h" -#include "ColorTables.h" - -class QDrag; -class QDragEnterEvent; -class QDropEvent; -class QLabel; -class QTimer; -class QEvent; -class QFrame; -class QGridLayout; -class QKeyEvent; -class QScrollBar; -class QShowEvent; -class QHideEvent; -class QWidget; - -//class KMenu; - -namespace Konsole -{ - -extern unsigned short vt100_graphics[32]; - -class ScreenWindow; - -/** - * A widget which displays output from a terminal emulation and sends input keypresses and mouse activity - * to the terminal. - * - * When the terminal emulation receives new output from the program running in the terminal, - * it will update the display by calling updateImage(). - * - * TODO More documentation - */ -class TerminalDisplay : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** Constructs a new terminal display widget with the specified parent. */ - TerminalDisplay(QWidget *parent=0); - virtual ~TerminalDisplay(); - - /** Returns the terminal color palette used by the display. */ - const ColorEntry* colorTable() const; - /** Sets the terminal color palette used by the display. */ - void setColorTable(const ColorEntry table[]); - /** - * Sets the seed used to generate random colors for the display - * (in color schemes that support them). - */ - void setRandomSeed(uint seed); - /** - * Returns the seed used to generate random colors for the display - * (in color schemes that support them). - */ - uint randomSeed() const; - - /** Sets the opacity of the terminal display. */ - void setOpacity(qreal opacity); - - /** - * This enum describes the location where the scroll bar is positioned in the display widget. - */ - enum ScrollBarPosition - { - /** Do not show the scroll bar. */ - NoScrollBar=0, - /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */ - ScrollBarLeft=1, - /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */ - ScrollBarRight=2 - }; - /** - * Specifies whether the terminal display has a vertical scroll bar, and if so whether it - * is shown on the left or right side of the display. - */ - void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition position); - - /** - * Sets the current position and range of the display's scroll bar. - * - * @param cursor The position of the scroll bar's thumb. - * @param lines The maximum value of the scroll bar. - */ - void setScroll(int cursor, int lines); - - /** - * Returns the display's filter chain. When the image for the display is updated, - * the text is passed through each filter in the chain. Each filter can define - * hotspots which correspond to certain strings (such as URLs or particular words). - * Depending on the type of the hotspots created by the filter ( returned by Filter::Hotspot::type() ) - * the view will draw visual cues such as underlines on mouse-over for links or translucent - * rectangles for markers. - * - * To add a new filter to the view, call: - * viewWidget->filterChain()->addFilter( filterObject ); - */ - FilterChain* filterChain() const; - - /** - * Updates the filters in the display's filter chain. This will cause - * the hotspots to be updated to match the current image. - * - * WARNING: This function can be expensive depending on the - * image size and number of filters in the filterChain() - * - * TODO - This API does not really allow efficient usage. Revise it so - * that the processing can be done in a better way. - * - * eg: - * - Area of interest may be known ( eg. mouse cursor hovering - * over an area ) - */ - void processFilters(); - - /** - * Returns a list of menu actions created by the filters for the content - * at the given @p position. - */ - QList filterActions(const QPoint& position); - - /** Returns true if the cursor is set to blink or false otherwise. */ - bool blinkingCursor() { return _hasBlinkingCursor; } - /** Specifies whether or not the cursor blinks. */ - void setBlinkingCursor(bool blink); - - void setCtrlDrag(bool enable) { _ctrlDrag=enable; } - bool ctrlDrag() { return _ctrlDrag; } - - /** - * This enum describes the methods for selecting text when - * the user triple-clicks within the display. - */ - enum TripleClickMode - { - /** Select the whole line underneath the cursor. */ - SelectWholeLine, - /** Select from the current cursor position to the end of the line. */ - SelectForwardsFromCursor - }; - /** Sets how the text is selected when the user triple clicks within the display. */ - void setTripleClickMode(TripleClickMode mode) { _tripleClickMode = mode; } - /** See setTripleClickSelectionMode() */ - TripleClickMode tripleClickMode() { return _tripleClickMode; } - - void setLineSpacing(uint); - uint lineSpacing() const; - - void emitSelection(bool useXselection,bool appendReturn); - - /** - * This enum describes the available shapes for the keyboard cursor. - * See setKeyboardCursorShape() - */ - enum KeyboardCursorShape - { - /** A rectangular block which covers the entire area of the cursor character. */ - BlockCursor, - /** - * A single flat line which occupies the space at the bottom of the cursor - * character's area. - */ - UnderlineCursor, - /** - * An cursor shaped like the capital letter 'I', similar to the IBeam - * cursor used in Qt/KDE text editors. - */ - IBeamCursor - }; - /** - * Sets the shape of the keyboard cursor. This is the cursor drawn - * at the position in the terminal where keyboard input will appear. - * - * In addition the terminal display widget also has a cursor for - * the mouse pointer, which can be set using the QWidget::setCursor() - * method. - * - * Defaults to BlockCursor - */ - void setKeyboardCursorShape(KeyboardCursorShape shape); - /** - * Returns the shape of the keyboard cursor. See setKeyboardCursorShape() - */ - KeyboardCursorShape keyboardCursorShape() const; - - /** - * Sets the color used to draw the keyboard cursor. - * - * The keyboard cursor defaults to using the foreground color of the character - * underneath it. - * - * @param useForegroundColor If true, the cursor color will change to match - * the foreground color of the character underneath it as it is moved, in this - * case, the @p color parameter is ignored and the color of the character - * under the cursor is inverted to ensure that it is still readable. - * @param color The color to use to draw the cursor. This is only taken into - * account if @p useForegroundColor is false. - */ - void setKeyboardCursorColor(bool useForegroundColor , const QColor& color); - - /** - * Returns the color of the keyboard cursor, or an invalid color if the keyboard - * cursor color is set to change according to the foreground color of the character - * underneath it. - */ - QColor keyboardCursorColor() const; - - /** - * Returns the number of lines of text which can be displayed in the widget. - * - * This will depend upon the height of the widget and the current font. - * See fontHeight() - */ - int lines() { return _lines; } - /** - * Returns the number of characters of text which can be displayed on - * each line in the widget. - * - * This will depend upon the width of the widget and the current font. - * See fontWidth() - */ - int columns() { return _columns; } - - /** - * Returns the height of the characters in the font used to draw the text in the display. - */ - int fontHeight() { return _fontHeight; } - /** - * Returns the width of the characters in the display. - * This assumes the use of a fixed-width font. - */ - int fontWidth() { return _fontWidth; } - - void setSize(int cols, int lins); - void setFixedSize(int cols, int lins); - - // reimplemented - QSize sizeHint() const; - - /** - * Sets which characters, in addition to letters and numbers, - * are regarded as being part of a word for the purposes - * of selecting words in the display by double clicking on them. - * - * The word boundaries occur at the first and last characters which - * are either a letter, number, or a character in @p wc - * - * @param wc An array of characters which are to be considered parts - * of a word ( in addition to letters and numbers ). - */ - void setWordCharacters(const QString& wc); - /** - * Returns the characters which are considered part of a word for the - * purpose of selecting words in the display with the mouse. - * - * @see setWordCharacters() - */ - QString wordCharacters() { return _wordCharacters; } - - /** - * Sets the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the - * terminal session. - * - * The terminal session can trigger the bell effect by calling bell() with - * the alert message. - */ - void setBellMode(int mode); - /** - * Returns the type of effect used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in - * the terminal session. - * - * See setBellMode() - */ - int bellMode() { return _bellMode; } - - /** - * This enum describes the different types of sounds and visual effects which - * can be used to alert the user when a 'bell' occurs in the terminal - * session. - */ - enum BellMode - { - /** A system beep. */ - SystemBeepBell=0, - /** - * KDE notification. This may play a sound, show a passive popup - * or perform some other action depending on the user's settings. - */ - NotifyBell=1, - /** A silent, visual bell (eg. inverting the display's colors briefly) */ - VisualBell=2, - /** No bell effects */ - NoBell=3 - }; - - void setSelection(const QString &t); - - /** - * Reimplemented. Has no effect. Use setVTFont() to change the font - * used to draw characters in the display. - */ - virtual void setFont(const QFont &); - - /** Returns the font used to draw characters in the display */ - QFont getVTFont() { return font(); } - - /** - * Sets the font used to draw the display. Has no effect if @p font - * is larger than the size of the display itself. - */ - void setVTFont(const QFont& font); - - /** - * Specified whether anti-aliasing of text in the terminal display - * is enabled or not. Defaults to enabled. - */ - static void setAntialias( bool antialias ) { _antialiasText = antialias; } - /** - * Returns true if anti-aliasing of text in the terminal is enabled. - */ - static bool antialias() { return _antialiasText; } - - /** - * Sets whether or not the current height and width of the - * terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget - * is being resized. - */ - void setTerminalSizeHint(bool on) { _terminalSizeHint=on; } - /** - * Returns whether or not the current height and width of - * the terminal in lines and columns is displayed whilst the widget - * is being resized. - */ - bool terminalSizeHint() { return _terminalSizeHint; } - /** - * Sets whether the terminal size display is shown briefly - * after the widget is first shown. - * - * See setTerminalSizeHint() , isTerminalSizeHint() - */ - void setTerminalSizeStartup(bool on) { _terminalSizeStartup=on; } - - void setBidiEnabled(bool set) { _bidiEnabled=set; } - bool isBidiEnabled() { return _bidiEnabled; } - - /** - * Sets the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. - * When updateImage() is called, the display fetches the latest character image from the - * the associated terminal screen window. - * - * In terms of the model-view paradigm, the ScreenWindow is the model which is rendered - * by the TerminalDisplay. - */ - void setScreenWindow( ScreenWindow* window ); - /** Returns the terminal screen section which is displayed in this widget. See setScreenWindow() */ - ScreenWindow* screenWindow() const; - - static bool HAVE_TRANSPARENCY; - -public slots: - - /** - * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest character image from the associated - * terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ) and redraw the display. - */ - void updateImage(); - /** - * Causes the terminal display to fetch the latest line status flags from the - * associated terminal screen ( see setScreenWindow() ). - */ - void updateLineProperties(); - - /** Copies the selected text to the clipboard. */ - void copyClipboard(); - /** - * Pastes the content of the clipboard into the - * display. - */ - void pasteClipboard(); - /** - * Pastes the content of the selection into the - * display. - */ - void pasteSelection(); - - /** - * Changes whether the flow control warning box should be shown when the flow control - * stop key (Ctrl+S) are pressed. - */ - void setFlowControlWarningEnabled(bool enabled); - - /** - * Causes the widget to display or hide a message informing the user that terminal - * output has been suspended (by using the flow control key combination Ctrl+S) - * - * @param suspended True if terminal output has been suspended and the warning message should - * be shown or false to indicate that terminal output has been resumed and that - * the warning message should disappear. - */ - void outputSuspended(bool suspended); - - /** - * Sets whether the program whoose output is being displayed in the view - * is interested in mouse events. - * - * If this is set to true, mouse signals will be emitted by the view when the user clicks, drags - * or otherwise moves the mouse inside the view. - * The user interaction needed to create selections will also change, and the user will be required - * to hold down the shift key to create a selection or perform other mouse activities inside the - * view area - since the program running in the terminal is being allowed to handle normal mouse - * events itself. - * - * @param usesMouse Set to true if the program running in the terminal is interested in mouse events - * or false otherwise. - */ - void setUsesMouse(bool usesMouse); - - /** See setUsesMouse() */ - bool usesMouse() const; - - /** - * Shows a notification that a bell event has occurred in the terminal. - * TODO: More documentation here - */ - void bell(const QString& message); - -signals: - - /** - * Emitted when the user presses a key whilst the terminal widget has focus. - */ - void keyPressedSignal(QKeyEvent *e); - - /** - * Emitted when the user presses the suspend or resume flow control key combinations - * - * @param suspend true if the user pressed Ctrl+S (the suspend output key combination) or - * false if the user pressed Ctrl+Q (the resume output key combination) - */ - void flowControlKeyPressed(bool suspend); - - /** - * A mouse event occurred. - * @param button The mouse button (0 for left button, 1 for middle button, 2 for right button, 3 for release) - * @param column The character column where the event occurred - * @param line The character row where the event occurred - * @param eventType The type of event. 0 for a mouse press / release or 1 for mouse motion - */ - void mouseSignal(int button, int column, int line, int eventType); - void changedFontMetricSignal(int height, int width); - void changedContentSizeSignal(int height, int width); - - /** - * Emitted when the user right clicks on the display, or right-clicks with the Shift - * key held down if usesMouse() is true. - * - * This can be used to display a context menu. - */ - void configureRequest( TerminalDisplay*, int state, const QPoint& position ); - - void isBusySelecting(bool); - void sendStringToEmu(const char*); - -protected: - virtual bool event( QEvent * ); - - virtual void paintEvent( QPaintEvent * ); - - virtual void showEvent(QShowEvent*); - virtual void hideEvent(QHideEvent*); - virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*); - - virtual void fontChange(const QFont &font); - - virtual void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event); - virtual void mouseDoubleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); - virtual void mousePressEvent( QMouseEvent* ); - virtual void mouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent* ); - virtual void mouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent* ); - virtual void extendSelection( const QPoint& pos ); - virtual void wheelEvent( QWheelEvent* ); - - virtual bool focusNextPrevChild( bool next ); - - // drag and drop - virtual void dragEnterEvent(QDragEnterEvent* event); - virtual void dropEvent(QDropEvent* event); - void doDrag(); - enum DragState { diNone, diPending, diDragging }; - - struct _dragInfo { - DragState state; - QPoint start; - QDrag *dragObject; - } dragInfo; - - virtual int charClass(quint16) const; - - void clearImage(); - - void mouseTripleClickEvent(QMouseEvent* ev); - - // reimplemented - virtual void inputMethodEvent ( QInputMethodEvent* event ); - virtual QVariant inputMethodQuery( Qt::InputMethodQuery query ) const; - -protected slots: - - void scrollBarPositionChanged(int value); - void blinkEvent(); - void blinkCursorEvent(); - - //Renables bell noises and visuals. Used to disable further bells for a short period of time - //after emitting the first in a sequence of bell events. - void enableBell(); - -private slots: - - void swapColorTable(); - void tripleClickTimeout(); // resets possibleTripleClick - -private: - - // -- Drawing helpers -- - - // divides the part of the display specified by 'rect' into - // fragments according to their colors and styles and calls - // drawTextFragment() to draw the fragments - void drawContents(QPainter &paint, const QRect &rect); - // draws a section of text, all the text in this section - // has a common color and style - void drawTextFragment(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, - const QString& text, const Character* style); - // draws the background for a text fragment - // if useOpacitySetting is true then the color's alpha value will be set to - // the display's transparency (set with setOpacity()), otherwise the background - // will be drawn fully opaque - void drawBackground(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QColor& color, - bool useOpacitySetting); - // draws the cursor character - void drawCursor(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect , const QColor& foregroundColor, - const QColor& backgroundColor , bool& invertColors); - // draws the characters or line graphics in a text fragment - void drawCharacters(QPainter& painter, const QRect& rect, const QString& text, - const Character* style, bool invertCharacterColor); - // draws a string of line graphics - void drawLineCharString(QPainter& painter, int x, int y, - const QString& str, const Character* attributes); - - // draws the preedit string for input methods - void drawInputMethodPreeditString(QPainter& painter , const QRect& rect); - - // -- - - // maps an area in the character image to an area on the widget - QRect imageToWidget(const QRect& imageArea) const; - - // maps a point on the widget to the position ( ie. line and column ) - // of the character at that point. - void getCharacterPosition(const QPoint& widgetPoint,int& line,int& column) const; - - // the area where the preedit string for input methods will be draw - QRect preeditRect() const; - - // shows a notification window in the middle of the widget indicating the terminal's - // current size in columns and lines - void showResizeNotification(); - - // scrolls the image by a number of lines. - // 'lines' may be positive ( to scroll the image down ) - // or negative ( to scroll the image up ) - // 'region' is the part of the image to scroll - currently only - // the top, bottom and height of 'region' are taken into account, - // the left and right are ignored. - void scrollImage(int lines , const QRect& region); - - void calcGeometry(); - void propagateSize(); - void updateImageSize(); - void makeImage(); - - void paintFilters(QPainter& painter); - - // returns a region covering all of the areas of the widget which contain - // a hotspot - QRegion hotSpotRegion() const; - - // returns the position of the cursor in columns and lines - QPoint cursorPosition() const; - - // the window onto the terminal screen which this display - // is currently showing. - QPointer _screenWindow; - - bool _allowBell; - - QGridLayout* _gridLayout; - - bool _fixedFont; // has fixed pitch - int _fontHeight; // height - int _fontWidth; // width - int _fontAscent; // ascend - - int _leftMargin; // offset - int _topMargin; // offset - - int _lines; // the number of lines that can be displayed in the widget - int _columns; // the number of columns that can be displayed in the widget - - int _usedLines; // the number of lines that are actually being used, this will be less - // than 'lines' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller - // than the maximum image size which can be displayed - - int _usedColumns; // the number of columns that are actually being used, this will be less - // than 'columns' if the character image provided with setImage() is smaller - // than the maximum image size which can be displayed - - int _contentHeight; - int _contentWidth; - Character* _image; // [lines][columns] - // only the area [usedLines][usedColumns] in the image contains valid data - - int _imageSize; - QVector _lineProperties; - - ColorEntry _colorTable[TABLE_COLORS]; - uint _randomSeed; - - bool _resizing; - bool _terminalSizeHint; - bool _terminalSizeStartup; - bool _bidiEnabled; - bool _mouseMarks; - - QPoint _iPntSel; // initial selection point - QPoint _pntSel; // current selection point - QPoint _tripleSelBegin; // help avoid flicker - int _actSel; // selection state - bool _wordSelectionMode; - bool _lineSelectionMode; - bool _preserveLineBreaks; - bool _columnSelectionMode; - - QClipboard* _clipboard; - QScrollBar* _scrollBar; - ScrollBarPosition _scrollbarLocation; - QString _wordCharacters; - int _bellMode; - - bool _blinking; // hide text in paintEvent - bool _hasBlinker; // has characters to blink - bool _cursorBlinking; // hide cursor in paintEvent - bool _hasBlinkingCursor; // has blinking cursor enabled - bool _ctrlDrag; // require Ctrl key for drag - TripleClickMode _tripleClickMode; - bool _isFixedSize; //Columns / lines are locked. - QTimer* _blinkTimer; // active when hasBlinker - QTimer* _blinkCursorTimer; // active when hasBlinkingCursor - -// KMenu* _drop; - QString _dropText; - int _dndFileCount; - - bool _possibleTripleClick; // is set in mouseDoubleClickEvent and deleted - // after QApplication::doubleClickInterval() delay - - - QLabel* _resizeWidget; - QTimer* _resizeTimer; - - bool _flowControlWarningEnabled; - - //widgets related to the warning message that appears when the user presses Ctrl+S to suspend - //terminal output - informing them what has happened and how to resume output - QLabel* _outputSuspendedLabel; - - uint _lineSpacing; - - bool _colorsInverted; // true during visual bell - - QSize _size; - - QRgb _blendColor; - - // list of filters currently applied to the display. used for links and - // search highlight - TerminalImageFilterChain* _filterChain; - QRect _mouseOverHotspotArea; - - KeyboardCursorShape _cursorShape; - - // custom cursor color. if this is invalid then the foreground - // color of the character under the cursor is used - QColor _cursorColor; - - - struct InputMethodData - { - QString preeditString; - QRect previousPreeditRect; - }; - InputMethodData _inputMethodData; - - static bool _antialiasText; // do we antialias or not - - //the delay in milliseconds between redrawing blinking text - static const int BLINK_DELAY = 500; - static const int DEFAULT_LEFT_MARGIN = 1; - static const int DEFAULT_TOP_MARGIN = 1; - -public: - static void setTransparencyEnabled(bool enable) - { - HAVE_TRANSPARENCY = enable; - } -}; - -} - -#endif // TERMINALDISPLAY_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 029abbf..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1266 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -// Own -#include "Vt102Emulation.h" - -//#include - - -#if defined(__osf__) || defined(__APPLE__) -#define AVOID_XKB -#endif - -// this allows konsole to be compiled without XKB and XTEST extensions -// even though it might be available on a particular system. -#if defined(AVOID_XKB) -#undef HAVE_XKB -#endif - -// Standard -#include -#include -#include - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// KDE -//#include -//#include - -// Konsole -#include "KeyboardTranslator.h" -#include "Screen.h" - -#if defined(HAVE_XKB) -void scrolllock_set_off(); -void scrolllock_set_on(); -#endif - -using namespace Konsole; - -/* VT102 Terminal Emulation - - This class puts together the screens, the pty and the widget to a - complete terminal emulation. Beside combining it's componentes, it - handles the emulations's protocol. - - This module consists of the following sections: - - - Constructor/Destructor - - Incoming Bytes Event pipeline - - Outgoing Bytes - - Mouse Events - - Keyboard Events - - Modes and Charset State - - Diagnostics -*/ - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Constructor / Destructor */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - - -Vt102Emulation::Vt102Emulation() - : Emulation(), - _titleUpdateTimer(new QTimer(this)) -{ - _titleUpdateTimer->setSingleShot(true); - - QObject::connect(_titleUpdateTimer , SIGNAL(timeout()) , this , SLOT(updateTitle())); - - initTokenizer(); - reset(); -} - -Vt102Emulation::~Vt102Emulation() -{ -} - -void Vt102Emulation::clearEntireScreen() -{ - _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen(); - - bufferedUpdate(); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::reset() -{ - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetToken()"; - resetToken(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetModes()"; - resetModes(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; - resetCharset(0); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset screen0()"; - _screen[0]->reset(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() resetCharSet()"; - resetCharset(1); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() reset _screen 1"; - _screen[1]->reset(); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() setCodec()"; - setCodec(LocaleCodec); - //kDebug(1211)<<"Vt102Emulation::reset() done"; - - bufferedUpdate(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Processing the incoming byte stream */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Incoming Bytes Event pipeline - - This section deals with decoding the incoming character stream. - Decoding means here, that the stream is first separated into `tokens' - which are then mapped to a `meaning' provided as operations by the - `Screen' class or by the emulation class itself. - - The pipeline proceeds as follows: - - - Tokenizing the ESC codes (onReceiveChar) - - VT100 code page translation of plain characters (applyCharset) - - Interpretation of ESC codes (tau) - - The escape codes and their meaning are described in the - technical reference of this program. -*/ - -// Tokens ------------------------------------------------------------------ -- - -/* - Since the tokens are the central notion if this section, we've put them - in front. They provide the syntactical elements used to represent the - terminals operations as byte sequences. - - They are encodes here into a single machine word, so that we can later - switch over them easily. Depending on the token itself, additional - argument variables are filled with parameter values. - - The tokens are defined below: - - - CHR - Printable characters (32..255 but DEL (=127)) - - CTL - Control characters (0..31 but ESC (= 27), DEL) - - ESC - Escape codes of the form - - ESC_DE - Escape codes of the form C - - CSI_PN - Escape codes of the form '[' {Pn} ';' {Pn} C - - CSI_PS - Escape codes of the form '[' {Pn} ';' ... C - - CSI_PR - Escape codes of the form '[' '?' {Pn} ';' ... C - - CSI_PE - Escape codes of the form '[' '!' {Pn} ';' ... C - - VT52 - VT52 escape codes - - - - 'Y'{Pc}{Pc} - - XTE_HA - Xterm hacks `]' {Pn} `;' {Text} - note that this is handled differently - - The last two forms allow list of arguments. Since the elements of - the lists are treated individually the same way, they are passed - as individual tokens to the interpretation. Further, because the - meaning of the parameters are names (althought represented as numbers), - they are includes within the token ('N'). - -*/ - -#define TY_CONSTR(T,A,N) ( ((((int)N) & 0xffff) << 16) | ((((int)A) & 0xff) << 8) | (((int)T) & 0xff) ) - -#define TY_CHR( ) TY_CONSTR(0,0,0) -#define TY_CTL(A ) TY_CONSTR(1,A,0) -#define TY_ESC(A ) TY_CONSTR(2,A,0) -#define TY_ESC_CS(A,B) TY_CONSTR(3,A,B) -#define TY_ESC_DE(A ) TY_CONSTR(4,A,0) -#define TY_CSI_PS(A,N) TY_CONSTR(5,A,N) -#define TY_CSI_PN(A ) TY_CONSTR(6,A,0) -#define TY_CSI_PR(A,N) TY_CONSTR(7,A,N) - -#define TY_VT52(A ) TY_CONSTR(8,A,0) - -#define TY_CSI_PG(A ) TY_CONSTR(9,A,0) - -#define TY_CSI_PE(A ) TY_CONSTR(10,A,0) - -// Tokenizer --------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -/* The tokenizers state - - The state is represented by the buffer (pbuf, ppos), - and accompanied by decoded arguments kept in (argv,argc). - Note that they are kept internal in the tokenizer. -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::resetToken() -{ - ppos = 0; argc = 0; argv[0] = 0; argv[1] = 0; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::addDigit(int dig) -{ - argv[argc] = 10*argv[argc] + dig; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::addArgument() -{ - argc = qMin(argc+1,MAXARGS-1); - argv[argc] = 0; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::pushToToken(int cc) -{ - pbuf[ppos] = cc; - ppos = qMin(ppos+1,MAXPBUF-1); -} - -// Character Classes used while decoding - -#define CTL 1 -#define CHR 2 -#define CPN 4 -#define DIG 8 -#define SCS 16 -#define GRP 32 -#define CPS 64 - -void Vt102Emulation::initTokenizer() -{ int i; quint8* s; - for(i = 0; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] = 0; - for(i = 0; i < 32; i++) tbl[ i] |= CTL; - for(i = 32; i < 256; i++) tbl[ i] |= CHR; - for(s = (quint8*)"@ABCDGHILMPSTXZcdfry"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPN; -// resize = \e[8;;t - for(s = (quint8*)"t"; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= CPS; - for(s = (quint8*)"0123456789" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= DIG; - for(s = (quint8*)"()+*%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= SCS; - for(s = (quint8*)"()+*#[]%" ; *s; s++) tbl[*s] |= GRP; - resetToken(); -} - -/* Ok, here comes the nasty part of the decoder. - - Instead of keeping an explicit state, we deduce it from the - token scanned so far. It is then immediately combined with - the current character to form a scanning decision. - - This is done by the following defines. - - - P is the length of the token scanned so far. - - L (often P-1) is the position on which contents we base a decision. - - C is a character or a group of characters (taken from 'tbl'). - - Note that they need to applied in proper order. -*/ - -#define lec(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[(L)] == (C)) -#define lun( ) (p == 1 && cc >= 32 ) -#define les(P,L,C) (p == (P) && s[L] < 256 && (tbl[s[(L)]] & (C)) == (C)) -#define eec(C) (p >= 3 && cc == (C)) -#define ees(C) (p >= 3 && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) -#define eps(C) (p >= 3 && s[2] != '?' && s[2] != '!' && s[2] != '>' && cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C)) -#define epp( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '?' ) -#define epe( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '!' ) -#define egt( ) (p >= 3 && s[2] == '>' ) -#define Xpe (ppos>=2 && pbuf[1] == ']' ) -#define Xte (Xpe && cc == 7 ) -#define ces(C) ( cc < 256 && (tbl[ cc ] & (C)) == (C) && !Xte) - -#define ESC 27 -#define CNTL(c) ((c)-'@') - -// process an incoming unicode character - -void Vt102Emulation::receiveChar(int cc) -{ - int i; - if (cc == 127) return; //VT100: ignore. - - if (ces( CTL)) - { // DEC HACK ALERT! Control Characters are allowed *within* esc sequences in VT100 - // This means, they do neither a resetToken nor a pushToToken. Some of them, do - // of course. Guess this originates from a weakly layered handling of the X-on - // X-off protocol, which comes really below this level. - if (cc == CNTL('X') || cc == CNTL('Z') || cc == ESC) resetToken(); //VT100: CAN or SUB - if (cc != ESC) { tau( TY_CTL(cc+'@' ), 0, 0); return; } - } - - pushToToken(cc); // advance the state - - int* s = pbuf; - int p = ppos; - - if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) // decide on proper action - { - if (lec(1,0,ESC)) { return; } - if (lec(1,0,ESC+128)) { s[0] = ESC; receiveChar('['); return; } - if (les(2,1,GRP)) { return; } - if (Xte ) { XtermHack(); resetToken(); return; } - if (Xpe ) { return; } - if (lec(3,2,'?')) { return; } - if (lec(3,2,'>')) { return; } - if (lec(3,2,'!')) { return; } - if (lun( )) { tau( TY_CHR(), applyCharset(cc), 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (lec(2,0,ESC)) { tau( TY_ESC(s[1]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (les(3,1,SCS)) { tau( TY_ESC_CS(s[1],s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (lec(3,1,'#')) { tau( TY_ESC_DE(s[2]), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (eps( CPN)) { tau( TY_CSI_PN(cc), argv[0],argv[1]); resetToken(); return; } - -// resize = \e[8;;t - if (eps( CPS)) { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[0]), argv[1], argv[2]); resetToken(); return; } - - if (epe( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PE(cc), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (ees( DIG)) { addDigit(cc-'0'); return; } - if (eec( ';')) { addArgument(); return; } - for (i=0;i<=argc;i++) - if ( epp( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PR(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } - else if(egt( )) { tau( TY_CSI_PG(cc ), 0, 0); } // spec. case for ESC]>0c or ESC]>c - else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 4 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 2) - { // ESC[ ... 48;2;;; ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;2;;; ... m - i += 2; - tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_RGB, (argv[i] << 16) | (argv[i+1] << 8) | argv[i+2]); - i += 2; - } - else if (cc == 'm' && argc - i >= 2 && (argv[i] == 38 || argv[i] == 48) && argv[i+1] == 5) - { // ESC[ ... 48;5; ... m -or- ESC[ ... 38;5; ... m - i += 2; - tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc, argv[i-2]), COLOR_SPACE_256, argv[i]); - } - else { tau( TY_CSI_PS(cc,argv[i]), 0, 0); } - resetToken(); - } - else // mode VT52 - { - if (lec(1,0,ESC)) return; - if (les(1,0,CHR)) { tau( TY_CHR( ), s[0], 0); resetToken(); return; } - if (lec(2,1,'Y')) return; - if (lec(3,1,'Y')) return; - if (p < 4) { tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), 0, 0); resetToken(); return; } - tau( TY_VT52(s[1] ), s[2],s[3]); resetToken(); return; - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::XtermHack() -{ int i,arg = 0; - for (i = 2; i < ppos && '0'<=pbuf[i] && pbuf[i]<'9' ; i++) - arg = 10*arg + (pbuf[i]-'0'); - if (pbuf[i] != ';') { ReportErrorToken(); return; } - QChar *str = new QChar[ppos-i-2]; - for (int j = 0; j < ppos-i-2; j++) str[j] = pbuf[i+1+j]; - QString unistr(str,ppos-i-2); - - // arg == 1 doesn't change the title. In XTerm it only changes the icon name - // (btw: arg=0 changes title and icon, arg=1 only icon, arg=2 only title -// emit changeTitle(arg,unistr); - _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] = unistr; - _titleUpdateTimer->start(20); - - delete [] str; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::updateTitle() -{ - QListIterator iter( _pendingTitleUpdates.keys() ); - while (iter.hasNext()) { - int arg = iter.next(); - emit titleChanged( arg , _pendingTitleUpdates[arg] ); - } - - _pendingTitleUpdates.clear(); -} - -// Interpreting Codes --------------------------------------------------------- - -/* - Now that the incoming character stream is properly tokenized, - meaning is assigned to them. These are either operations of - the current _screen, or of the emulation class itself. - - The token to be interpreteted comes in as a machine word - possibly accompanied by two parameters. - - Likewise, the operations assigned to, come with up to two - arguments. One could consider to make up a proper table - from the function below. - - The technical reference manual provides more information - about this mapping. -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::tau( int token, int p, int q ) -{ -#if 0 -int N = (token>>0)&0xff; -int A = (token>>8)&0xff; -switch( N ) -{ - case 0: printf("%c", (p < 128) ? p : '?'); - break; - case 1: if (A == 'J') printf("\r"); - else if (A == 'M') printf("\n"); - else printf("CTL-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 2: printf("ESC-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 3: printf("ESC_CS-%c-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff); - break; - case 4: printf("ESC_DE-%c ", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 5: printf("CSI-PS-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); - break; - case 6: printf("CSI-PN-%c [%d]", (token>>8)&0xff, p); - break; - case 7: printf("CSI-PR-%c-%d", (token>>8)&0xff, (token>>16)&0xff ); - break; - case 8: printf("VT52-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 9: printf("CSI-PG-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; - case 10: printf("CSI-PE-%c", (token>>8)&0xff); - break; -} -#endif - - switch (token) - { - - case TY_CHR( ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter (p ); break; //UTF16 - - // 127 DEL : ignored on input - - case TY_CTL('@' ) : /* NUL: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('A' ) : /* SOH: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('B' ) : /* STX: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('C' ) : /* ETX: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('D' ) : /* EOT: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('E' ) : reportAnswerBack ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('F' ) : /* ACK: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('G' ) : emit stateSet(NOTIFYBELL); - break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('H' ) : _currentScreen->BackSpace ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('J' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('K' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('L' ) : _currentScreen->NewLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('M' ) : _currentScreen->Return ( ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CTL('N' ) : useCharset ( 1); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('O' ) : useCharset ( 0); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CTL('P' ) : /* DLE: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('Q' ) : /* DC1: XON continue */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('R' ) : /* DC2: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('S' ) : /* DC3: XOFF halt */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('T' ) : /* DC4: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('U' ) : /* NAK: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('V' ) : /* SYN: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('W' ) : /* ETB: ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('X' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('Y' ) : /* EM : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('Z' ) : _currentScreen->ShowCharacter ( 0x2592); break; //VT100 - case TY_CTL('[' ) : /* ESC: cannot be seen here. */ break; - case TY_CTL('\\' ) : /* FS : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL(']' ) : /* GS : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('^' ) : /* RS : ignored */ break; - case TY_CTL('_' ) : /* US : ignored */ break; - - case TY_ESC('D' ) : _currentScreen->index ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('E' ) : _currentScreen->NextLine ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('H' ) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (true ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('M' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; - case TY_ESC('c' ) : reset ( ); break; - - case TY_ESC('n' ) : useCharset ( 2); break; - case TY_ESC('o' ) : useCharset ( 3); break; - case TY_ESC('7' ) : saveCursor ( ); break; - case TY_ESC('8' ) : restoreCursor ( ); break; - - case TY_ESC('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; - case TY_ESC('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; - case TY_ESC('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('(', '0') : setCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'A') : setCharset (0, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('(', 'B') : setCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS(')', '0') : setCharset (1, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'A') : setCharset (1, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS(')', 'B') : setCharset (1, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('*', '0') : setCharset (2, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'A') : setCharset (2, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('*', 'B') : setCharset (2, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('+', '0') : setCharset (3, '0'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'A') : setCharset (3, 'A'); break; //VT100 - case TY_ESC_CS('+', 'B') : setCharset (3, 'B'); break; //VT100 - - case TY_ESC_CS('%', 'G') : setCodec (Utf8Codec ); break; //LINUX - case TY_ESC_CS('%', '@') : setCodec (LocaleCodec ); break; //LINUX - - case TY_ESC_DE('3' ) : /* Double height line, top half */ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('4' ) : /* Double height line, bottom half */ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true ); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , true ); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('5' ) : /* Single width, single height line*/ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , false); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('6' ) : /* Double width, single height line*/ - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEWIDTH , true); - _currentScreen->setLineProperty( LINE_DOUBLEHEIGHT , false); - break; - case TY_ESC_DE('8' ) : _currentScreen->helpAlign ( ); break; - -// resize = \e[8;;t - case TY_CSI_PS('t', 8) : setImageSize( q /* colums */, p /* lines */ ); break; - -// change tab text color : \e[28;t color: 0-16,777,215 - case TY_CSI_PS('t', 28) : emit changeTabTextColorRequest ( p ); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('K', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('K', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfLine ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('K', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireLine ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('J', 0) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('J', 1) : _currentScreen->clearToBeginOfScreen ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('J', 2) : _currentScreen->clearEntireScreen ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('g', 0) : _currentScreen->changeTabStop (false ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('g', 3) : _currentScreen->clearTabStops ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('h', 4) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Insert ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('h', 20) : setMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('i', 0) : /* IGNORE: attached printer */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('l', 4) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Insert ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('l', 20) : resetMode (MODE_NewLine ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('s', 0) : saveCursor ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('u', 0) : restoreCursor ( ); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 0) : _currentScreen->setDefaultRendition ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 1) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 4) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 5) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 7) : _currentScreen-> setRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 10) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 11) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 12) : /* IGNORED: mapping related */ break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 22) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BOLD ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 24) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_UNDERLINE); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 25) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_BLINK ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 27) : _currentScreen->resetRendition (RE_REVERSE ); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 30) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 31) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 32) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 33) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 34) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 35) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 36) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 37) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 38) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (p, q); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 39) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 0); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 40) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 0); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 41) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 1); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 42) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 2); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 43) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 3); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 44) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 4); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 45) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 5); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 46) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 6); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 47) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 7); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 48) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (p, q); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 49) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_DEFAULT, 1); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 90) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 91) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 92) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 93) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 94) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 95) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 96) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 97) : _currentScreen->setForeColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 100) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 8); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 101) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 9); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 102) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 10); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 103) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 11); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 104) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 12); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 105) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 13); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 106) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 14); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('m', 107) : _currentScreen->setBackColor (COLOR_SPACE_SYSTEM, 15); break; - - case TY_CSI_PS('n', 5) : reportStatus ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('n', 6) : reportCursorPosition ( ); break; - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 0) : /* IGNORED: LEDs off */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 1) : /* IGNORED: LED1 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 2) : /* IGNORED: LED2 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 3) : /* IGNORED: LED3 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('q', 4) : /* IGNORED: LED4 on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('x', 0) : reportTerminalParms ( 2); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PS('x', 1) : reportTerminalParms ( 3); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PN('@' ) : _currentScreen->insertChars (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft (p ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('G' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorX (p ); break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PN('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('I' ) : _currentScreen->Tabulate (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('L' ) : _currentScreen->insertLines (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('M' ) : _currentScreen->deleteLines (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('P' ) : _currentScreen->deleteChars (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('S' ) : _currentScreen->scrollUp (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('T' ) : _currentScreen->scrollDown (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('X' ) : _currentScreen->eraseChars (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('Z' ) : _currentScreen->backTabulate (p ); break; - case TY_CSI_PN('c' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('d' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorY (p ); break; //LINUX - case TY_CSI_PN('f' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p, q); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('r' ) : setMargins (p, q); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PN('y' ) : /* IGNORED: Confidence test */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1) : setMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1) : resetMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1) : saveMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1) : restoreMode (MODE_AppCuKeys); break; //FIXME - - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 2) : resetMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(132); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 3) : clearScreenAndSetColumns(80); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 4) : /* IGNORED: soft scrolling */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 5) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 5) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Screen ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 6) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 6) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 6) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 6) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Origin ); break; //FIXME - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 7) : _currentScreen-> setMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 7) : _currentScreen-> resetMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 7) : _currentScreen-> saveMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 7) : _currentScreen->restoreMode (MODE_Wrap ); break; //FIXME - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat on */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 8) : /* IGNORED: autorepeat off */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 9) : /* IGNORED: interlace */ break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 12) : /* IGNORED: Cursor blink */ break; //att610 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 25) : setMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 25) : resetMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 25) : saveMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 25) : restoreMode (MODE_Cursor ); break; //VT100 - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 41) : /* IGNORED: obsolete more(1) fix */ break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 47) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 47) : resetMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //VT100 - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 47) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 47) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 67) : /* IGNORED: DECBKM */ break; //XTERM - - // XTerm defines the following modes: - // SET_VT200_MOUSE 1000 - // SET_VT200_HIGHLIGHT_MOUSE 1001 - // SET_BTN_EVENT_MOUSE 1002 - // SET_ANY_EVENT_MOUSE 1003 - // - - //Note about mouse modes: - //There are four mouse modes which xterm-compatible terminals can support - 1000,1001,1002,1003 - //Konsole currently supports mode 1000 (basic mouse press and release) and mode 1002 (dragging the mouse). - //TODO: Implementation of mouse modes 1001 (something called hilight tracking) and - //1003 (a slight variation on dragging the mouse) - // - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1000) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1000) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1000) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1000) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1000); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1001) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1001); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1001) : /* IGNORED: hilite mouse tracking */ break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1002) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1002) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1002) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1002) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1002); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1003) : setMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1003) : resetMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1003) : saveMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1003) : restoreMode (MODE_Mouse1003); break; //XTERM - - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1047) : setMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1047) : _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1047) : saveMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1047) : restoreMode (MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - - //FIXME: Unitoken: save translations - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('s', 1048) : saveCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('r', 1048) : restoreCursor ( ); break; //XTERM - - //FIXME: every once new sequences like this pop up in xterm. - // Here's a guess of what they could mean. - case TY_CSI_PR('h', 1049) : saveCursor(); _screen[1]->clearEntireScreen(); setMode(MODE_AppScreen); break; //XTERM - case TY_CSI_PR('l', 1049) : resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); restoreCursor(); break; //XTERM - - //FIXME: weird DEC reset sequence - case TY_CSI_PE('p' ) : /* IGNORED: reset ( ) */ break; - - //FIXME: when changing between vt52 and ansi mode evtl do some resetting. - case TY_VT52('A' ) : _currentScreen->cursorUp ( 1); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('B' ) : _currentScreen->cursorDown ( 1); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('C' ) : _currentScreen->cursorRight ( 1); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('D' ) : _currentScreen->cursorLeft ( 1); break; //VT52 - - case TY_VT52('F' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, '0'); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('G' ) : setAndUseCharset (0, 'B'); break; //VT52 - - case TY_VT52('H' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (1,1 ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('I' ) : _currentScreen->reverseIndex ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('J' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfScreen ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('K' ) : _currentScreen->clearToEndOfLine ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('Y' ) : _currentScreen->setCursorYX (p-31,q-31 ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('Z' ) : reportTerminalType ( ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('<' ) : setMode (MODE_Ansi ); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('=' ) : setMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 - case TY_VT52('>' ) : resetMode (MODE_AppKeyPad); break; //VT52 - - case TY_CSI_PG('c' ) : reportSecondaryAttributes( ); break; //VT100 - - default : ReportErrorToken(); break; - }; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount) -{ - setImageSize(_currentScreen->getLines(),columnCount); - clearEntireScreen(); - setDefaultMargins(); - _currentScreen->setCursorYX(0,0); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Terminal to Host protocol */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - Outgoing bytes originate from several sources: - - - Replies to Enquieries. - - Mouse Events - - Keyboard Events -*/ - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::sendString(const char* s , int length) -{ - if ( length >= 0 ) - emit sendData(s,length); - else - emit sendData(s,strlen(s)); -} - -// Replies ----------------------------------------------------------------- -- - -// This section copes with replies send as response to an enquiery control code. - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::reportCursorPosition() -{ char tmp[20]; - sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;%dR",_currentScreen->getCursorY()+1,_currentScreen->getCursorX()+1); - sendString(tmp); -} - -/* - What follows here is rather obsolete and faked stuff. - The correspondent enquieries are neverthenless issued. -*/ - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalType() -{ - // Primary device attribute response (Request was: ^[[0c or ^[[c (from TT321 Users Guide)) - // VT220: ^[[?63;1;2;3;6;7;8c (list deps on emul. capabilities) - // VT100: ^[[?1;2c - // VT101: ^[[?1;0c - // VT102: ^[[?6v - if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) - sendString("\033[?1;2c"); // I'm a VT100 - else - sendString("\033/Z"); // I'm a VT52 -} - -void Vt102Emulation::reportSecondaryAttributes() -{ - // Seconday device attribute response (Request was: ^[[>0c or ^[[>c) - if (getMode(MODE_Ansi)) - sendString("\033[>0;115;0c"); // Why 115? ;) - else - sendString("\033/Z"); // FIXME I don't think VT52 knows about it but kept for - // konsoles backward compatibility. -} - -void Vt102Emulation::reportTerminalParms(int p) -// DECREPTPARM -{ char tmp[100]; - sprintf(tmp,"\033[%d;1;1;112;112;1;0x",p); // not really true. - sendString(tmp); -} - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::reportStatus() -{ - sendString("\033[0n"); //VT100. Device status report. 0 = Ready. -} - -/*! -*/ - -#define ANSWER_BACK "" // This is really obsolete VT100 stuff. - -void Vt102Emulation::reportAnswerBack() -{ - sendString(ANSWER_BACK); -} - -// Mouse Handling ---------------------------------------------------------- -- - -/*! - Mouse clicks are possibly reported to the client - application if it has issued interest in them. - They are normally consumed by the widget for copy - and paste, but may be propagated from the widget - when gui->setMouseMarks is set via setMode(MODE_Mouse1000). - - `x',`y' are 1-based. - `ev' (event) indicates the button pressed (0-2) - or a general mouse release (3). - - eventType represents the kind of mouse action that occurred: - 0 = Mouse button press or release - 1 = Mouse drag -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::sendMouseEvent( int cb, int cx, int cy , int eventType ) -{ char tmp[20]; - if ( cx<1 || cy<1 ) return; - // normal buttons are passed as 0x20 + button, - // mouse wheel (buttons 4,5) as 0x5c + button - if (cb >= 4) cb += 0x3c; - - //Mouse motion handling - if ( (getMode(MODE_Mouse1002) || getMode(MODE_Mouse1003)) && eventType == 1 ) - cb += 0x20; //add 32 to signify motion event - - sprintf(tmp,"\033[M%c%c%c",cb+0x20,cx+0x20,cy+0x20); - sendString(tmp); -} - -// Keyboard Handling ------------------------------------------------------- -- - -#define encodeMode(M,B) BITS(B,getMode(M)) -#define encodeStat(M,B) BITS(B,((ev->modifiers() & (M)) == (M))) - -void Vt102Emulation::sendText( const QString& text ) -{ - if (!text.isEmpty()) { - QKeyEvent event(QEvent::KeyPress, - 0, - Qt::NoModifier, - text); - sendKeyEvent(&event); // expose as a big fat keypress event - } - -} - -void Vt102Emulation::sendKeyEvent( QKeyEvent* event ) -{ - Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers = event->modifiers(); - KeyboardTranslator::States states = KeyboardTranslator::NoState; - - // get current states - if ( getMode(MODE_NewLine) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::NewLineState; - if ( getMode(MODE_Ansi) ) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AnsiState; - if ( getMode(MODE_AppCuKeys)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::CursorKeysState; - if ( getMode(MODE_AppScreen)) states |= KeyboardTranslator::AlternateScreenState; - - // lookup key binding - if ( _keyTranslator ) - { - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( - event->key() , - modifiers, - states ); - - // send result to terminal - QByteArray textToSend; - - // special handling for the Alt (aka. Meta) modifier. pressing - // Alt+[Character] results in Esc+[Character] being sent - // (unless there is an entry defined for this particular combination - // in the keyboard modifier) - bool wantsAltModifier = entry.modifiers() & entry.modifierMask() & Qt::AltModifier; - bool wantsAnyModifier = entry.state() & entry.stateMask() & KeyboardTranslator::AnyModifierState; - - if ( modifiers & Qt::AltModifier && !(wantsAltModifier || wantsAnyModifier) - && !event->text().isEmpty() ) - { - textToSend.prepend("\033"); - } - - if ( entry.command() != KeyboardTranslator::NoCommand ) - { - if (entry.command() & KeyboardTranslator::EraseCommand) - textToSend += getErase(); - // TODO command handling - } - else if ( !entry.text().isEmpty() ) - { - textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(entry.text(true,modifiers)); - } - else - textToSend += _codec->fromUnicode(event->text()); - - sendData( textToSend.constData() , textToSend.length() ); - } - else - { - // print an error message to the terminal if no key translator has been - // set - QString translatorError = ("No keyboard translator available. " - "The information needed to convert key presses " - "into characters to send to the terminal " - "is missing."); - - reset(); - receiveData( translatorError.toAscii().constData() , translatorError.count() ); - } -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* VT100 Charsets */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -// Character Set Conversion ------------------------------------------------ -- - -/* - The processing contains a VT100 specific code translation layer. - It's still in use and mainly responsible for the line drawing graphics. - - These and some other glyphs are assigned to codes (0x5f-0xfe) - normally occupied by the latin letters. Since this codes also - appear within control sequences, the extra code conversion - does not permute with the tokenizer and is placed behind it - in the pipeline. It only applies to tokens, which represent - plain characters. - - This conversion it eventually continued in TerminalDisplay.C, since - it might involve VT100 enhanced fonts, which have these - particular glyphs allocated in (0x00-0x1f) in their code page. -*/ - -#define CHARSET _charset[_currentScreen==_screen[1]] - -// Apply current character map. - -unsigned short Vt102Emulation::applyCharset(unsigned short c) -{ - if (CHARSET.graphic && 0x5f <= c && c <= 0x7e) return vt100_graphics[c-0x5f]; - if (CHARSET.pound && c == '#' ) return 0xa3; //This mode is obsolete - return c; -} - -/* - "Charset" related part of the emulation state. - This configures the VT100 _charset filter. - - While most operation work on the current _screen, - the following two are different. -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::resetCharset(int scrno) -{ - _charset[scrno].cu_cs = 0; - strncpy(_charset[scrno].charset,"BBBB",4); - _charset[scrno].sa_graphic = false; - _charset[scrno].sa_pound = false; - _charset[scrno].graphic = false; - _charset[scrno].pound = false; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setCharset(int n, int cs) // on both screens. -{ - _charset[0].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[0].cu_cs); - _charset[1].charset[n&3] = cs; useCharset(_charset[1].cu_cs); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs) -{ - CHARSET.charset[n&3] = cs; - useCharset(n&3); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::useCharset(int n) -{ - CHARSET.cu_cs = n&3; - CHARSET.graphic = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == '0'); - CHARSET.pound = (CHARSET.charset[n&3] == 'A'); //This mode is obsolete -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setDefaultMargins() -{ - _screen[0]->setDefaultMargins(); - _screen[1]->setDefaultMargins(); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setMargins(int t, int b) -{ - _screen[0]->setMargins(t, b); - _screen[1]->setMargins(t, b); -} - -/*! Save the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ - -void Vt102Emulation::saveCursor() -{ - CHARSET.sa_graphic = CHARSET.graphic; - CHARSET.sa_pound = CHARSET.pound; //This mode is obsolete - // we are not clear about these - //sa_charset = charsets[cScreen->_charset]; - //sa_charset_num = cScreen->_charset; - _currentScreen->saveCursor(); -} - -/*! Restore the cursor position and the rendition attribute settings. */ - -void Vt102Emulation::restoreCursor() -{ - CHARSET.graphic = CHARSET.sa_graphic; - CHARSET.pound = CHARSET.sa_pound; //This mode is obsolete - _currentScreen->restoreCursor(); -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Mode Operations */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* - Some of the emulations state is either added to the state of the screens. - - This causes some scoping problems, since different emulations choose to - located the mode either to the current _screen or to both. - - For strange reasons, the extend of the rendition attributes ranges over - all screens and not over the actual _screen. - - We decided on the precise precise extend, somehow. -*/ - -// "Mode" related part of the state. These are all booleans. - -void Vt102Emulation::resetModes() -{ - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1000); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1000); - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1001); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1001); - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1002); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1002); - resetMode(MODE_Mouse1003); saveMode(MODE_Mouse1003); - - resetMode(MODE_AppScreen); saveMode(MODE_AppScreen); - // here come obsolete modes - resetMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); saveMode(MODE_AppCuKeys); - resetMode(MODE_NewLine ); - setMode(MODE_Ansi ); -} - -void Vt102Emulation::setMode(int m) -{ - _currParm.mode[m] = true; - switch (m) - { - case MODE_Mouse1000: - case MODE_Mouse1001: - case MODE_Mouse1002: - case MODE_Mouse1003: - emit programUsesMouseChanged(false); - break; - - case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[1]->clearSelection(); - setScreen(1); - break; - } - if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) - { - _screen[0]->setMode(m); - _screen[1]->setMode(m); - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::resetMode(int m) -{ - _currParm.mode[m] = false; - switch (m) - { - case MODE_Mouse1000 : - case MODE_Mouse1001 : - case MODE_Mouse1002 : - case MODE_Mouse1003 : - emit programUsesMouseChanged(true); - break; - - case MODE_AppScreen : _screen[0]->clearSelection(); - setScreen(0); - break; - } - if (m < MODES_SCREEN || m == MODE_NewLine) - { - _screen[0]->resetMode(m); - _screen[1]->resetMode(m); - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::saveMode(int m) -{ - _saveParm.mode[m] = _currParm.mode[m]; -} - -void Vt102Emulation::restoreMode(int m) -{ - if (_saveParm.mode[m]) - setMode(m); - else - resetMode(m); -} - -bool Vt102Emulation::getMode(int m) -{ - return _currParm.mode[m]; -} - -char Vt102Emulation::getErase() const -{ - KeyboardTranslator::Entry entry = _keyTranslator->findEntry( - Qt::Key_Backspace, - 0, - 0); - if ( entry.text().count() > 0 ) - return entry.text()[0]; - else - return '\b'; -} - -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ -/* */ -/* Diagnostic */ -/* */ -/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/*! shows the contents of the scan buffer. - - This functions is used for diagnostics. It is called by \e ReportErrorToken - to inform about strings that cannot be decoded or handled by the emulation. - - \sa ReportErrorToken -*/ - -static void hexdump(int* s, int len) -{ int i; - for (i = 0; i < len; i++) - { - if (s[i] == '\\') - printf("\\\\"); - else - if ((s[i]) > 32 && s[i] < 127) - printf("%c",s[i]); - else - printf("\\%04x(hex)",s[i]); - } -} - -void Vt102Emulation::scan_buffer_report() -{ - if ( (ppos == 0) || (ppos == 1) && ((pbuf[0] & 0xff) >= 32) ) return; - printf("token: "); hexdump(pbuf,ppos); printf("\n"); -} - -/*! -*/ - -void Vt102Emulation::ReportErrorToken() -{ -#ifndef NDEBUG - printf("undecodable "); scan_buffer_report(); -#endif -} - -//#include "moc_Vt102Emulation.cpp" - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h b/libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4554c1b..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/Vt102Emulation.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of Konsole, an X terminal. - - Copyright (C) 2007 by Robert Knight - Copyright (C) 1997,1998 by Lars Doelle - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA - 02110-1301 USA. -*/ - -#ifndef VT102EMULATION_H -#define VT102EMULATION_H - -// Standard Library -#include - -// Qt -#include -#include -#include - -// Konsole -#include "Emulation.h" -#include "Screen.h" - -#define MODE_AppScreen (MODES_SCREEN+0) -#define MODE_AppCuKeys (MODES_SCREEN+1) -#define MODE_AppKeyPad (MODES_SCREEN+2) -#define MODE_Mouse1000 (MODES_SCREEN+3) -#define MODE_Mouse1001 (MODES_SCREEN+4) -#define MODE_Mouse1002 (MODES_SCREEN+5) -#define MODE_Mouse1003 (MODES_SCREEN+6) -#define MODE_Ansi (MODES_SCREEN+7) -#define MODE_total (MODES_SCREEN+8) - -namespace Konsole -{ - -struct DECpar -{ - bool mode[MODE_total]; -}; - -struct CharCodes -{ - // coding info - char charset[4]; // - int cu_cs; // actual charset. - bool graphic; // Some VT100 tricks - bool pound ; // Some VT100 tricks - bool sa_graphic; // saved graphic - bool sa_pound; // saved pound -}; - -/** - * Provides an xterm compatible terminal emulation based on the DEC VT102 terminal. - * A full description of this terminal can be found at http://vt100.net/docs/vt102-ug/ - * - * In addition, various additional xterm escape sequences are supported to provide - * features such as mouse input handling. - * See http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html for a description of xterm's escape - * sequences. - * - */ -class Vt102Emulation : public Emulation -{ -Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** Constructs a new emulation */ - Vt102Emulation(); - ~Vt102Emulation(); - - // reimplemented - virtual void clearEntireScreen(); - virtual void reset(); - - // reimplemented - virtual char getErase() const; - -public slots: - - // reimplemented - virtual void sendString(const char*,int length = -1); - virtual void sendText(const QString& text); - virtual void sendKeyEvent(QKeyEvent*); - virtual void sendMouseEvent( int buttons, int column, int line , int eventType ); - -protected: - // reimplemented - virtual void setMode (int mode); - virtual void resetMode (int mode); - - // reimplemented - virtual void receiveChar(int cc); - - -private slots: - - //causes changeTitle() to be emitted for each (int,QString) pair in pendingTitleUpdates - //used to buffer multiple title updates - void updateTitle(); - - -private: - unsigned short applyCharset(unsigned short c); - void setCharset(int n, int cs); - void useCharset(int n); - void setAndUseCharset(int n, int cs); - void saveCursor(); - void restoreCursor(); - void resetCharset(int scrno); - - void setMargins(int top, int bottom); - //set margins for all screens back to their defaults - void setDefaultMargins(); - - // returns true if 'mode' is set or false otherwise - bool getMode (int mode); - // saves the current boolean value of 'mode' - void saveMode (int mode); - // restores the boolean value of 'mode' - void restoreMode(int mode); - // resets all modes - void resetModes(); - - void resetToken(); -#define MAXPBUF 80 - void pushToToken(int cc); - int pbuf[MAXPBUF]; //FIXME: overflow? - int ppos; -#define MAXARGS 15 - void addDigit(int dig); - void addArgument(); - int argv[MAXARGS]; - int argc; - void initTokenizer(); - int tbl[256]; - - void scan_buffer_report(); //FIXME: rename - void ReportErrorToken(); //FIXME: rename - - void tau(int code, int p, int q); - void XtermHack(); - - void reportTerminalType(); - void reportSecondaryAttributes(); - void reportStatus(); - void reportAnswerBack(); - void reportCursorPosition(); - void reportTerminalParms(int p); - - void onScrollLock(); - void scrollLock(const bool lock); - - // clears the screen and resizes it to the specified - // number of columns - void clearScreenAndSetColumns(int columnCount); - - CharCodes _charset[2]; - - DECpar _currParm; - DECpar _saveParm; - - //hash table and timer for buffering calls to the session instance - //to update the name of the session - //or window title. - //these calls occur when certain escape sequences are seen in the - //output from the terminal - QHash _pendingTitleUpdates; - QTimer* _titleUpdateTimer; - -}; - -} - -#endif // VT102EMULATION_H diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/default.keytab b/libs/qtermwidget/default.keytab deleted file mode 100644 index f84293d..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/default.keytab +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -# [README.default.Keytab] Buildin Keyboard Table -# -# To customize your keyboard, copy this file to something -# ending with .keytab and change it to meet you needs. -# Please read the README.KeyTab and the README.keyboard -# in this case. -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -keyboard "Default (XFree 4)" - -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -# -# Note that this particular table is a "risc" version made to -# ease customization without bothering with obsolete details. -# See VT100.keytab for the more hairy stuff. -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -# common keys - -key Escape : "\E" - -key Tab -Shift : "\t" -key Tab +Shift+Ansi : "\E[Z" -key Tab +Shift-Ansi : "\t" -key Backtab +Ansi : "\E[Z" -key Backtab -Ansi : "\t" - -key Return-Shift-NewLine : "\r" -key Return-Shift+NewLine : "\r\n" - -key Return+Shift : "\EOM" - -# Backspace and Delete codes are preserving CTRL-H. - -key Backspace : "\x7f" - -# Arrow keys in VT52 mode -# shift up/down are reserved for scrolling. -# shift left/right are reserved for switching between tabs (this is hardcoded). - -key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" -key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" -key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" -key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" - -# Arrow keys in ANSI mode with Application - and Normal Cursor Mode) - -key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" -key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" -key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" -key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" - -key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" -key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" -key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" -key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" - -key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*A" -key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*B" -key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*C" -key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*D" - -# other grey PC keys - -key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" -key Enter-NewLine : "\r" - -key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[H" -key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[F" -key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOH" -key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOF" -key Home +AnyMod : "\E[1;*H" -key End +AnyMod : "\E[1;*F" - -key Insert -AnyMod : "\E[2~" -key Delete -AnyMod : "\E[3~" -key Insert +AnyMod : "\E[2;*~" -key Delete +AnyMod : "\E[3;*~" - -key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[5~" -key Next -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[6~" -key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[5;*~" -key Next -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[6;*~" - -# Function keys -key F1 -AnyMod : "\EOP" -key F2 -AnyMod : "\EOQ" -key F3 -AnyMod : "\EOR" -key F4 -AnyMod : "\EOS" -key F5 -AnyMod : "\E[15~" -key F6 -AnyMod : "\E[17~" -key F7 -AnyMod : "\E[18~" -key F8 -AnyMod : "\E[19~" -key F9 -AnyMod : "\E[20~" -key F10 -AnyMod : "\E[21~" -key F11 -AnyMod : "\E[23~" -key F12 -AnyMod : "\E[24~" - -key F1 +AnyMod : "\EO*P" -key F2 +AnyMod : "\EO*Q" -key F3 +AnyMod : "\EO*R" -key F4 +AnyMod : "\EO*S" -key F5 +AnyMod : "\E[15;*~" -key F6 +AnyMod : "\E[17;*~" -key F7 +AnyMod : "\E[18;*~" -key F8 +AnyMod : "\E[19;*~" -key F9 +AnyMod : "\E[20;*~" -key F10 +AnyMod : "\E[21;*~" -key F11 +AnyMod : "\E[23;*~" -key F12 +AnyMod : "\E[24;*~" - -# Work around dead keys - -key Space +Control : "\x00" - -# Some keys are used by konsole to cause operations. -# The scroll* operations refer to the history buffer. - -key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp -key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp -key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown -key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown - -key ScrollLock : scrollLock - -# keypad characters are not offered differently by Qt. diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index de91d57..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/k3process.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1053 +0,0 @@ -/* - This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezatke (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - - -#include "k3process.h" -//#include - -#include "k3processcontroller.h" -#include "kpty.h" - -#ifdef __osf__ -#define _OSF_SOURCE -#include -#endif - -#ifdef _AIX -#define _ALL_SOURCE -#endif - -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H -#include -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include - -//#include -//#include -//#include - - -////////////////// -// private data // -////////////////// - -class K3ProcessPrivate { -public: - K3ProcessPrivate() : - usePty(K3Process::NoCommunication), - addUtmp(false), useShell(false), - pty(0), - priority(0) - { - } - - K3Process::Communication usePty; - bool addUtmp : 1; - bool useShell : 1; - - KPty *pty; - - int priority; - - QMap env; - QString wd; - QByteArray shell; - QByteArray executable; -}; - -///////////////////////////// -// public member functions // -///////////////////////////// - -K3Process::K3Process( QObject* parent ) - : QObject( parent ), - run_mode(NotifyOnExit), - runs(false), - pid_(0), - status(0), - keepPrivs(false), - innot(0), - outnot(0), - errnot(0), - communication(NoCommunication), - input_data(0), - input_sent(0), - input_total(0), - d(new K3ProcessPrivate) -{ - K3ProcessController::ref(); - K3ProcessController::instance()->addKProcess(this); - - - out[0] = out[1] = -1; - in[0] = in[1] = -1; - err[0] = err[1] = -1; -} - -void -K3Process::setEnvironment(const QString &name, const QString &value) -{ - d->env.insert(name, value); -} - -void -K3Process::setWorkingDirectory(const QString &dir) -{ - d->wd = dir; -} - -void -K3Process::setupEnvironment() -{ - QMap::Iterator it; - for(it = d->env.begin(); it != d->env.end(); ++it) - { - setenv(QFile::encodeName(it.key()).data(), - QFile::encodeName(it.value()).data(), 1); - } - if (!d->wd.isEmpty()) - { - chdir(QFile::encodeName(d->wd).data()); - } -} - -void -K3Process::setRunPrivileged(bool keepPrivileges) -{ - keepPrivs = keepPrivileges; -} - -bool -K3Process::runPrivileged() const -{ - return keepPrivs; -} - -bool -K3Process::setPriority(int prio) -{ - if (runs) { - if (setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, pid_, prio)) - return false; - } else { - if (prio > 19 || prio < (geteuid() ? getpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0) : -20)) - return false; - } - d->priority = prio; - return true; -} - -K3Process::~K3Process() -{ - if (run_mode != DontCare) - kill(SIGKILL); - detach(); - - delete d->pty; - delete d; - - K3ProcessController::instance()->removeKProcess(this); - K3ProcessController::deref(); -} - -void K3Process::detach() -{ - if (runs) { - K3ProcessController::instance()->addProcess(pid_); - runs = false; - pid_ = 0; // close without draining - commClose(); // Clean up open fd's and socket notifiers. - } -} - -void K3Process::setBinaryExecutable(const char *filename) -{ - d->executable = filename; -} - -K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const QStringList& args) -{ - QStringList::ConstIterator it = args.begin(); - for ( ; it != args.end() ; ++it ) - arguments.append(QFile::encodeName(*it)); - return *this; -} - -K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const QByteArray& arg) -{ - return operator<< (arg.data()); -} - -K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const char* arg) -{ - arguments.append(arg); - return *this; -} - -K3Process &K3Process::operator<<(const QString& arg) -{ - arguments.append(QFile::encodeName(arg)); - return *this; -} - -void K3Process::clearArguments() -{ - arguments.clear(); -} - -bool K3Process::start(RunMode runmode, Communication comm) -{ - if (runs) { - qDebug() << "Attempted to start an already running process" << endl; - return false; - } - - uint n = arguments.count(); - if (n == 0) { - qDebug() << "Attempted to start a process without arguments" << endl; - return false; - } - char **arglist; - QByteArray shellCmd; - if (d->useShell) - { - if (d->shell.isEmpty()) { - qDebug() << "Invalid shell specified" << endl; - return false; - } - - for (uint i = 0; i < n; i++) { - shellCmd += arguments[i]; - shellCmd += ' '; // CC: to separate the arguments - } - - arglist = static_cast(malloc( 4 * sizeof(char *))); - arglist[0] = d->shell.data(); - arglist[1] = (char *) "-c"; - arglist[2] = shellCmd.data(); - arglist[3] = 0; - } - else - { - arglist = static_cast(malloc( (n + 1) * sizeof(char *))); - for (uint i = 0; i < n; i++) - arglist[i] = arguments[i].data(); - arglist[n] = 0; - } - - run_mode = runmode; - - if (!setupCommunication(comm)) - { - qDebug() << "Could not setup Communication!" << endl; - free(arglist); - return false; - } - - // We do this in the parent because if we do it in the child process - // gdb gets confused when the application runs from gdb. -#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS - struct passwd *pw = geteuid() ? 0 : getpwuid(getuid()); -#endif - - int fd[2]; - if (pipe(fd)) - fd[0] = fd[1] = -1; // Pipe failed.. continue - - // we don't use vfork() because - // - it has unclear semantics and is not standardized - // - we do way too much magic in the child - pid_ = fork(); - if (pid_ == 0) { - // The child process - - close(fd[0]); - // Closing of fd[1] indicates that the execvp() succeeded! - fcntl(fd[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - - if (!commSetupDoneC()) - qDebug() << "Could not finish comm setup in child!" << endl; - - // reset all signal handlers - struct sigaction act; - sigemptyset(&act.sa_mask); - act.sa_handler = SIG_DFL; - act.sa_flags = 0; - for (int sig = 1; sig < NSIG; sig++) - sigaction(sig, &act, 0L); - - if (d->priority) - setpriority(PRIO_PROCESS, 0, d->priority); - - if (!runPrivileged()) - { - setgid(getgid()); -#ifdef HAVE_INITGROUPS - if (pw) - initgroups(pw->pw_name, pw->pw_gid); -#endif - if (geteuid() != getuid()) - setuid(getuid()); - if (geteuid() != getuid()) - _exit(1); - } - - setupEnvironment(); - - if (runmode == DontCare || runmode == OwnGroup) - setsid(); - - const char *executable = arglist[0]; - if (!d->executable.isEmpty()) - executable = d->executable.data(); - execvp(executable, arglist); - - char resultByte = 1; - write(fd[1], &resultByte, 1); - _exit(-1); - } else if (pid_ == -1) { - // forking failed - - // commAbort(); - pid_ = 0; - free(arglist); - return false; - } - // the parent continues here - free(arglist); - - if (!commSetupDoneP()) - qDebug() << "Could not finish comm setup in parent!" << endl; - - // Check whether client could be started. - close(fd[1]); - for(;;) - { - char resultByte; - int n = ::read(fd[0], &resultByte, 1); - if (n == 1) - { - // exec() failed - close(fd[0]); - waitpid(pid_, 0, 0); - pid_ = 0; - commClose(); - return false; - } - if (n == -1) - { - if (errno == EINTR) - continue; // Ignore - } - break; // success - } - close(fd[0]); - - runs = true; - switch (runmode) - { - case Block: - for (;;) - { - commClose(); // drain only, unless obsolete reimplementation - if (!runs) - { - // commClose detected data on the process exit notifification pipe - K3ProcessController::instance()->unscheduleCheck(); - if (waitpid(pid_, &status, WNOHANG) != 0) // error finishes, too - { - commClose(); // this time for real (runs is false) - K3ProcessController::instance()->rescheduleCheck(); - break; - } - runs = true; // for next commClose() iteration - } - else - { - // commClose is an obsolete reimplementation and waited until - // all output channels were closed (or it was interrupted). - // there is a chance that it never gets here ... - waitpid(pid_, &status, 0); - runs = false; - break; - } - } - // why do we do this? i think this signal should be emitted _only_ - // after the process has successfully run _asynchronously_ --ossi - emit processExited(this); - break; - default: // NotifyOnExit & OwnGroup - input_data = 0; // Discard any data for stdin that might still be there - break; - } - return true; -} - - - -bool K3Process::kill(int signo) -{ - if (runs && pid_ > 0 && !::kill(run_mode == OwnGroup ? -pid_ : pid_, signo)) - return true; - return false; -} - - - -bool K3Process::isRunning() const -{ - return runs; -} - - - -pid_t K3Process::pid() const -{ - return pid_; -} - -#ifndef timersub -# define timersub(a, b, result) \ - do { \ - (result)->tv_sec = (a)->tv_sec - (b)->tv_sec; \ - (result)->tv_usec = (a)->tv_usec - (b)->tv_usec; \ - if ((result)->tv_usec < 0) { \ - --(result)->tv_sec; \ - (result)->tv_usec += 1000000; \ - } \ - } while (0) -#endif - -bool K3Process::wait(int timeout) -{ - if (!runs) - return true; - -#ifndef __linux__ - struct timeval etv; -#endif - struct timeval tv, *tvp; - if (timeout < 0) - tvp = 0; - else - { -#ifndef __linux__ - gettimeofday(&etv, 0); - etv.tv_sec += timeout; -#else - tv.tv_sec = timeout; - tv.tv_usec = 0; -#endif - tvp = &tv; - } - - int fd = K3ProcessController::instance()->notifierFd(); - for(;;) - { - fd_set fds; - FD_ZERO( &fds ); - FD_SET( fd, &fds ); - -#ifndef __linux__ - if (tvp) - { - gettimeofday(&tv, 0); - timersub(&etv, &tv, &tv); - if (tv.tv_sec < 0) - tv.tv_sec = tv.tv_usec = 0; - } -#endif - - switch( select( fd+1, &fds, 0, 0, tvp ) ) - { - case -1: - if( errno == EINTR ) - break; - // fall through; should happen if tvp->tv_sec < 0 - case 0: - K3ProcessController::instance()->rescheduleCheck(); - return false; - default: - K3ProcessController::instance()->unscheduleCheck(); - if (waitpid(pid_, &status, WNOHANG) != 0) // error finishes, too - { - processHasExited(status); - K3ProcessController::instance()->rescheduleCheck(); - return true; - } - } - } - return false; -} - - - -bool K3Process::normalExit() const -{ - return (pid_ != 0) && !runs && WIFEXITED(status); -} - - -bool K3Process::signalled() const -{ - return (pid_ != 0) && !runs && WIFSIGNALED(status); -} - - -bool K3Process::coreDumped() const -{ -#ifdef WCOREDUMP - return signalled() && WCOREDUMP(status); -#else - return false; -#endif -} - - -int K3Process::exitStatus() const -{ - return WEXITSTATUS(status); -} - - -int K3Process::exitSignal() const -{ - return WTERMSIG(status); -} - - -bool K3Process::writeStdin(const char *buffer, int buflen) -{ - // if there is still data pending, writing new data - // to stdout is not allowed (since it could also confuse - // kprocess ...) - if (input_data != 0) - return false; - - if (communication & Stdin) { - input_data = buffer; - input_sent = 0; - input_total = buflen; - innot->setEnabled(true); - if (input_total) - slotSendData(0); - return true; - } else - return false; -} - -void K3Process::suspend() -{ - if (outnot) - outnot->setEnabled(false); -} - -void K3Process::resume() -{ - if (outnot) - outnot->setEnabled(true); -} - -bool K3Process::closeStdin() -{ - if (communication & Stdin) { - communication = communication & ~Stdin; - delete innot; - innot = 0; - if (!(d->usePty & Stdin)) - close(in[1]); - in[1] = -1; - return true; - } else - return false; -} - -bool K3Process::closeStdout() -{ - if (communication & Stdout) { - communication = communication & ~Stdout; - delete outnot; - outnot = 0; - if (!(d->usePty & Stdout)) - close(out[0]); - out[0] = -1; - return true; - } else - return false; -} - -bool K3Process::closeStderr() -{ - if (communication & Stderr) { - communication = communication & ~Stderr; - delete errnot; - errnot = 0; - if (!(d->usePty & Stderr)) - close(err[0]); - err[0] = -1; - return true; - } else - return false; -} - -bool K3Process::closePty() -{ - if (d->pty && d->pty->masterFd() >= 0) { - if (d->addUtmp) - d->pty->logout(); - d->pty->close(); - return true; - } else - return false; -} - -void K3Process::closeAll() -{ - closeStdin(); - closeStdout(); - closeStderr(); - closePty(); -} - -///////////////////////////// -// protected slots // -///////////////////////////// - - - -void K3Process::slotChildOutput(int fdno) -{ - if (!childOutput(fdno)) - closeStdout(); -} - - -void K3Process::slotChildError(int fdno) -{ - if (!childError(fdno)) - closeStderr(); -} - - -void K3Process::slotSendData(int) -{ - if (input_sent == input_total) { - innot->setEnabled(false); - input_data = 0; - emit wroteStdin(this); - } else { - int result = ::write(in[1], input_data+input_sent, input_total-input_sent); - if (result >= 0) - { - input_sent += result; - } - else if ((errno != EAGAIN) && (errno != EINTR)) - { - qDebug() << "Error writing to stdin of child process" << endl; - closeStdin(); - } - } -} - -void K3Process::setUseShell(bool useShell, const char *shell) -{ - d->useShell = useShell; - if (shell && *shell) - d->shell = shell; - else -// #ifdef NON_FREE // ... as they ship non-POSIX /bin/sh -#if !defined(__linux__) && !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__GNU__) && !defined(__DragonFly__) - // Solaris POSIX ... - if (!access( "/usr/xpg4/bin/sh", X_OK )) - d->shell = "/usr/xpg4/bin/sh"; - else - // ... which links here anyway - if (!access( "/bin/ksh", X_OK )) - d->shell = "/bin/ksh"; - else - // dunno, maybe superfluous? - if (!access( "/usr/ucb/sh", X_OK )) - d->shell = "/usr/ucb/sh"; - else -#endif - d->shell = "/bin/sh"; -} - -void K3Process::setUsePty(Communication usePty, bool addUtmp) -{ - d->usePty = usePty; - d->addUtmp = addUtmp; - if (usePty) { - if (!d->pty) - d->pty = new KPty; - } else { - delete d->pty; - d->pty = 0; - } -} - -KPty *K3Process::pty() const -{ - return d->pty; -} - -QString K3Process::quote(const QString &arg) -{ - QChar q('\''); - return QString(arg).replace(q, "'\\''").prepend(q).append(q); -} - - -////////////////////////////// -// private member functions // -////////////////////////////// - - -void K3Process::processHasExited(int state) -{ - // only successfully run NotifyOnExit processes ever get here - - status = state; - runs = false; // do this before commClose, so it knows we're dead - - commClose(); // cleanup communication sockets - - if (run_mode != DontCare) - emit processExited(this); -} - - - -int K3Process::childOutput(int fdno) -{ - if (communication & NoRead) { - int len = -1; - emit receivedStdout(fdno, len); - errno = 0; // Make sure errno doesn't read "EAGAIN" - return len; - } - else - { - char buffer[1025]; - int len; - - len = ::read(fdno, buffer, 1024); - - if (len > 0) { - buffer[len] = 0; // Just in case. - emit receivedStdout(this, buffer, len); - } - return len; - } -} - -int K3Process::childError(int fdno) -{ - char buffer[1025]; - int len; - - len = ::read(fdno, buffer, 1024); - - if (len > 0) { - buffer[len] = 0; // Just in case. - emit receivedStderr(this, buffer, len); - } - return len; -} - - -int K3Process::setupCommunication(Communication comm) -{ - // PTY stuff // - if (d->usePty) - { - // cannot communicate on both stderr and stdout if they are both on the pty - if (!(~(comm & d->usePty) & (Stdout | Stderr))) { - qWarning() << "Invalid usePty/communication combination (" << d->usePty << "/" << comm << ")" << endl; - return 0; - } - if (!d->pty->open()) - return 0; - - int rcomm = comm & d->usePty; - int mfd = d->pty->masterFd(); - if (rcomm & Stdin) - in[1] = mfd; - if (rcomm & Stdout) - out[0] = mfd; - if (rcomm & Stderr) - err[0] = mfd; - } - - communication = comm; - - comm = comm & ~d->usePty; - if (comm & Stdin) { - if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, in)) - goto fail0; - fcntl(in[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - fcntl(in[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - } - if (comm & Stdout) { - if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, out)) - goto fail1; - fcntl(out[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - fcntl(out[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - } - if (comm & Stderr) { - if (socketpair(AF_UNIX, SOCK_STREAM, 0, err)) - goto fail2; - fcntl(err[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - fcntl(err[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - } - return 1; // Ok - fail2: - if (comm & Stdout) - { - close(out[0]); - close(out[1]); - out[0] = out[1] = -1; - } - fail1: - if (comm & Stdin) - { - close(in[0]); - close(in[1]); - in[0] = in[1] = -1; - } - fail0: - communication = NoCommunication; - return 0; // Error -} - - - -int K3Process::commSetupDoneP() -{ - int rcomm = communication & ~d->usePty; - if (rcomm & Stdin) - close(in[0]); - if (rcomm & Stdout) - close(out[1]); - if (rcomm & Stderr) - close(err[1]); - in[0] = out[1] = err[1] = -1; - - // Don't create socket notifiers if no interactive comm is to be expected - if (run_mode != NotifyOnExit && run_mode != OwnGroup) - return 1; - - if (communication & Stdin) { - fcntl(in[1], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK | fcntl(in[1], F_GETFL)); - innot = new QSocketNotifier(in[1], QSocketNotifier::Write, this); - Q_CHECK_PTR(innot); - innot->setEnabled(false); // will be enabled when data has to be sent - QObject::connect(innot, SIGNAL(activated(int)), - this, SLOT(slotSendData(int))); - } - - if (communication & Stdout) { - outnot = new QSocketNotifier(out[0], QSocketNotifier::Read, this); - Q_CHECK_PTR(outnot); - QObject::connect(outnot, SIGNAL(activated(int)), - this, SLOT(slotChildOutput(int))); - if (communication & NoRead) - suspend(); - } - - if (communication & Stderr) { - errnot = new QSocketNotifier(err[0], QSocketNotifier::Read, this ); - Q_CHECK_PTR(errnot); - QObject::connect(errnot, SIGNAL(activated(int)), - this, SLOT(slotChildError(int))); - } - - return 1; -} - - - -int K3Process::commSetupDoneC() -{ - int ok = 1; - if (d->usePty & Stdin) { - if (dup2(d->pty->slaveFd(), STDIN_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; - } else if (communication & Stdin) { - if (dup2(in[0], STDIN_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; - } else { - int null_fd = open( "/dev/null", O_RDONLY ); - if (dup2( null_fd, STDIN_FILENO ) < 0) ok = 0; - close( null_fd ); - } - struct linger so; - memset(&so, 0, sizeof(so)); - if (d->usePty & Stdout) { - if (dup2(d->pty->slaveFd(), STDOUT_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; - } else if (communication & Stdout) { - if (dup2(out[1], STDOUT_FILENO) < 0 || - setsockopt(out[1], SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, (char *)&so, sizeof(so))) - ok = 0; - if (communication & MergedStderr) { - if (dup2(out[1], STDERR_FILENO) < 0) - ok = 0; - } - } - if (d->usePty & Stderr) { - if (dup2(d->pty->slaveFd(), STDERR_FILENO) < 0) ok = 0; - } else if (communication & Stderr) { - if (dup2(err[1], STDERR_FILENO) < 0 || - setsockopt(err[1], SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, (char *)&so, sizeof(so))) - ok = 0; - } - - // don't even think about closing all open fds here or anywhere else - - // PTY stuff // - if (d->usePty) { - d->pty->setCTty(); - if (d->addUtmp) - d->pty->login(getenv("USER"), getenv("DISPLAY")); - } - - return ok; -} - - - -void K3Process::commClose() -{ - closeStdin(); - - if (pid_) { // detached, failed, and killed processes have no output. basta. :) - // If both channels are being read we need to make sure that one socket - // buffer doesn't fill up whilst we are waiting for data on the other - // (causing a deadlock). Hence we need to use select. - - int notfd = K3ProcessController::instance()->notifierFd(); - - while ((communication & (Stdout | Stderr)) || runs) { - fd_set rfds; - FD_ZERO(&rfds); - struct timeval timeout, *p_timeout; - - int max_fd = 0; - if (communication & Stdout) { - FD_SET(out[0], &rfds); - max_fd = out[0]; - } - if (communication & Stderr) { - FD_SET(err[0], &rfds); - if (err[0] > max_fd) - max_fd = err[0]; - } - if (runs) { - FD_SET(notfd, &rfds); - if (notfd > max_fd) - max_fd = notfd; - // If the process is still running we block until we - // receive data or the process exits. - p_timeout = 0; // no timeout - } else { - // If the process has already exited, we only check - // the available data, we don't wait for more. - timeout.tv_sec = timeout.tv_usec = 0; // timeout immediately - p_timeout = &timeout; - } - - int fds_ready = select(max_fd+1, &rfds, 0, 0, p_timeout); - if (fds_ready < 0) { - if (errno == EINTR) - continue; - break; - } else if (!fds_ready) - break; - - if ((communication & Stdout) && FD_ISSET(out[0], &rfds)) - slotChildOutput(out[0]); - - if ((communication & Stderr) && FD_ISSET(err[0], &rfds)) - slotChildError(err[0]); - - if (runs && FD_ISSET(notfd, &rfds)) { - runs = false; // hack: signal potential exit - return; // don't close anything, we will be called again - } - } - } - - closeStdout(); - closeStderr(); - - closePty(); -} - - - -/////////////////////////// -// CC: Class K3ShellProcess -/////////////////////////// - -K3ShellProcess::K3ShellProcess(const char *shellname): - K3Process(), d(0) -{ - setUseShell( true, shellname ? shellname : getenv("SHELL") ); -} - -K3ShellProcess::~K3ShellProcess() { -} - -QString K3ShellProcess::quote(const QString &arg) -{ - return K3Process::quote(arg); -} - -bool K3ShellProcess::start(RunMode runmode, Communication comm) -{ - return K3Process::start(runmode, comm); -} - - -//#include "moc_k3process.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/k3process.h b/libs/qtermwidget/k3process.h deleted file mode 100644 index f8388ea..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/k3process.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,890 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef K3PROCESS_H -#define K3PROCESS_H - -#include - -#include // for pid_t -#include -#include -#include - -class QSocketNotifier; -class K3ProcessPrivate; -class KPty; - -/** - * @obsolete Use KProcess and KPtyProcess instead. - * - * Child process invocation, monitoring and control. - * This class works only in the application's main thread. - * - * General usage and features:\n - * - * This class allows a KDE application to start child processes without having - * to worry about UN*X signal handling issues and zombie process reaping. - * - * @see K3ProcIO - * - * Basically, this class distinguishes three different ways of running - * child processes: - * - * @li DontCare -- The child process is invoked and both the child - * process and the parent process continue concurrently. - * - * The process is started in an own session (see setsid(2)). - * - * @li NotifyOnExit -- The child process is invoked and both the - * child and the parent process run concurrently. - * - * When the child process exits, the K3Process instance - * corresponding to it emits the Qt signal processExited(). - * Since this signal is @em not emitted from within a UN*X - * signal handler, arbitrary function calls can be made. - * - * Be aware: When the K3Process object gets destructed, the child - * process will be killed if it is still running! - * This means in particular, that it usually makes no sense to use - * a K3Process on the stack with NotifyOnExit. - * - * @li OwnGroup -- like NotifyOnExit, but the child process is started - * in an own process group (and an own session, FWIW). The behavior of - * kill() changes to killing the whole process group - this makes - * this mode useful for implementing primitive job management. It can be - * used to work around broken wrapper scripts that don't propagate signals - * to the "real" program. However, use this with care, as you disturb the - * shell's job management if your program is started from the command line. - * - * @li Block -- The child process starts and the parent process - * is suspended until the child process exits. (@em Really not recommended - * for programs with a GUI.) - * In this mode the parent can read the child's output, but can't send it any - * input. - * - * K3Process also provides several functions for determining the exit status - * and the pid of the child process it represents. - * - * Furthermore it is possible to supply command-line arguments to the process - * in a clean fashion (no null-terminated stringlists and such...) - * - * A small usage example: - * \code - * K3Process *proc = new K3Process; - * - * *proc << "my_executable"; - * *proc << "These" << "are" << "the" << "command" << "line" << "args"; - * QApplication::connect(proc, SIGNAL(processExited(K3Process *)), - * pointer_to_my_object, SLOT(my_objects_slot(K3Process *))); - * proc->start(); - * \endcode - * - * This will start "my_executable" with the commandline arguments "These"... - * - * When the child process exits, the slot will be invoked. - * - * Communication with the child process:\n - * - * K3Process supports communication with the child process through - * stdin/stdout/stderr. - * - * The following functions are provided for getting data from the child - * process or sending data to the child's stdin (For more information, - * have a look at the documentation of each function): - * - * @li writeStdin() - * -- Transmit data to the child process' stdin. When all data was sent, the - * signal wroteStdin() is emitted. - * - * @li When data arrives at stdout or stderr, the signal receivedStdout() - * resp. receivedStderr() is emitted. - * - * @li You can shut down individual communication channels with - * closeStdin(), closeStdout(), and closeStderr(), resp. - * - * @author Christian Czezatke e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at - * - **/ -class K3Process : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Modes in which the communication channels can be opened. - * - * If communication for more than one channel is required, - * the values should be or'ed together, for example to get - * communication with stdout as well as with stdin, you would - * specify @p Stdin | @p Stdout - * - */ - enum CommunicationFlag { - NoCommunication = 0, /**< No communication with the process. */ - Stdin = 1, /**< Connect to write to the process with writeStdin(). */ - Stdout = 2, /**< Connect to read from the process' output. */ - Stderr = 4, /**< Connect to read from the process' stderr. */ - AllOutput = 6, /**< Connects to all output channels. */ - All = 7, /**< Connects to all channels. */ - NoRead = 8, /**< If specified with Stdout, no data is actually read from stdout, - * only the signal receivedStdout(int fd, int &len) is emitted. */ - CTtyOnly = NoRead, /**< Tells setUsePty() to create a PTY for the process - * and make it the process' controlling TTY, but does not - * redirect any I/O channel to the PTY. */ - MergedStderr = 16 /**< If specified with Stdout, the process' stderr will be - * redirected onto the same file handle as its stdout, i.e., - * all error output will be signalled with receivedStdout(). - * Don't specify Stderr if you specify MergedStderr. */ - }; - - Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(Communication, CommunicationFlag) - - /** - * Run-modes for a child process. - */ - enum RunMode { - /** - * The application does not receive notifications from the subprocess when - * it is finished or aborted. - */ - DontCare, - /** - * The application is notified when the subprocess dies. - */ - NotifyOnExit, - /** - * The application is suspended until the started process is finished. - */ - Block, - /** - * Same as NotifyOnExit, but the process is run in an own session, - * just like with DontCare. - */ - OwnGroup - }; - - /** - * Constructor - */ - explicit K3Process( QObject* parent=0L ); - - /** - *Destructor: - * - * If the process is running when the destructor for this class - * is called, the child process is killed with a SIGKILL, but - * only if the run mode is not of type @p DontCare. - * Processes started as @p DontCare keep running anyway. - */ - virtual ~K3Process(); - - /** - * Sets the executable and the command line argument list for this process. - * - * For example, doing an "ls -l /usr/local/bin" can be achieved by: - * \code - * K3Process p; - * ... - * p << "ls" << "-l" << "/usr/local/bin" - * \endcode - * - * @param arg the argument to add - * @return a reference to this K3Process - **/ - K3Process &operator<<(const QString& arg); - /** - * Similar to previous method, takes a char *, supposed to be in locale 8 bit already. - */ - K3Process &operator<<(const char * arg); - /** - * Similar to previous method, takes a QByteArray, supposed to be in locale 8 bit already. - * @param arg the argument to add - * @return a reference to this K3Process - */ - K3Process &operator<<(const QByteArray & arg); - - /** - * Sets the executable and the command line argument list for this process, - * in a single method call, or add a list of arguments. - * @param args the arguments to add - * @return a reference to this K3Process - **/ - K3Process &operator<<(const QStringList& args); - - /** - * Clear a command line argument list that has been set by using - * operator<<. - */ - void clearArguments(); - - /** - * Starts the process. - * For a detailed description of the - * various run modes and communication semantics, have a look at the - * general description of the K3Process class. Note that if you use - * setUsePty( Stdout | Stderr, \ ), you cannot use Stdout | Stderr - * here - instead, use Stdout only to receive the mixed output. - * - * The following problems could cause this function to - * return false: - * - * @li The process is already running. - * @li The command line argument list is empty. - * @li The the @p comm parameter is incompatible with the selected pty usage. - * @li The starting of the process failed (could not fork). - * @li The executable was not found. - * - * @param runmode The Run-mode for the process. - * @param comm Specifies which communication channels should be - * established to the child process (stdin/stdout/stderr). By default, - * no communication takes place and the respective communication - * signals will never get emitted. - * - * @return true on success, false on error - * (see above for error conditions) - **/ - virtual bool start(RunMode runmode = NotifyOnExit, - Communication comm = NoCommunication); - - /** - * Stop the process (by sending it a signal). - * - * @param signo The signal to send. The default is SIGTERM. - * @return true if the signal was delivered successfully. - */ - virtual bool kill(int signo = SIGTERM); - - /** - * Checks whether the process is running. - * @return true if the process is (still) considered to be running - */ - bool isRunning() const; - - /** Returns the process id of the process. - * - * If it is called after - * the process has exited, it returns the process id of the last - * child process that was created by this instance of K3Process. - * - * Calling it before any child process has been started by this - * K3Process instance causes pid() to return 0. - * @return the pid of the process or 0 if no process has been started yet. - **/ - pid_t pid() const; - - /** - * Suspend processing of data from stdout of the child process. - */ - void suspend(); - - /** - * Resume processing of data from stdout of the child process. - */ - void resume(); - - /** - * Suspend execution of the current thread until the child process dies - * or the timeout hits. This function is not recommended for programs - * with a GUI. - * @param timeout timeout in seconds. -1 means wait indefinitely. - * @return true if the process exited, false if the timeout hit. - */ - bool wait(int timeout = -1); - - /** - * Checks whether the process exited cleanly. - * - * @return true if the process has already finished and has exited - * "voluntarily", ie: it has not been killed by a signal. - */ - bool normalExit() const; - - /** - * Checks whether the process was killed by a signal. - * - * @return true if the process has already finished and has not exited - * "voluntarily", ie: it has been killed by a signal. - */ - bool signalled() const; - - /** - * Checks whether a killed process dumped core. - * - * @return true if signalled() returns true and the process - * dumped core. Note that on systems that don't define the - * WCOREDUMP macro, the return value is always false. - */ - bool coreDumped() const; - - /** - * Returns the exit status of the process. - * - * @return the exit status of the process. Note that this value - * is not valid if normalExit() returns false. - */ - int exitStatus() const; - - /** - * Returns the signal the process was killed by. - * - * @return the signal number that caused the process to exit. - * Note that this value is not valid if signalled() returns false. - */ - int exitSignal() const; - - /** - * Transmit data to the child process' stdin. - * - * This function may return false in the following cases: - * - * @li The process is not currently running. - * This implies that you cannot use this function in Block mode. - * - * @li Communication to stdin has not been requested in the start() call. - * - * @li Transmission of data to the child process by a previous call to - * writeStdin() is still in progress. - * - * Please note that the data is sent to the client asynchronously, - * so when this function returns, the data might not have been - * processed by the child process. - * That means that you must not free @p buffer or call writeStdin() - * again until either a wroteStdin() signal indicates that the - * data has been sent or a processExited() signal shows that - * the child process is no longer alive. - * - * If all the data has been sent to the client, the signal - * wroteStdin() will be emitted. - * - * This function does not work when the process is start()ed in Block mode. - * - * @param buffer the buffer to write - * @param buflen the length of the buffer - * @return false if an error has occurred - **/ - bool writeStdin(const char *buffer, int buflen); - - /** - * Shuts down the Stdin communication link. If no pty is used, this - * causes "EOF" to be indicated on the child's stdin file descriptor. - * - * @return false if no Stdin communication link exists (any more). - */ - bool closeStdin(); - - /** - * Shuts down the Stdout communication link. If no pty is used, any further - * attempts by the child to write to its stdout file descriptor will cause - * it to receive a SIGPIPE. - * - * @return false if no Stdout communication link exists (any more). - */ - bool closeStdout(); - - /** - * Shuts down the Stderr communication link. If no pty is used, any further - * attempts by the child to write to its stderr file descriptor will cause - * it to receive a SIGPIPE. - * - * @return false if no Stderr communication link exists (any more). - */ - bool closeStderr(); - - /** - * Deletes the optional utmp entry and closes the pty. - * - * Make sure to shut down any communication links that are using the pty - * before calling this function. - * - * @return false if the pty is not open (any more). - */ - bool closePty(); - - /** - * @brief Close stdin, stdout, stderr and the pty - * - * This is the same that calling all close* functions in a row: - * @see closeStdin, @see closeStdout, @see closeStderr and @see closePty - */ - void closeAll(); - - /** - * Lets you see what your arguments are for debugging. - * @return the list of arguments - */ - const QList &args() /* const */ { return arguments; } - - /** - * Controls whether the started process should drop any - * setuid/setgid privileges or whether it should keep them. - * Note that this function is mostly a dummy, as the KDE libraries - * currently refuse to run with setuid/setgid privileges. - * - * The default is false: drop privileges - * @param keepPrivileges true to keep the privileges - */ - void setRunPrivileged(bool keepPrivileges); - - /** - * Returns whether the started process will drop any - * setuid/setgid privileges or whether it will keep them. - * @return true if the process runs privileged - */ - bool runPrivileged() const; - - /** - * Adds the variable @p name to the process' environment. - * This function must be called before starting the process. - * @param name the name of the environment variable - * @param value the new value for the environment variable - */ - void setEnvironment(const QString &name, const QString &value); - - /** - * Changes the current working directory (CWD) of the process - * to be started. - * This function must be called before starting the process. - * @param dir the new directory - */ - void setWorkingDirectory(const QString &dir); - - /** - * Specify whether to start the command via a shell or directly. - * The default is to start the command directly. - * If @p useShell is true @p shell will be used as shell, or - * if shell is empty, /bin/sh will be used. - * - * When using a shell, the caller should make sure that all filenames etc. - * are properly quoted when passed as argument. - * @see quote() - * @param useShell true if the command should be started via a shell - * @param shell the path to the shell that will execute the process, or - * 0 to use /bin/sh. Use getenv("SHELL") to use the user's - * default shell, but note that doing so is usually a bad idea - * for shell compatibility reasons. - */ - void setUseShell(bool useShell, const char *shell = 0); - - /** - * This function can be used to quote an argument string such that - * the shell processes it properly. This is e. g. necessary for - * user-provided file names which may contain spaces or quotes. - * It also prevents expansion of wild cards and environment variables. - * @param arg the argument to quote - * @return the quoted argument - */ - static QString quote(const QString &arg); - - /** - * Detaches K3Process from child process. All communication is closed. - * No exit notification is emitted any more for the child process. - * Deleting the K3Process will no longer kill the child process. - * Note that the current process remains the parent process of the - * child process. - */ - void detach(); - - /** - * Specify whether to create a pty (pseudo-terminal) for running the - * command. - * This function should be called before starting the process. - * - * @param comm for which stdio handles to use a pty. Note that it is not - * allowed to specify Stdout and Stderr at the same time both here and to - * start (there is only one pty, so they cannot be distinguished). - * @param addUtmp true if a utmp entry should be created for the pty - */ - void setUsePty(Communication comm, bool addUtmp); - - /** - * Obtains the pty object used by this process. The return value is - * valid only after setUsePty() was used with a non-zero argument. - * The pty is open only while the process is running. - * @return a pointer to the pty object - */ - KPty *pty() const; - - /** - * More or less intuitive constants for use with setPriority(). - */ - enum { PrioLowest = 20, PrioLow = 10, PrioLower = 5, PrioNormal = 0, - PrioHigher = -5, PrioHigh = -10, PrioHighest = -19 }; - - /** - * Sets the scheduling priority of the process. - * @param prio the new priority in the range -20 (high) to 19 (low). - * @return false on error; see setpriority(2) for possible reasons. - */ - bool setPriority(int prio); - -Q_SIGNALS: - /** - * Emitted after the process has terminated when - * the process was run in the @p NotifyOnExit (==default option to - * start() ) or the Block mode. - * @param proc a pointer to the process that has exited - **/ - void processExited(K3Process *proc); - - - /** - * Emitted, when output from the child process has - * been received on stdout. - * - * To actually get this signal, the Stdout communication link - * has to be turned on in start(). - * - * @param proc a pointer to the process that has received the output - * @param buffer The data received. - * @param buflen The number of bytes that are available. - * - * You should copy the information contained in @p buffer to your private - * data structures before returning from the slot. - * Example: - * \code - * QString myBuf = QLatin1String(buffer, buflen); - * \endcode - **/ - void receivedStdout(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen); - - /** - * Emitted when output from the child process has - * been received on stdout. - * - * To actually get this signal, the Stdout communication link - * has to be turned on in start() and the - * NoRead flag must have been passed. - * - * You will need to explicitly call resume() after your call to start() - * to begin processing data from the child process' stdout. This is - * to ensure that this signal is not emitted when no one is connected - * to it, otherwise this signal will not be emitted. - * - * The data still has to be read from file descriptor @p fd. - * @param fd the file descriptor that provides the data - * @param len the number of bytes that have been read from @p fd must - * be written here - **/ - void receivedStdout(int fd, int &len); // KDE4: change, broken API - - - /** - * Emitted, when output from the child process has - * been received on stderr. - * - * To actually get this signal, the Stderr communication link - * has to be turned on in start(). - * - * You should copy the information contained in @p buffer to your private - * data structures before returning from the slot. - * - * @param proc a pointer to the process that has received the data - * @param buffer The data received. - * @param buflen The number of bytes that are available. - **/ - void receivedStderr(K3Process *proc, char *buffer, int buflen); - - /** - * Emitted after all the data that has been - * specified by a prior call to writeStdin() has actually been - * written to the child process. - * @param proc a pointer to the process - **/ - void wroteStdin(K3Process *proc); - - -protected Q_SLOTS: - - /** - * This slot gets activated when data from the child's stdout arrives. - * It usually calls childOutput(). - * @param fdno the file descriptor for the output - */ - void slotChildOutput(int fdno); - - /** - * This slot gets activated when data from the child's stderr arrives. - * It usually calls childError(). - * @param fdno the file descriptor for the output - */ - void slotChildError(int fdno); - - /** - * Called when another bulk of data can be sent to the child's - * stdin. If there is no more data to be sent to stdin currently - * available, this function must disable the QSocketNotifier innot. - * @param dummy ignore this argument - */ - void slotSendData(int dummy); // KDE 4: remove dummy - -protected: - - /** - * Sets up the environment according to the data passed via - * setEnvironment() - */ - void setupEnvironment(); - - /** - * The list of the process' command line arguments. The first entry - * in this list is the executable itself. - */ - QList arguments; - /** - * How to run the process (Block, NotifyOnExit, DontCare). You should - * not modify this data member directly from derived classes. - */ - RunMode run_mode; - /** - * true if the process is currently running. You should not - * modify this data member directly from derived classes. Please use - * isRunning() for reading the value of this data member since it - * will probably be made private in later versions of K3Process. - */ - bool runs; - - /** - * The PID of the currently running process. - * You should not modify this data member in derived classes. - * Please use pid() instead of directly accessing this - * member since it will probably be made private in - * later versions of K3Process. - */ - pid_t pid_; - - /** - * The process' exit status as returned by waitpid(). You should not - * modify the value of this data member from derived classes. You should - * rather use exitStatus() than accessing this data member directly - * since it will probably be made private in further versions of - * K3Process. - */ - int status; - - - /** - * If false, the child process' effective uid & gid will be reset to the - * real values. - * @see setRunPrivileged() - */ - bool keepPrivs; - - /** - * This function is called from start() right before a fork() takes - * place. According to the @p comm parameter this function has to initialize - * the in, out and err data members of K3Process. - * - * This function should return 1 if setting the needed communication channels - * was successful. - * - * The default implementation is to create UNIX STREAM sockets for the - * communication, but you could reimplement this function to establish a - * TCP/IP communication for network communication, for example. - */ - virtual int setupCommunication(Communication comm); - - /** - * Called right after a (successful) fork() on the parent side. This function - * will usually do some communications cleanup, like closing in[0], - * out[1] and out[1]. - * - * Furthermore, it must also create the QSocketNotifiers innot, - * outnot and errnot and connect their Qt signals to the respective - * K3Process slots. - * - * For a more detailed explanation, it is best to have a look at the default - * implementation in kprocess.cpp. - */ - virtual int commSetupDoneP(); - - /** - * Called right after a (successful) fork(), but before an exec() on the child - * process' side. It usually duplicates the in[0], out[1] and - * err[1] file handles to the respective standard I/O handles. - */ - virtual int commSetupDoneC(); - - - /** - * Immediately called after a successfully started process in NotifyOnExit - * mode has exited. This function normally calls commClose() - * and emits the processExited() signal. - * @param state the exit code of the process as returned by waitpid() - */ - virtual void processHasExited(int state); - - /** - * Cleans up the communication links to the child after it has exited. - * This function should act upon the values of pid() and runs. - * See the kprocess.cpp source for details. - * @li If pid() returns zero, the communication links should be closed - * only. - * @li if pid() returns non-zero and runs is false, all data - * immediately available from the communication links should be processed - * before closing them. - * @li if pid() returns non-zero and runs is true, the communication - * links should be monitored for data until the file handle returned by - * K3ProcessController::theKProcessController->notifierFd() becomes ready - * for reading - when it triggers, runs should be reset to false, and - * the function should be immediately left without closing anything. - * - * The previous semantics of this function are forward-compatible, but should - * be avoided, as they are prone to race conditions and can cause K3Process - * (and thus the whole program) to lock up under certain circumstances. At the - * end the function closes the communication links in any case. Additionally - * @li if runs is true, the communication links are monitored for data - * until all of them have returned EOF. Note that if any system function is - * interrupted (errno == EINTR) the polling loop should be aborted. - * @li if runs is false, all data immediately available from the - * communication links is processed. - */ - virtual void commClose(); - - /* KDE 4 - commClose will be changed to perform cleanup only in all cases * - * If @p notfd is -1, all data immediately available from the - * communication links should be processed. - * If @p notfd is not -1, the communication links should be monitored - * for data until the file handle @p notfd becomes ready for reading. - */ -// virtual void commDrain(int notfd); - - /** - * Specify the actual executable that should be started (first argument to execve) - * Normally the the first argument is the executable but you can - * override that with this function. - */ - void setBinaryExecutable(const char *filename); - - /** - * The socket descriptors for stdout. - */ - int out[2]; - /** - * The socket descriptors for stdin. - */ - int in[2]; - /** - * The socket descriptors for stderr. - */ - int err[2]; - - /** - * The socket notifier for in[1]. - */ - QSocketNotifier *innot; - /** - * The socket notifier for out[0]. - */ - QSocketNotifier *outnot; - /** - * The socket notifier for err[0]. - */ - QSocketNotifier *errnot; - - /** - * Lists the communication links that are activated for the child - * process. Should not be modified from derived classes. - */ - Communication communication; - - /** - * Called by slotChildOutput() this function copies data arriving from - * the child process' stdout to the respective buffer and emits the signal - * receivedStdout(). - */ - int childOutput(int fdno); - - /** - * Called by slotChildError() this function copies data arriving from - * the child process' stderr to the respective buffer and emits the signal - * receivedStderr(). - */ - int childError(int fdno); - - /** - * The buffer holding the data that has to be sent to the child - */ - const char *input_data; - /** - * The number of bytes already transmitted - */ - int input_sent; - /** - * The total length of input_data - */ - int input_total; - - /** - * K3ProcessController is a friend of K3Process because it has to have - * access to various data members. - */ - friend class K3ProcessController; - -private: - K3ProcessPrivate* const d; -}; - -Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(K3Process::Communication) - -class K3ShellProcessPrivate; - -/** -* @obsolete -* -* Use K3Process and K3Process::setUseShell(true) instead. -* -* @short A class derived from K3Process to start child -* processes through a shell. -* @author Christian Czezatke -*/ -class K3ShellProcess : public K3Process -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - - /** - * Constructor - * - * If no shellname is specified, the user's default shell is used. - */ - explicit K3ShellProcess(const char *shellname=0); - - /** - * Destructor. - */ - ~K3ShellProcess(); - - virtual bool start(RunMode runmode = NotifyOnExit, - Communication comm = NoCommunication); - - static QString quote(const QString &arg); - -private: - K3ShellProcessPrivate* const d; -}; - - - -#endif - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index ccc53c4..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,334 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#include "k3processcontroller.h" -#include "k3process.h" - -//#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -class K3ProcessController::Private -{ -public: - Private() - : needcheck( false ), - notifier( 0 ) - { - } - - ~Private() - { - delete notifier; - } - - int fd[2]; - bool needcheck; - QSocketNotifier *notifier; - QList kProcessList; - QList unixProcessList; - static struct sigaction oldChildHandlerData; - static bool handlerSet; - static int refCount; - static K3ProcessController* instance; -}; - -K3ProcessController *K3ProcessController::Private::instance = 0; -int K3ProcessController::Private::refCount = 0; - -void K3ProcessController::ref() -{ - if ( !Private::refCount ) { - Private::instance = new K3ProcessController; - setupHandlers(); - } - Private::refCount++; -} - -void K3ProcessController::deref() -{ - Private::refCount--; - if( !Private::refCount ) { - resetHandlers(); - delete Private::instance; - Private::instance = 0; - } -} - -K3ProcessController* K3ProcessController::instance() -{ - /* - * there were no safety guards in previous revisions, is that ok? - if ( !Private::instance ) { - ref(); - } - */ - - return Private::instance; -} - -K3ProcessController::K3ProcessController() - : d( new Private ) -{ - if( pipe( d->fd ) ) - { - perror( "pipe" ); - abort(); - } - - fcntl( d->fd[0], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); // in case slotDoHousekeeping is called without polling first - fcntl( d->fd[1], F_SETFL, O_NONBLOCK ); // in case it fills up - fcntl( d->fd[0], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC ); - fcntl( d->fd[1], F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC ); - - d->notifier = new QSocketNotifier( d->fd[0], QSocketNotifier::Read ); - d->notifier->setEnabled( true ); - QObject::connect( d->notifier, SIGNAL(activated(int)), - SLOT(slotDoHousekeeping())); -} - -K3ProcessController::~K3ProcessController() -{ -#ifndef Q_OS_MAC -/* not sure why, but this is causing lockups */ - close( d->fd[0] ); - close( d->fd[1] ); -#else -#warning FIXME: why does close() freeze up destruction? -#endif - - delete d; -} - - -extern "C" { -static void theReaper( int num ) -{ - K3ProcessController::theSigCHLDHandler( num ); -} -} - -#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX -struct sigaction K3ProcessController::Private::oldChildHandlerData; -#endif -bool K3ProcessController::Private::handlerSet = false; - -void K3ProcessController::setupHandlers() -{ - if( Private::handlerSet ) - return; - Private::handlerSet = true; - -#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX - struct sigaction act; - sigemptyset( &act.sa_mask ); - - act.sa_handler = SIG_IGN; - act.sa_flags = 0; - sigaction( SIGPIPE, &act, 0L ); - - act.sa_handler = theReaper; - act.sa_flags = SA_NOCLDSTOP; - // CC: take care of SunOS which automatically restarts interrupted system - // calls (and thus does not have SA_RESTART) -#ifdef SA_RESTART - act.sa_flags |= SA_RESTART; -#endif - sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, &Private::oldChildHandlerData ); - - sigaddset( &act.sa_mask, SIGCHLD ); - // Make sure we don't block this signal. gdb tends to do that :-( - sigprocmask( SIG_UNBLOCK, &act.sa_mask, 0 ); -#else - //TODO: win32 -#endif -} - -void K3ProcessController::resetHandlers() -{ - if( !Private::handlerSet ) - return; - Private::handlerSet = false; - -#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX - sigset_t mask, omask; - sigemptyset( &mask ); - sigaddset( &mask, SIGCHLD ); - sigprocmask( SIG_BLOCK, &mask, &omask ); - - struct sigaction act; - sigaction( SIGCHLD, &Private::oldChildHandlerData, &act ); - if (act.sa_handler != theReaper) { - sigaction( SIGCHLD, &act, 0 ); - Private::handlerSet = true; - } - - sigprocmask( SIG_SETMASK, &omask, 0 ); -#else - //TODO: win32 -#endif - // there should be no problem with SIGPIPE staying SIG_IGN -} - -// the pipe is needed to sync the child reaping with our event processing, -// as otherwise there are race conditions, locking requirements, and things -// generally get harder -void K3ProcessController::theSigCHLDHandler( int arg ) -{ - int saved_errno = errno; - - char dummy = 0; - ::write( instance()->d->fd[1], &dummy, 1 ); - -#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX - if ( Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler != SIG_IGN && - Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler != SIG_DFL ) { - Private::oldChildHandlerData.sa_handler( arg ); // call the old handler - } -#else - //TODO: win32 -#endif - - errno = saved_errno; -} - -int K3ProcessController::notifierFd() const -{ - return d->fd[0]; -} - -void K3ProcessController::unscheduleCheck() -{ - char dummy[16]; // somewhat bigger - just in case several have queued up - if( ::read( d->fd[0], dummy, sizeof(dummy) ) > 0 ) - d->needcheck = true; -} - -void -K3ProcessController::rescheduleCheck() -{ - if( d->needcheck ) - { - d->needcheck = false; - char dummy = 0; - ::write( d->fd[1], &dummy, 1 ); - } -} - -void K3ProcessController::slotDoHousekeeping() -{ - char dummy[16]; // somewhat bigger - just in case several have queued up - ::read( d->fd[0], dummy, sizeof(dummy) ); - - int status; - again: - QList::iterator it( d->kProcessList.begin() ); - QList::iterator eit( d->kProcessList.end() ); - while( it != eit ) - { - K3Process *prc = *it; - if( prc->runs && waitpid( prc->pid_, &status, WNOHANG ) > 0 ) - { - prc->processHasExited( status ); - // the callback can nuke the whole process list and even 'this' - if (!instance()) - return; - goto again; - } - ++it; - } - QList::iterator uit( d->unixProcessList.begin() ); - QList::iterator ueit( d->unixProcessList.end() ); - while( uit != ueit ) - { - if( waitpid( *uit, 0, WNOHANG ) > 0 ) - { - uit = d->unixProcessList.erase( uit ); - deref(); // counterpart to addProcess, can invalidate 'this' - } else - ++uit; - } -} - -bool K3ProcessController::waitForProcessExit( int timeout ) -{ -#ifdef Q_OS_UNIX - for(;;) - { - struct timeval tv, *tvp; - if (timeout < 0) - tvp = 0; - else - { - tv.tv_sec = timeout; - tv.tv_usec = 0; - tvp = &tv; - } - - fd_set fds; - FD_ZERO( &fds ); - FD_SET( d->fd[0], &fds ); - - switch( select( d->fd[0]+1, &fds, 0, 0, tvp ) ) - { - case -1: - if( errno == EINTR ) - continue; - // fall through; should never happen - case 0: - return false; - default: - slotDoHousekeeping(); - return true; - } - } -#else - //TODO: win32 - return false; -#endif -} - -void K3ProcessController::addKProcess( K3Process* p ) -{ - d->kProcessList.append( p ); -} - -void K3ProcessController::removeKProcess( K3Process* p ) -{ - d->kProcessList.removeAll( p ); -} - -void K3ProcessController::addProcess( int pid ) -{ - d->unixProcessList.append( pid ); - ref(); // make sure we stay around when the K3Process goes away -} - -//#include "moc_k3processcontroller.cpp" diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h b/libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h deleted file mode 100644 index c077af2..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/k3processcontroller.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 1997 Christian Czezakte (e9025461@student.tuwien.ac.at) - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef K3PROCCTRL_H -#define K3PROCCTRL_H - -#include -#include - - -/** - * @short Used internally by K3Process - * @internal - * @author Christian Czezatke - * - * A class for internal use by K3Process only. -- Exactly one instance - * of this class is created by KApplication. - * - * This class takes care of the actual (UN*X) signal handling. - */ -class K3ProcessController : public QObject -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - /** - * Create an instance if none exists yet. - * Called by KApplication::KApplication() - */ - static void ref(); - - /** - * Destroy the instance if one exists and it is not referenced any more. - * Called by KApplication::~KApplication() - */ - static void deref(); - - /** - * Only a single instance of this class is allowed at a time. - * This method provides access to that instance. - */ - static K3ProcessController *instance(); - - /** - * Automatically called upon SIGCHLD. Never call it directly. - * If your application (or some library it uses) redirects SIGCHLD, - * the new signal handler (and only it) should call the old handler - * returned by sigaction(). - * @internal - */ - static void theSigCHLDHandler(int signal); // KDE4: private - - /** - * Wait for any process to exit and handle their exit without - * starting an event loop. - * This function may cause K3Process to emit any of its signals. - * - * @param timeout the timeout in seconds. -1 means no timeout. - * @return true if a process exited, false - * if no process exited within @p timeout seconds. - */ - bool waitForProcessExit(int timeout); - - /** - * Call this function to defer processing of the data that became available - * on notifierFd(). - */ - void unscheduleCheck(); - - /** - * This function @em must be called at some point after calling - * unscheduleCheck(). - */ - void rescheduleCheck(); - - /* - * Obtain the file descriptor K3ProcessController uses to get notified - * about process exits. select() or poll() on it if you create a custom - * event loop that needs to act upon SIGCHLD. - * @return the file descriptor of the reading end of the notification pipe - */ - int notifierFd() const; - - /** - * @internal - */ - void addKProcess( K3Process* ); - /** - * @internal - */ - void removeKProcess( K3Process* ); - /** - * @internal - */ - void addProcess( int pid ); - -private Q_SLOTS: - void slotDoHousekeeping(); - -private: - friend class I_just_love_gcc; - - static void setupHandlers(); - static void resetHandlers(); - - // Disallow instantiation - K3ProcessController(); - ~K3ProcessController(); - - // Disallow assignment and copy-construction - K3ProcessController( const K3ProcessController& ); - K3ProcessController& operator= ( const K3ProcessController& ); - - class Private; - Private * const d; -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Entries b/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Entries deleted file mode 100644 index 1595129..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Entries +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ -/default.keytab/1.1.1.1/Sat May 10 21:27:57 2008// -/linux.keytab/1.1.1.1/Sat May 10 21:27:57 2008// -/vt420pc.keytab/1.1.1.1/Sat May 10 21:27:57 2008// -D diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Repository b/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Repository deleted file mode 100644 index f49cd95..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Repository +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -qtermwidget/lib/kb-layouts diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Root b/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Root deleted file mode 100644 index 41f2928..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/CVS/Root +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -:ext:e_k@qtermwidget.cvs.sourceforge.net:/cvsroot/qtermwidget diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab b/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab deleted file mode 100644 index 76362cd..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/default.keytab +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -# [README.default.Keytab] Buildin Keyboard Table -# -# To customize your keyboard, copy this file to something -# ending with .keytab and change it to meet you needs. -# Please read the README.KeyTab and the README.keyboard -# in this case. -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -keyboard "Default (XFree 4)" - -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -# -# Note that this particular table is a "risc" version made to -# ease customization without bothering with obsolete details. -# See VT100.keytab for the more hairy stuff. -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -# common keys - -key Escape : "\E" - -key Tab -Shift : "\t" -key Tab +Shift+Ansi : "\E[Z" -key Tab +Shift-Ansi : "\t" -key Backtab +Ansi : "\E[Z" -key Backtab -Ansi : "\t" - -key Return-Shift-NewLine : "\r" -key Return-Shift+NewLine : "\r\n" - -key Return+Shift : "\EOM" - -# Backspace and Delete codes are preserving CTRL-H. - -key Backspace : "\x7f" - -# Arrow keys in VT52 mode -# shift up/down are reserved for scrolling. -# shift left/right are reserved for switching between tabs (this is hardcoded). - -key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" -key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" -key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" -key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" - -# Arrow keys in ANSI mode with Application - and Normal Cursor Mode) - -key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" -key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" -key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" -key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" - -key Up -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" -key Down -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" -key Right -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" -key Left -Shift-AnyMod+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" - -key Up -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*A" -key Down -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*B" -key Right -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*C" -key Left -Shift+AnyMod+Ansi : "\E[1;*D" - -# other grey PC keys - -key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" -key Enter-NewLine : "\r" - -key Home -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[H" -key End -AnyMod -AppCuKeys : "\E[F" -key Home -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOH" -key End -AnyMod +AppCuKeys : "\EOF" -key Home +AnyMod : "\E[1;*H" -key End +AnyMod : "\E[1;*F" - -key Insert -AnyMod : "\E[2~" -key Delete -AnyMod : "\E[3~" -key Insert +AnyMod : "\E[2;*~" -key Delete +AnyMod : "\E[3;*~" - -key Prior -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[5~" -key Next -Shift-AnyMod : "\E[6~" -key Prior -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[5;*~" -key Next -Shift+AnyMod : "\E[6;*~" - -# Function keys -key F1 -AnyMod : "\EOP" -key F2 -AnyMod : "\EOQ" -key F3 -AnyMod : "\EOR" -key F4 -AnyMod : "\EOS" -key F5 -AnyMod : "\E[15~" -key F6 -AnyMod : "\E[17~" -key F7 -AnyMod : "\E[18~" -key F8 -AnyMod : "\E[19~" -key F9 -AnyMod : "\E[20~" -key F10 -AnyMod : "\E[21~" -key F11 -AnyMod : "\E[23~" -key F12 -AnyMod : "\E[24~" - -key F1 +AnyMod : "\EO*P" -key F2 +AnyMod : "\EO*Q" -key F3 +AnyMod : "\EO*R" -key F4 +AnyMod : "\EO*S" -key F5 +AnyMod : "\E[15;*~" -key F6 +AnyMod : "\E[17;*~" -key F7 +AnyMod : "\E[18;*~" -key F8 +AnyMod : "\E[19;*~" -key F9 +AnyMod : "\E[20;*~" -key F10 +AnyMod : "\E[21;*~" -key F11 +AnyMod : "\E[23;*~" -key F12 +AnyMod : "\E[24;*~" - -# Work around dead keys - -key Space +Control : "\x00" - -# Some keys are used by konsole to cause operations. -# The scroll* operations refer to the history buffer. - -key Up +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineUp -key Prior +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageUp -key Down +Shift-AppScreen : scrollLineDown -key Next +Shift-AppScreen : scrollPageDown - -#key Up +Shift : scrollLineUp -#key Prior +Shift : scrollPageUp -#key Down +Shift : scrollLineDown -#key Next +Shift : scrollPageDown - -key ScrollLock : scrollLock - -# keypad characters are not offered differently by Qt. diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab b/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab deleted file mode 100644 index c0fe444..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/linux.keytab +++ /dev/null @@ -1,133 +0,0 @@ -# [linux.keytab] Konsole Keyboard Table (Linux console keys) -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -# NOT TESTED, MAY NEED SOME CLEANUPS -keyboard "Linux console" - -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -# -# This configuration table allows to customize the -# meaning of the keys. -# -# The syntax is that each entry has the form : -# -# "key" Keyname { ("+"|"-") Modename } ":" (String|Operation) -# -# Keynames are those defined in with the -# "Qt::Key_" removed. (We'd better insert the list here) -# -# Mode names are : -# -# - Shift -# - Alt -# - Control -# -# The VT100 emulation has two modes that can affect the -# sequences emitted by certain keys. These modes are -# under control of the client program. -# -# - Newline : effects Return and Enter key. -# - Application : effects Up and Down key. -# -# - Ansi : effects Up and Down key (This is for VT52, really). -# -# Operations are -# -# - scrollUpLine -# - scrollUpPage -# - scrollDownLine -# - scrollDownPage -# -# - emitSelection -# -# If the key is not found here, the text of the -# key event as provided by QT is emitted, possibly -# preceeded by ESC if the Alt key is pressed. -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -key Escape : "\E" -key Tab : "\t" - -# VT100 can add an extra \n after return. -# The NewLine mode is set by an escape sequence. - -key Return-NewLine : "\r" -key Return+NewLine : "\r\n" - -# Some desperately try to save the ^H. - -key Backspace : "\x7f" -key Delete : "\E[3~" - -# These codes are for the VT52 mode of VT100 -# The Ansi mode (i.e. VT100 mode) is set by -# an escape sequence - -key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" -key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" -key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" -key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" - -# VT100 emits a mode bit together -# with the arrow keys.The AppCuKeys -# mode is set by an escape sequence. - -key Up -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" -key Down -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" -key Right-Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" -key Left -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" - -key Up -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" -key Down -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" -key Right-Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" -key Left -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" - -# linux functions keys F1-F5 differ from xterm - -key F1 : "\E[[A" -key F2 : "\E[[B" -key F3 : "\E[[C" -key F4 : "\E[[D" -key F5 : "\E[[E" - -key F6 : "\E[17~" -key F7 : "\E[18~" -key F8 : "\E[19~" -key F9 : "\E[20~" -key F10 : "\E[21~" -key F11 : "\E[23~" -key F12 : "\E[24~" - -key Home : "\E[1~" -key End : "\E[4~" - -key Prior -Shift : "\E[5~" -key Next -Shift : "\E[6~" -key Insert-Shift : "\E[2~" - -# Keypad-Enter. See comment on Return above. - -key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" -key Enter-NewLine : "\r" - -key Space +Control : "\x00" - -# some of keys are used by konsole. - -key Up +Shift : scrollLineUp -key Prior +Shift : scrollPageUp -key Down +Shift : scrollLineDown -key Next +Shift : scrollPageDown - -key ScrollLock : scrollLock - -#---------------------------------------------------------- - -# keypad characters as offered by Qt -# cannot be recognized as such. - -#---------------------------------------------------------- - -# Following other strings as emitted by konsole. diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab b/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab deleted file mode 100644 index 2b7102f..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kb-layouts/vt420pc.keytab +++ /dev/null @@ -1,163 +0,0 @@ -# [vt420pc.keytab] Konsole Keyboard Table (VT420pc keys) -# adapted by ferdinand gassauer f.gassauer@aon.at -# Nov 2000 -# -################################################################ -# -# The escape sequences emmited by the -# keys Shift+F1 to Shift+F12 might not fit your needs -# -################# IMPORTANT NOTICE ############################# -# the key bindings (Kcontrol -> look and feel -> keybindgs) -# overrule the settings in this file. The key bindings might be -# changed by the user WITHOUT notification of the maintainer of -# the keytab file. Konsole will not work as expected by -# the maintainer of the keytab file. -################################################################ -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -keyboard "DEC VT420 Terminal" - -# -------------------------------------------------------------- -# -# This configuration table allows to customize the -# meaning of the keys. -# -# The syntax is that each entry has the form : -# -# "key" Keyname { ("+"|"-") Modename } ":" (String|Operation) -# -# Keynames are those defined in with the -# "Qt::Key_" removed. (We'd better insert the list here) -# -# Mode names are : -# -# - Shift -# - Alt -# - Control -# -# The VT100 emulation has two modes that can affect the -# sequences emitted by certain keys. These modes are -# under control of the client program. -# -# - Newline : effects Return and Enter key. -# - Application : effects Up and Down key. -# -# - Ansi : effects Up and Down key (This is for VT52, really). -# -# Operations are -# -# - scrollUpLine -# - scrollUpPage -# - scrollDownLine -# - scrollDownPage -# -# - emitSelection -# -# If the key is not found here, the text of the -# key event as provided by QT is emitted, possibly -# preceeded by ESC if the Alt key is pressed. -# -# -------------------------------------------------------------- - -key Escape : "\E" -key Tab : "\t" -key Backtab: "\E[Z" - -# VT100 can add an extra \n after return. -# The NewLine mode is set by an escape sequence. - -key Return-NewLine : "\r" -key Return+NewLine : "\r\n" - -# Some desperately try to save the ^H. -# may be not everyone wants this - -key Backspace : "\x08" # Control H -key Delete : "\x7f" - -# These codes are for the VT420pc -# The Ansi mode (i.e. VT100 mode) is set by -# an escape sequence - -key Up -Shift-Ansi : "\EA" -key Down -Shift-Ansi : "\EB" -key Right-Shift-Ansi : "\EC" -key Left -Shift-Ansi : "\ED" - -# VT100 emits a mode bit together -# with the arrow keys.The AppCuKeys -# mode is set by an escape sequence. - -key Up -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOA" -key Down -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOB" -key Right-Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOC" -key Left -Shift+Ansi+AppCuKeys : "\EOD" - -key Up -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[A" -key Down -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[B" -key Right-Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[C" -key Left -Shift+Ansi-AppCuKeys : "\E[D" - -# function keys - -key F1 -Shift : "\E[11~" -key F2 -Shift : "\E[12~" -key F3 -Shift : "\E[13~" -key F4 -Shift : "\E[14~" -key F5 -Shift : "\E[15~" -key F6 -Shift : "\E[17~" -key F7 -Shift : "\E[18~" -key F8 -Shift : "\E[19~" -key F9 -Shift : "\E[20~" -key F10-Shift : "\E[21~" -key F11-Shift : "\E[23~" -key F12-Shift : "\E[24~" -# -# Shift F1-F12 -# -key F1 +Shift : "\E[11;2~" -key F2 +Shift : "\E[12;2~" -key F3 +Shift : "\E[13;2~" -key F4 +Shift : "\E[14;2~" -key F5 +Shift : "\E[15;2~" -key F6 +Shift : "\E[17;2~" -key F7 +Shift : "\E[18;2~" -key F8 +Shift : "\E[19;2~" -key F9 +Shift : "\E[20;2~" -key F10+Shift : "\E[21;2~" -key F11+Shift : "\E[23;2~" -key F12+Shift : "\E[24;2~" - -key Home : "\E[H" -key End : "\E[F" - -key Prior -Shift : "\E[5~" -key Next -Shift : "\E[6~" -key Insert-Shift : "\E[2~" - -# Keypad-Enter. See comment on Return above. - -key Enter+NewLine : "\r\n" -key Enter-NewLine : "\r" - -key Space +Control : "\x00" - -# some of keys are used by konsole. - -key Up +Shift : scrollLineUp -key Prior +Shift : scrollPageUp -key Down +Shift : scrollLineDown -key Next +Shift : scrollPageDown - -key ScrollLock : scrollLock - -#---------------------------------------------------------- - -# keypad characters as offered by Qt -# cannot be recognized as such. - -#---------------------------------------------------------- - -# Following other strings as emitted by konsole. diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e4ef117..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.character,v 1.3 2001/07/29 22:08:16 tsi Exp $ */ -/* - * This is an implementation of wcwidth() and wcswidth() as defined in - * "The Single UNIX Specification, Version 2, The Open Group, 1997" - * - * - * Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain - */ - -#include "konsole_wcwidth.h" - -struct interval { - unsigned short first; - unsigned short last; -}; - -/* auxiliary function for binary search in interval table */ -static int bisearch(quint16 ucs, const struct interval *table, int max) { - int min = 0; - int mid; - - if (ucs < table[0].first || ucs > table[max].last) - return 0; - while (max >= min) { - mid = (min + max) / 2; - if (ucs > table[mid].last) - min = mid + 1; - else if (ucs < table[mid].first) - max = mid - 1; - else - return 1; - } - - return 0; -} - - -/* The following functions define the column width of an ISO 10646 - * character as follows: - * - * - The null character (U+0000) has a column width of 0. - * - * - Other C0/C1 control characters and DEL will lead to a return - * value of -1. - * - * - Non-spacing and enclosing combining characters (general - * category code Mn or Me in the Unicode database) have a - * column width of 0. - * - * - Other format characters (general category code Cf in the Unicode - * database) and ZERO WIDTH SPACE (U+200B) have a column width of 0. - * - * - Hangul Jamo medial vowels and final consonants (U+1160-U+11FF) - * have a column width of 0. - * - * - Spacing characters in the East Asian Wide (W) or East Asian - * FullWidth (F) category as defined in Unicode Technical - * Report #11 have a column width of 2. - * - * - All remaining characters (including all printable - * ISO 8859-1 and WGL4 characters, Unicode control characters, - * etc.) have a column width of 1. - * - * This implementation assumes that quint16 characters are encoded - * in ISO 10646. - */ - -int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs) -{ - /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of non-spacing characters */ - static const struct interval combining[] = { - { 0x0300, 0x034E }, { 0x0360, 0x0362 }, { 0x0483, 0x0486 }, - { 0x0488, 0x0489 }, { 0x0591, 0x05A1 }, { 0x05A3, 0x05B9 }, - { 0x05BB, 0x05BD }, { 0x05BF, 0x05BF }, { 0x05C1, 0x05C2 }, - { 0x05C4, 0x05C4 }, { 0x064B, 0x0655 }, { 0x0670, 0x0670 }, - { 0x06D6, 0x06E4 }, { 0x06E7, 0x06E8 }, { 0x06EA, 0x06ED }, - { 0x070F, 0x070F }, { 0x0711, 0x0711 }, { 0x0730, 0x074A }, - { 0x07A6, 0x07B0 }, { 0x0901, 0x0902 }, { 0x093C, 0x093C }, - { 0x0941, 0x0948 }, { 0x094D, 0x094D }, { 0x0951, 0x0954 }, - { 0x0962, 0x0963 }, { 0x0981, 0x0981 }, { 0x09BC, 0x09BC }, - { 0x09C1, 0x09C4 }, { 0x09CD, 0x09CD }, { 0x09E2, 0x09E3 }, - { 0x0A02, 0x0A02 }, { 0x0A3C, 0x0A3C }, { 0x0A41, 0x0A42 }, - { 0x0A47, 0x0A48 }, { 0x0A4B, 0x0A4D }, { 0x0A70, 0x0A71 }, - { 0x0A81, 0x0A82 }, { 0x0ABC, 0x0ABC }, { 0x0AC1, 0x0AC5 }, - { 0x0AC7, 0x0AC8 }, { 0x0ACD, 0x0ACD }, { 0x0B01, 0x0B01 }, - { 0x0B3C, 0x0B3C }, { 0x0B3F, 0x0B3F }, { 0x0B41, 0x0B43 }, - { 0x0B4D, 0x0B4D }, { 0x0B56, 0x0B56 }, { 0x0B82, 0x0B82 }, - { 0x0BC0, 0x0BC0 }, { 0x0BCD, 0x0BCD }, { 0x0C3E, 0x0C40 }, - { 0x0C46, 0x0C48 }, { 0x0C4A, 0x0C4D }, { 0x0C55, 0x0C56 }, - { 0x0CBF, 0x0CBF }, { 0x0CC6, 0x0CC6 }, { 0x0CCC, 0x0CCD }, - { 0x0D41, 0x0D43 }, { 0x0D4D, 0x0D4D }, { 0x0DCA, 0x0DCA }, - { 0x0DD2, 0x0DD4 }, { 0x0DD6, 0x0DD6 }, { 0x0E31, 0x0E31 }, - { 0x0E34, 0x0E3A }, { 0x0E47, 0x0E4E }, { 0x0EB1, 0x0EB1 }, - { 0x0EB4, 0x0EB9 }, { 0x0EBB, 0x0EBC }, { 0x0EC8, 0x0ECD }, - { 0x0F18, 0x0F19 }, { 0x0F35, 0x0F35 }, { 0x0F37, 0x0F37 }, - { 0x0F39, 0x0F39 }, { 0x0F71, 0x0F7E }, { 0x0F80, 0x0F84 }, - { 0x0F86, 0x0F87 }, { 0x0F90, 0x0F97 }, { 0x0F99, 0x0FBC }, - { 0x0FC6, 0x0FC6 }, { 0x102D, 0x1030 }, { 0x1032, 0x1032 }, - { 0x1036, 0x1037 }, { 0x1039, 0x1039 }, { 0x1058, 0x1059 }, - { 0x1160, 0x11FF }, { 0x17B7, 0x17BD }, { 0x17C6, 0x17C6 }, - { 0x17C9, 0x17D3 }, { 0x180B, 0x180E }, { 0x18A9, 0x18A9 }, - { 0x200B, 0x200F }, { 0x202A, 0x202E }, { 0x206A, 0x206F }, - { 0x20D0, 0x20E3 }, { 0x302A, 0x302F }, { 0x3099, 0x309A }, - { 0xFB1E, 0xFB1E }, { 0xFE20, 0xFE23 }, { 0xFEFF, 0xFEFF }, - { 0xFFF9, 0xFFFB } - }; - - /* test for 8-bit control characters */ - if (ucs == 0) - return 0; - if (ucs < 32 || (ucs >= 0x7f && ucs < 0xa0)) - return -1; - - /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ - if (bisearch(ucs, combining, - sizeof(combining) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) - return 0; - - /* if we arrive here, ucs is not a combining or C0/C1 control character */ - - return 1 + - (ucs >= 0x1100 && - (ucs <= 0x115f || /* Hangul Jamo init. consonants */ - (ucs >= 0x2e80 && ucs <= 0xa4cf && (ucs & ~0x0011) != 0x300a && - ucs != 0x303f) || /* CJK ... Yi */ - (ucs >= 0xac00 && ucs <= 0xd7a3) || /* Hangul Syllables */ - (ucs >= 0xf900 && ucs <= 0xfaff) || /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ - (ucs >= 0xfe30 && ucs <= 0xfe6f) || /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ - (ucs >= 0xff00 && ucs <= 0xff5f) || /* Fullwidth Forms */ - (ucs >= 0xffe0 && ucs <= 0xffe6) /* do not compare UINT16 with 0x20000 || - (ucs >= 0x20000 && ucs <= 0x2ffff) */)); -} - -#if 0 -/* - * The following function is the same as konsole_wcwidth(), except that - * spacing characters in the East Asian Ambiguous (A) category as - * defined in Unicode Technical Report #11 have a column width of 2. - * This experimental variant might be useful for users of CJK legacy - * encodings who want to migrate to UCS. It is not otherwise - * recommended for general use. - */ -int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(quint16 ucs) -{ - /* sorted list of non-overlapping intervals of East Asian Ambiguous - * characters */ - static const struct interval ambiguous[] = { - { 0x00A1, 0x00A1 }, { 0x00A4, 0x00A4 }, { 0x00A7, 0x00A8 }, - { 0x00AA, 0x00AA }, { 0x00AD, 0x00AD }, { 0x00B0, 0x00B4 }, - { 0x00B6, 0x00BA }, { 0x00BC, 0x00BF }, { 0x00C6, 0x00C6 }, - { 0x00D0, 0x00D0 }, { 0x00D7, 0x00D8 }, { 0x00DE, 0x00E1 }, - { 0x00E6, 0x00E6 }, { 0x00E8, 0x00EA }, { 0x00EC, 0x00ED }, - { 0x00F0, 0x00F0 }, { 0x00F2, 0x00F3 }, { 0x00F7, 0x00FA }, - { 0x00FC, 0x00FC }, { 0x00FE, 0x00FE }, { 0x0101, 0x0101 }, - { 0x0111, 0x0111 }, { 0x0113, 0x0113 }, { 0x011B, 0x011B }, - { 0x0126, 0x0127 }, { 0x012B, 0x012B }, { 0x0131, 0x0133 }, - { 0x0138, 0x0138 }, { 0x013F, 0x0142 }, { 0x0144, 0x0144 }, - { 0x0148, 0x014A }, { 0x014D, 0x014D }, { 0x0152, 0x0153 }, - { 0x0166, 0x0167 }, { 0x016B, 0x016B }, { 0x01CE, 0x01CE }, - { 0x01D0, 0x01D0 }, { 0x01D2, 0x01D2 }, { 0x01D4, 0x01D4 }, - { 0x01D6, 0x01D6 }, { 0x01D8, 0x01D8 }, { 0x01DA, 0x01DA }, - { 0x01DC, 0x01DC }, { 0x0251, 0x0251 }, { 0x0261, 0x0261 }, - { 0x02C7, 0x02C7 }, { 0x02C9, 0x02CB }, { 0x02CD, 0x02CD }, - { 0x02D0, 0x02D0 }, { 0x02D8, 0x02DB }, { 0x02DD, 0x02DD }, - { 0x0391, 0x03A1 }, { 0x03A3, 0x03A9 }, { 0x03B1, 0x03C1 }, - { 0x03C3, 0x03C9 }, { 0x0401, 0x0401 }, { 0x0410, 0x044F }, - { 0x0451, 0x0451 }, { 0x2010, 0x2010 }, { 0x2013, 0x2016 }, - { 0x2018, 0x2019 }, { 0x201C, 0x201D }, { 0x2020, 0x2021 }, - { 0x2025, 0x2027 }, { 0x2030, 0x2030 }, { 0x2032, 0x2033 }, - { 0x2035, 0x2035 }, { 0x203B, 0x203B }, { 0x2074, 0x2074 }, - { 0x207F, 0x207F }, { 0x2081, 0x2084 }, { 0x20AC, 0x20AC }, - { 0x2103, 0x2103 }, { 0x2105, 0x2105 }, { 0x2109, 0x2109 }, - { 0x2113, 0x2113 }, { 0x2121, 0x2122 }, { 0x2126, 0x2126 }, - { 0x212B, 0x212B }, { 0x2154, 0x2155 }, { 0x215B, 0x215B }, - { 0x215E, 0x215E }, { 0x2160, 0x216B }, { 0x2170, 0x2179 }, - { 0x2190, 0x2199 }, { 0x21D2, 0x21D2 }, { 0x21D4, 0x21D4 }, - { 0x2200, 0x2200 }, { 0x2202, 0x2203 }, { 0x2207, 0x2208 }, - { 0x220B, 0x220B }, { 0x220F, 0x220F }, { 0x2211, 0x2211 }, - { 0x2215, 0x2215 }, { 0x221A, 0x221A }, { 0x221D, 0x2220 }, - { 0x2223, 0x2223 }, { 0x2225, 0x2225 }, { 0x2227, 0x222C }, - { 0x222E, 0x222E }, { 0x2234, 0x2237 }, { 0x223C, 0x223D }, - { 0x2248, 0x2248 }, { 0x224C, 0x224C }, { 0x2252, 0x2252 }, - { 0x2260, 0x2261 }, { 0x2264, 0x2267 }, { 0x226A, 0x226B }, - { 0x226E, 0x226F }, { 0x2282, 0x2283 }, { 0x2286, 0x2287 }, - { 0x2295, 0x2295 }, { 0x2299, 0x2299 }, { 0x22A5, 0x22A5 }, - { 0x22BF, 0x22BF }, { 0x2312, 0x2312 }, { 0x2460, 0x24BF }, - { 0x24D0, 0x24E9 }, { 0x2500, 0x254B }, { 0x2550, 0x2574 }, - { 0x2580, 0x258F }, { 0x2592, 0x2595 }, { 0x25A0, 0x25A1 }, - { 0x25A3, 0x25A9 }, { 0x25B2, 0x25B3 }, { 0x25B6, 0x25B7 }, - { 0x25BC, 0x25BD }, { 0x25C0, 0x25C1 }, { 0x25C6, 0x25C8 }, - { 0x25CB, 0x25CB }, { 0x25CE, 0x25D1 }, { 0x25E2, 0x25E5 }, - { 0x25EF, 0x25EF }, { 0x2605, 0x2606 }, { 0x2609, 0x2609 }, - { 0x260E, 0x260F }, { 0x261C, 0x261C }, { 0x261E, 0x261E }, - { 0x2640, 0x2640 }, { 0x2642, 0x2642 }, { 0x2660, 0x2661 }, - { 0x2663, 0x2665 }, { 0x2667, 0x266A }, { 0x266C, 0x266D }, - { 0x266F, 0x266F }, { 0x300A, 0x300B }, { 0x301A, 0x301B }, - { 0xE000, 0xF8FF }, { 0xFFFD, 0xFFFD } - }; - - /* binary search in table of non-spacing characters */ - if (bisearch(ucs, ambiguous, - sizeof(ambiguous) / sizeof(struct interval) - 1)) - return 2; - - return konsole_wcwidth(ucs); -} -#endif - -// single byte char: +1, multi byte char: +2 -int string_width( const QString &txt ) -{ - int w = 0; - for ( int i = 0; i < txt.length(); ++i ) - w += konsole_wcwidth( txt[ i ].unicode() ); - return w; -} diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h b/libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f4e46a..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/konsole_wcwidth.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,24 +0,0 @@ -/* $XFree86: xc/programs/xterm/wcwidth.h,v 1.2 2001/06/18 19:09:27 dickey Exp $ */ - -/* Markus Kuhn -- 2001-01-12 -- public domain */ -/* Adaptions for KDE by Waldo Bastian */ -/* - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k -*/ - - -#ifndef _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ -#define _KONSOLE_WCWIDTH_H_ - -// Qt -#include -#include - -int konsole_wcwidth(quint16 ucs); -#if 0 -int konsole_wcwidth_cjk(Q_UINT16 ucs); -#endif - -int string_width( const QString &txt ); - -#endif diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 953b956..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kpty.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,624 +0,0 @@ -/* - - This file is part of the KDE libraries - Copyright (C) 2002 Waldo Bastian - Copyright (C) 2002-2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#include "kpty_p.h" - -#ifdef __sgi -#define __svr4__ -#endif - -#ifdef __osf__ -#define _OSF_SOURCE -#include -#endif - -#ifdef _AIX -#define _ALL_SOURCE -#endif - -// __USE_XOPEN isn't defined by default in ICC -// (needed for ptsname(), grantpt() and unlockpt()) -#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER -# ifndef __USE_XOPEN -# define __USE_XOPEN -# endif -#endif - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if defined(HAVE_PTY_H) -# include -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_LIBUTIL_H -# include -#elif defined(HAVE_UTIL_H) -# include -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER -extern "C" { -# include -} -#else -# include -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX -# include -# endif -# if !defined(_PATH_UTMPX) && defined(_UTMPX_FILE) -# define _PATH_UTMPX _UTMPX_FILE -# endif -# if !defined(_PATH_WTMPX) && defined(_WTMPX_FILE) -# define _PATH_WTMPX _WTMPX_FILE -# endif -#endif - -/* for HP-UX (some versions) the extern C is needed, and for other - platforms it doesn't hurt */ -extern "C" { -#include -#if defined(HAVE_TERMIO_H) -# include // struct winsize on some systems -#endif -} - -#if defined (_HPUX_SOURCE) -# define _TERMIOS_INCLUDED -# include -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STROPTS_H -# include // Defines I_PUSH -# define _NEW_TTY_CTRL -#endif - -#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) -# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCGETA, (char *)ttmode) -#else -# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__Lynx__) || defined (__CYGWIN__) -# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) -# else -# define _tcgetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCGETS, (char *)ttmode) -# endif -#endif - -#if defined (__FreeBSD__) || defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__) || defined (__bsdi__) || defined(__APPLE__) || defined (__DragonFly__) -# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TIOCSETA, (char *)ttmode) -#else -# if defined(_HPUX_SOURCE) || defined(__CYGWIN__) -# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) tcsetattr(fd, TCSANOW, ttmode) -# else -# define _tcsetattr(fd, ttmode) ioctl(fd, TCSETS, (char *)ttmode) -# endif -#endif - -//#include -//#include // findExe - -#include - -// not defined on HP-UX for example -#ifndef CTRL -# define CTRL(x) ((x) & 037) -#endif - -#define TTY_GROUP "tty" - -/////////////////////// -// private functions // -/////////////////////// - -////////////////// -// private data // -////////////////// - -KPtyPrivate::KPtyPrivate() : - masterFd(-1), slaveFd(-1) -{ -} - -bool KPtyPrivate::chownpty(bool) -{ -// return !QProcess::execute(KStandardDirs::findExe("kgrantpty"), -// QStringList() << (grant?"--grant":"--revoke") << QString::number(masterFd)); - return true; -} - -///////////////////////////// -// public member functions // -///////////////////////////// - -KPty::KPty() : - d_ptr(new KPtyPrivate) -{ - d_ptr->q_ptr = this; -} - -KPty::KPty(KPtyPrivate *d) : - d_ptr(d) -{ - d_ptr->q_ptr = this; -} - -KPty::~KPty() -{ - close(); - delete d_ptr; -} - -bool KPty::open() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - if (d->masterFd >= 0) - return true; - - QByteArray ptyName; - - // Find a master pty that we can open //////////////////////////////// - - // Because not all the pty animals are created equal, they want to - // be opened by several different methods. - - // We try, as we know them, one by one. - -#ifdef HAVE_OPENPTY - - char ptsn[PATH_MAX]; - if (::openpty( &d->masterFd, &d->slaveFd, ptsn, 0, 0)) - { - d->masterFd = -1; - d->slaveFd = -1; - kWarning(175) << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; - return false; - } - d->ttyName = ptsn; - -#else - -#ifdef HAVE__GETPTY // irix - - char *ptsn = _getpty(&d->masterFd, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY, S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR, 0); - if (ptsn) { - d->ttyName = ptsn; - goto grantedpt; - } - -#elif defined(HAVE_PTSNAME) || defined(TIOCGPTN) - -#ifdef HAVE_POSIX_OPENPT - d->masterFd = ::posix_openpt(O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); -#elif defined(HAVE_GETPT) - d->masterFd = ::getpt(); -#elif defined(PTM_DEVICE) - d->masterFd = ::open(PTM_DEVICE, O_RDWR|O_NOCTTY); -#else -# error No method to open a PTY master detected. -#endif - - if (d->masterFd >= 0) - { - -#ifdef HAVE_PTSNAME - char *ptsn = ptsname(d->masterFd); - if (ptsn) { - d->ttyName = ptsn; -#else - int ptyno; - if (!ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPTN, &ptyno)) { - d->ttyName = QByteArray("/dev/pts/") + QByteArray::number(ptyno); -#endif -#ifdef HAVE_GRANTPT - if (!grantpt(d->masterFd)) - goto grantedpt; -#else - - goto gotpty; -#endif - } - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - } -#endif // HAVE_PTSNAME || TIOCGPTN - - // Linux device names, FIXME: Trouble on other systems? - for (const char* s3 = "pqrstuvwxyzabcde"; *s3; s3++) - { - for (const char* s4 = "0123456789abcdef"; *s4; s4++) - { - ptyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/pty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); - d->ttyName = QString().sprintf("/dev/tty%c%c", *s3, *s4).toAscii(); - - d->masterFd = ::open(ptyName.data(), O_RDWR); - if (d->masterFd >= 0) - { -#ifdef Q_OS_SOLARIS - /* Need to check the process group of the pty. - * If it exists, then the slave pty is in use, - * and we need to get another one. - */ - int pgrp_rtn; - if (ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCGPGRP, &pgrp_rtn) == 0 || errno != EIO) { - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - continue; - } -#endif /* Q_OS_SOLARIS */ - if (!access(d->ttyName.data(),R_OK|W_OK)) // checks availability based on permission bits - { - if (!geteuid()) - { - struct group* p = getgrnam(TTY_GROUP); - if (!p) - p = getgrnam("wheel"); - gid_t gid = p ? p->gr_gid : getgid (); - - chown(d->ttyName.data(), getuid(), gid); - chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IWGRP); - } - goto gotpty; - } - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - } - } - } - - qWarning() << "Can't open a pseudo teletype"; - return false; - - gotpty: - struct stat st; - if (stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) { - return false; // this just cannot happen ... *cough* Yeah right, I just - // had it happen when pty #349 was allocated. I guess - // there was some sort of leak? I only had a few open. - } - if (((st.st_uid != getuid()) || - (st.st_mode & (S_IRGRP|S_IXGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH|S_IXOTH))) && - !d->chownpty(true)) - { - qWarning() - << "chownpty failed for device " << ptyName << "::" << d->ttyName - << "\nThis means the communication can be eavesdropped." << endl; - } - -#if defined (HAVE__GETPTY) || defined (HAVE_GRANTPT) - grantedpt: -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_REVOKE - revoke(d->ttyName.data()); -#endif - -#ifdef HAVE_UNLOCKPT - unlockpt(d->masterFd); -#elif defined(TIOCSPTLCK) - int flag = 0; - ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSPTLCK, &flag); -#endif - - d->slaveFd = ::open(d->ttyName.data(), O_RDWR | O_NOCTTY); - if (d->slaveFd < 0) - { - qWarning() << "Can't open slave pseudo teletype"; - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; - return false; - } - -#if (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__sgi__)) - // Solaris - ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ptem"); - ioctl(d->slaveFd, I_PUSH, "ldterm"); -#endif - -#endif /* HAVE_OPENPTY */ - - fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - fcntl(d->slaveFd, F_SETFD, FD_CLOEXEC); - - return true; -} - -void KPty::closeSlave() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - if (d->slaveFd < 0) - return; - ::close(d->slaveFd); - d->slaveFd = -1; -} - -void KPty::close() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - if (d->masterFd < 0) - return; - closeSlave(); - // don't bother resetting unix98 pty, it will go away after closing master anyway. - if (memcmp(d->ttyName.data(), "/dev/pts/", 9)) { - if (!geteuid()) { - struct stat st; - if (!stat(d->ttyName.data(), &st)) { - chown(d->ttyName.data(), 0, st.st_gid == getgid() ? 0 : -1); - chmod(d->ttyName.data(), S_IRUSR|S_IWUSR|S_IRGRP|S_IWGRP|S_IROTH|S_IWOTH); - } - } else { - fcntl(d->masterFd, F_SETFD, 0); - d->chownpty(false); - } - } - ::close(d->masterFd); - d->masterFd = -1; -} - -void KPty::setCTty() -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - // Setup job control ////////////////////////////////// - - // Become session leader, process group leader, - // and get rid of the old controlling terminal. - setsid(); - - // make our slave pty the new controlling terminal. -#ifdef TIOCSCTTY - ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSCTTY, 0); -#else - // __svr4__ hack: the first tty opened after setsid() becomes controlling tty - ::close(::open(d->ttyName, O_WRONLY, 0)); -#endif - - // make our new process group the foreground group on the pty - int pgrp = getpid(); -#if defined(_POSIX_VERSION) || defined(__svr4__) - tcsetpgrp(d->slaveFd, pgrp); -#elif defined(TIOCSPGRP) - ioctl(d->slaveFd, TIOCSPGRP, (char *)&pgrp); -#endif -} - -void KPty::login(const char *user, const char *remotehost) -{ -#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER - Q_D(KPty); - - addToUtmp(d->ttyName, remotehost, d->masterFd); - Q_UNUSED(user); -#else -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - struct utmpx l_struct; -# else - struct utmp l_struct; -# endif - memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); - // note: strncpy without terminators _is_ correct here. man 4 utmp - - if (user) - strncpy(l_struct.ut_name, user, sizeof(l_struct.ut_name)); - - if (remotehost) { - strncpy(l_struct.ut_host, remotehost, sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN - l_struct.ut_syslen = qMin(strlen(remotehost), sizeof(l_struct.ut_host)); -# endif - } - -# ifndef __GLIBC__ - Q_D(KPty); - const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); - if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) - str_ptr += 5; - strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_ID - strncpy(l_struct.ut_id, - str_ptr + strlen(str_ptr) - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id), - sizeof(l_struct.ut_id)); -# endif -# endif - -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - gettimeofday(&l_struct.ut_tv, 0); -# else - l_struct.ut_time = time(0); -# endif - -# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN -# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX - ::loginx(&l_struct); -# else - ::login(&l_struct); -# endif -# else -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE - l_struct.ut_type = USER_PROCESS; -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_PID - l_struct.ut_pid = getpid(); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SESSION - l_struct.ut_session = getsid(0); -# endif -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); - setutxent(); - pututxline(&l_struct); - endutxent(); - updwtmpx(_PATH_WTMPX, &l_struct); -# else - utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); - setutent(); - pututline(&l_struct); - endutent(); - updwtmp(_PATH_WTMP, &l_struct); -# endif -# endif -#endif -} - -void KPty::logout() -{ -#ifdef HAVE_UTEMPTER - Q_D(KPty); - - removeLineFromUtmp(d->ttyName, d->masterFd); -#else - Q_D(KPty); - - const char *str_ptr = d->ttyName.data(); - if (!memcmp(str_ptr, "/dev/", 5)) - str_ptr += 5; -# ifdef __GLIBC__ - else { - const char *sl_ptr = strrchr(str_ptr, '/'); - if (sl_ptr) - str_ptr = sl_ptr + 1; - } -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_LOGIN -# ifdef HAVE_LOGINX - ::logoutx(str_ptr, 0, DEAD_PROCESS); -# else - ::logout(str_ptr); -# endif -# else -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - struct utmpx l_struct, *ut; -# else - struct utmp l_struct, *ut; -# endif - memset(&l_struct, 0, sizeof(l_struct)); - - strncpy(l_struct.ut_line, str_ptr, sizeof(l_struct.ut_line)); - -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - utmpxname(_PATH_UTMPX); - setutxent(); - if ((ut = getutxline(&l_struct))) { -# else - utmpname(_PATH_UTMP); - setutent(); - if ((ut = getutline(&l_struct))) { -# endif - memset(ut->ut_name, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_name)); - memset(ut->ut_host, 0, sizeof(*ut->ut_host)); -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_SYSLEN - ut->ut_syslen = 0; -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_UTMP_UT_TYPE - ut->ut_type = DEAD_PROCESS; -# endif -# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX - gettimeofday(ut->ut_tv, 0); - pututxline(ut); - } - endutxent(); -# else - ut->ut_time = time(0); - pututline(ut); - } - endutent(); -# endif -# endif -#endif -} - -// XXX Supposedly, tc[gs]etattr do not work with the master on Solaris. -// Please verify. - -bool KPty::tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return _tcgetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; -} - -bool KPty::tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - return _tcsetattr(d->masterFd, ttmode) == 0; -} - -bool KPty::setWinSize(int lines, int columns) -{ - Q_D(KPty); - - struct winsize winSize; - memset(&winSize, 0, sizeof(winSize)); - winSize.ws_row = (unsigned short)lines; - winSize.ws_col = (unsigned short)columns; - return ioctl(d->masterFd, TIOCSWINSZ, (char *)&winSize) == 0; -} - -bool KPty::setEcho(bool echo) -{ - struct ::termios ttmode; - if (!tcGetAttr(&ttmode)) - return false; - if (!echo) - ttmode.c_lflag &= ~ECHO; - else - ttmode.c_lflag |= ECHO; - return tcSetAttr(&ttmode); -} - -const char *KPty::ttyName() const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return d->ttyName.data(); -} - -int KPty::masterFd() const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return d->masterFd; -} - -int KPty::slaveFd() const -{ - Q_D(const KPty); - - return d->slaveFd; -} diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kpty.h b/libs/qtermwidget/kpty.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8286834..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kpty.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - - Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef kpty_h -#define kpty_h - -#include - -struct KPtyPrivate; -struct termios; - -/** - * Provides primitives for opening & closing a pseudo TTY pair, assigning the - * controlling TTY, utmp registration and setting various terminal attributes. - */ -class KPty { - Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE(KPty) - -public: - - /** - * Constructor - */ - KPty(); - - /** - * Destructor: - * - * If the pty is still open, it will be closed. Note, however, that - * an utmp registration is @em not undone. - */ - ~KPty(); - - /** - * Create a pty master/slave pair. - * - * @return true if a pty pair was successfully opened - */ - bool open(); - - /** - * Close the pty master/slave pair. - */ - void close(); - - /** - * Close the pty slave descriptor. - * - * When creating the pty, KPty also opens the slave and keeps it open. - * Consequently the master will never receive an EOF notification. - * Usually this is the desired behavior, as a closed pty slave can be - * reopened any time - unlike a pipe or socket. However, in some cases - * pipe-alike behavior might be desired. - * - * After this function was called, slaveFd() and setCTty() cannot be - * used. - */ - void closeSlave(); - - /** - * Creates a new session and process group and makes this pty the - * controlling tty. - */ - void setCTty(); - - /** - * Creates an utmp entry for the tty. - * This function must be called after calling setCTty and - * making this pty the stdin. - * @param user the user to be logged on - * @param remotehost the host from which the login is coming. This is - * @em not the local host. For remote logins it should be the hostname - * of the client. For local logins from inside an X session it should - * be the name of the X display. Otherwise it should be empty. - */ - void login(const char *user = 0, const char *remotehost = 0); - - /** - * Removes the utmp entry for this tty. - */ - void logout(); - - /** - * Wrapper around tcgetattr(3). - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * You will need an #include <termios.h> to do anything useful - * with it. - * - * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. - * Note: when declaring ttmode, @c struct @c ::termios must be used - - * without the '::' some version of HP-UX thinks, this declares - * the struct in your class, in your method. - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise - */ - bool tcGetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode) const; - - /** - * Wrapper around tcsetattr(3) with mode TCSANOW. - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * - * @param ttmode a pointer to a termios structure. - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise. Note that success means - * that @em at @em least @em one attribute could be set. - */ - bool tcSetAttr(struct ::termios *ttmode); - - /** - * Change the logical (screen) size of the pty. - * The default is 24 lines by 80 columns. - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * - * @param lines the number of rows - * @param columns the number of columns - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise - */ - bool setWinSize(int lines, int columns); - - /** - * Set whether the pty should echo input. - * - * Echo is on by default. - * If the output of automatically fed (non-interactive) PTY clients - * needs to be parsed, disabling echo often makes it much simpler. - * - * This function can be used only while the PTY is open. - * - * @param echo true if input should be echoed. - * @return @c true on success, false otherwise - */ - bool setEcho(bool echo); - - /** - * @return the name of the slave pty device. - * - * This function should be called only while the pty is open. - */ - const char *ttyName() const; - - /** - * @return the file descriptor of the master pty - * - * This function should be called only while the pty is open. - */ - int masterFd() const; - - /** - * @return the file descriptor of the slave pty - * - * This function should be called only while the pty slave is open. - */ - int slaveFd() const; - -protected: - /** - * @internal - */ - KPty(KPtyPrivate *d); - - /** - * @internal - */ - KPtyPrivate * const d_ptr; -}; - -#endif - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h b/libs/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1702b44..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/kpty_p.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ -/* This file is part of the KDE libraries - - Copyright (C) 2003,2007 Oswald Buddenhagen - - Rewritten for QT4 by e_k , Copyright (C)2008 - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - -#ifndef kpty_p_h -#define kpty_p_h - -#include "kpty.h" - -#include - -struct KPtyPrivate { - Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(KPty) - - KPtyPrivate(); - bool chownpty(bool grant); - - int masterFd; - int slaveFd; - - QByteArray ttyName; - - KPty *q_ptr; -}; - -#endif diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp b/libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2cf6c6a..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,222 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - - -#include "qtermwidget.h" - -#include "Session.h" -#include "TerminalDisplay.h" - -using namespace Konsole; - -void *createTermWidget(int startnow, void *parent) -{ - return (void*) new QTermWidget(startnow, (QWidget*)parent); -} - -struct TermWidgetImpl -{ - TermWidgetImpl(QWidget* parent = 0); - - TerminalDisplay *m_terminalDisplay; - Session *m_session; - - Session* createSession(); - TerminalDisplay* createTerminalDisplay(Session *session, QWidget* parent); -}; - -TermWidgetImpl::TermWidgetImpl(QWidget* parent) -{ - this->m_session = createSession(); - this->m_terminalDisplay = createTerminalDisplay(this->m_session, parent); -} - - -Session *TermWidgetImpl::createSession() -{ - Session *session = new Session(); - - session->setTitle(Session::NameRole, "QTermWidget"); - session->setProgram("/bin/bash"); - QStringList args(""); - session->setArguments(args); - session->setAutoClose(true); - - session->setCodec(QTextCodec::codecForName("UTF-8")); - - session->setFlowControlEnabled(true); - session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(1000)); - - session->setDarkBackground(true); - - session->setKeyBindings(""); - return session; -} - -TerminalDisplay *TermWidgetImpl::createTerminalDisplay(Session *session, QWidget* parent) -{ -// TerminalDisplay* display = new TerminalDisplay(this); - TerminalDisplay* display = new TerminalDisplay(parent); - - display->setBellMode(TerminalDisplay::NotifyBell); - display->setTerminalSizeHint(true); - display->setTripleClickMode(TerminalDisplay::SelectWholeLine); - display->setTerminalSizeStartup(true); - - display->setRandomSeed(session->sessionId() * 31); - - return display; -} - - -QTermWidget::QTermWidget(int startnow, QWidget *parent) -:QWidget(parent) -{ - m_impl = new TermWidgetImpl(this); - - init(); - - if (startnow && m_impl->m_session) { - m_impl->m_session->run(); - } - - this->setFocus( Qt::OtherFocusReason ); - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize(this->size()); - - this->setFocusProxy(m_impl->m_terminalDisplay); -} - -void QTermWidget::startShellProgram() -{ - if ( m_impl->m_session->isRunning() ) - return; - - m_impl->m_session->run(); -} - -void QTermWidget::init() -{ - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize(80, 40); - - QFont font = QApplication::font(); - font.setFamily("Monospace"); - font.setPointSize(10); - font.setStyleHint(QFont::TypeWriter); - setTerminalFont(font); - setScrollBarPosition(NoScrollBar); - - m_impl->m_session->addView(m_impl->m_terminalDisplay); - - connect(m_impl->m_session, SIGNAL(finished()), this, SLOT(sessionFinished())); -} - - -QTermWidget::~QTermWidget() -{ - emit destroyed(); -} - - -void QTermWidget::setTerminalFont(QFont &font) -{ - if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay) - return; - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setVTFont(font); -} - -void QTermWidget::setShellProgram(QString &progname) -{ - if (!m_impl->m_session) - return; - m_impl->m_session->setProgram(progname); -} - -void QTermWidget::setArgs(QStringList &args) -{ - if (!m_impl->m_session) - return; - m_impl->m_session->setArguments(args); -} - -void QTermWidget::setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec) -{ - if (!m_impl->m_session) - return; - m_impl->m_session->setCodec(codec); -} - -void QTermWidget::setColorScheme(int scheme) -{ - switch(scheme) { - case COLOR_SCHEME_WHITE_ON_BLACK: - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(whiteonblack_color_table); - break; - case COLOR_SCHEME_GREEN_ON_BLACK: - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(greenonblack_color_table); - break; - case COLOR_SCHEME_BLACK_ON_LIGHT_YELLOW: - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setColorTable(blackonlightyellow_color_table); - break; - default: //do nothing - break; - }; -} - -void QTermWidget::setSize(int h, int v) -{ - if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay) - return; - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setSize(h, v); -} - -void QTermWidget::setHistorySize(int lines) -{ - if (lines < 0) - m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeFile()); - else - m_impl->m_session->setHistoryType(HistoryTypeBuffer(lines)); -} - -void QTermWidget::setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition pos) -{ - if (!m_impl->m_terminalDisplay) - return; - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->setScrollBarPosition((TerminalDisplay::ScrollBarPosition)pos); -} - -void QTermWidget::sendText(QString &text) -{ - m_impl->m_session->sendText(text); -} - -void QTermWidget::resizeEvent(QResizeEvent*) -{ -//qDebug("global window resizing...with %d %d", this->size().width(), this->size().height()); - m_impl->m_terminalDisplay->resize(this->size()); -} - - - -void QTermWidget::sessionFinished() -{ - emit finished(); -} - - -//#include "moc_consoleq.cpp" - diff --git a/libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h b/libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a11c4d..0000000 --- a/libs/qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -/* Copyright (C) 2008 e_k (e_k@users.sourceforge.net) - - This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or - modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU - Library General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public License - along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB. If not, write to - the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, - Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -*/ - - -#ifndef _Q_TERM_WIDGET -#define _Q_TERM_WIDGET - -#include - -struct TermWidgetImpl; - -enum COLOR_SCHEME { COLOR_SCHEME_WHITE_ON_BLACK = 1, - COLOR_SCHEME_GREEN_ON_BLACK, - COLOR_SCHEME_BLACK_ON_LIGHT_YELLOW }; - -class QTermWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT -public: - - enum ScrollBarPosition - { - /** Do not show the scroll bar. */ - NoScrollBar=0, - /** Show the scroll bar on the left side of the display. */ - ScrollBarLeft=1, - /** Show the scroll bar on the right side of the display. */ - ScrollBarRight=2 - }; - - - //Creation of widget - QTermWidget(int startnow = 1, //start shell programm immediatelly - QWidget *parent = 0); - ~QTermWidget(); - - //start shell program if it was not started in constructor - void startShellProgram(); - - //look-n-feel, if you don`t like defaults - - // Terminal font - // Default is application font with family Monospace, size 10 - void setTerminalFont(QFont &font); - - // Shell program, default is /bin/bash - void setShellProgram(QString &progname); - - // Shell program args, default is none - void setArgs(QStringList &args); - - //Text codec, default is UTF-8 - void setTextCodec(QTextCodec *codec); - - //Color scheme, default is white on black - void setColorScheme(int scheme); - - //set size - void setSize(int h, int v); - - // History size for scrolling - void setHistorySize(int lines); //infinite if lines < 0 - - // Presence of scrollbar - void setScrollBarPosition(ScrollBarPosition); - - // Send some text to terminal - void sendText(QString &text); - -signals: - void finished(); - -protected: - virtual void resizeEvent(QResizeEvent *); - -protected slots: - void sessionFinished(); - -private: - void init(); - TermWidgetImpl *m_impl; -}; - - -//Maybe useful, maybe not - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" -#endif -void *createTermWidget(int startnow, void *parent); - -#endif - diff --git a/src/libparted.cpp b/src/libparted.cpp index 803c746..0a4a980 100644 --- a/src/libparted.cpp +++ b/src/libparted.cpp @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ #include "libparted.h" #include +#include LibParted::LibParted(QObject *parent) : QObject(parent) { // ped_exception_set_handler( ) - Init(); } @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ QList LibParted::getPartitionList(const QString& path) throw(LibP { QList PartInfo; + if ( m_DeviceList.find(path) == m_DeviceList.end() ) throw LibPartedError(); @@ -80,12 +81,15 @@ QList LibParted::getPartitionList(const QString& path) throw(LibP if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_METADATA) continue; + if (part->type & PED_PARTITION_EXTENDED) + continue; + if ( part->num >= 0) part_inf.num = part->num; part_inf.begin = part->geom.start; part_inf.end = (part->geom.end + 1) * dev->sector_size - 1; - part_inf.size = part->geom.length; + part_inf.size = sizeHuman( part->geom.length * dev->sector_size ); if (!(part->type & PED_PARTITION_FREESPACE)) { @@ -132,10 +136,28 @@ DeviceInfo LibParted::convertPedDevice(const PedDevice* dev) part_dev.model = QString(dev->model); part_dev.transport = QString("%1").arg(transport[dev->type]); - part_dev.size = dev->length * dev->sector_size; + part_dev.size = sizeHuman(dev->length * dev->sector_size); part_dev.sec_ph = dev->phys_sector_size; part_dev.sec_log = dev->sector_size; return part_dev; } +QString LibParted::sizeHuman(const long long size) +{ + const QString unit[] = {"B", "KB", "MB", "GB"}; + float conv_size; + float coef = 1; + + for (int i = 0; i < sizeof(unit); ++i) + { + conv_size = size/coef; + QString res = QString::number(conv_size, 'f', 2); + if ( res.split(".").first().size() <= 3 ) + return res + " " + unit[i]; + + coef *= 1000; + } + +} + diff --git a/src/libparted.h b/src/libparted.h index c8d3c78..0f24a1b 100644 --- a/src/libparted.h +++ b/src/libparted.h @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ class DeviceInfo public: QString model; QString transport; - long size; + QString size; long sec_ph; long sec_log; DeviceInfo(): size(0), sec_ph(0), sec_log(0) {} @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ public: int num; long begin; long end; - long size; + QString size; QString type; QString fs; QString name; @@ -58,6 +58,7 @@ public: private: DeviceInfo convertPedDevice(const PedDevice* dev); + QString sizeHuman(const long long size); private: Devices m_DeviceList; diff --git a/src/pagecfdisk.cpp b/src/pagecfdisk.cpp index 00ca128..5697175 100644 --- a/src/pagecfdisk.cpp +++ b/src/pagecfdisk.cpp @@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ #include "qtermwidget/qtermwidget.h" -PageCfdisk::PageCfdisk(const QString& title) : - InstallerPage(title) +PageCfdisk::PageCfdisk(const QString& title, const QString& disk) : + InstallerPage(title), + m_Disk(disk) { QLabel* label = new QLabel("cfdisk"); QWidget* widget = new QWidget; @@ -24,8 +25,8 @@ PageCfdisk::PageCfdisk(const QString& title) : m_Term = new QTermWidget(0); QFont font = QApplication::font(); - font.setFamily("Terminus"); - font.setPointSize(12); + font.setFamily("Droid Sans Mono"); + font.setPointSize(10); m_Term->setTerminalFont(font); m_Term->setParent(widget); @@ -49,7 +50,7 @@ bool PageCfdisk::validate() void PageCfdisk::show() { - QString cmd = "cfdisk /dev/sda && exit \r\n"; + QString cmd = "cfdisk " + m_Disk + "; exit \r\n"; m_Term->sendText( cmd ); m_Term->setFocus(); } diff --git a/src/pagecfdisk.h b/src/pagecfdisk.h index 371a630..1382879 100644 --- a/src/pagecfdisk.h +++ b/src/pagecfdisk.h @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ class PageCfdisk : public InstallerPage { Q_OBJECT public: - explicit PageCfdisk(const QString& title); + explicit PageCfdisk(const QString& title, const QString& disk); bool validate(); @@ -21,7 +21,8 @@ signals: // private: - QTermWidget* m_Term; + const QString m_Disk; + QTermWidget* m_Term; }; diff --git a/src/pagepartitioning.cpp b/src/pagepartitioning.cpp index e49025f..59f6885 100644 --- a/src/pagepartitioning.cpp +++ b/src/pagepartitioning.cpp @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ #include +#include #include #include "libparted.h" @@ -56,12 +57,32 @@ PagePartitioning::PagePartitioning(const QString& title) : m_ButExistPartition->setChecked(true); connect( m_ButExistPartition, SIGNAL(toggled(bool)), m_Partitions, SLOT(setEnabled(bool))); - connect( m_ButPartitioning, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SIGNAL(manualyPartitioning()) ); + connect( m_ButPartitioning, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(partitioningCurrentDisk()) ); connect( m_Disks, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this, SLOT(updatePartitions(int)) ); } bool PagePartitioning::validate() { + if ( m_Disks->count() == 0 ) + { + QMessageBox::critical(m_Widget, tr("Critical error"), tr("Not found any disk for install") ); + return false; + } + + if ( m_ButAllDisk->isChecked() ) + { + emit selectedVolume( m_Disks->itemData(m_Disks->currentIndex()).toString() ); + return true; + } + + if ( m_Partitions->count() == 0 ) + { + QMessageBox::critical(m_Widget, tr("Critical error"), tr("Not found any partition for install") ); + return false; + } else { + emit selectedVolume( m_Partitions->itemData(m_Partitions->currentIndex()).toString() ); + } + return true; } @@ -81,18 +102,18 @@ void PagePartitioning::show() foreach(const QString& dev, disks) { DeviceInfo dev_info = libParted->getDeviceInfo(dev); - QString disk_info = QString("%1 (%2) - %3 MB").arg(dev).arg(dev_info.model).arg(dev_info.size); + QString disk_info = QString("%1 %2 %3").arg(dev, 10).arg(dev_info.size, 10).arg(dev_info.model, 25); m_Disks->addItem(disk_info, QVariant(dev)); QList part_list = libParted->getPartitionList(dev); - QStringList partitions; + QList partitions; + PartitionDesc part_desc; foreach(const PartitionInfo& part, part_list) { - if (part.type == "extended") - continue; - QString part_info = QString("%1%2\t%3 MB\t%4").arg(dev).arg(part.num).arg(part.size).arg(part.fs); - partitions << part_info; + part_desc.first = QString("%1%2 %3 %4").arg(dev).arg(part.num).arg(part.size, 10).arg(part.fs, 20); + part_desc.second = QString("%1%2").arg(dev).arg(part.num); + partitions << part_desc; } m_PartitionsMap[dev] = partitions; } @@ -115,9 +136,20 @@ void PagePartitioning::updatePartitions(int num) { if ( m_PartitionsMap.find(dev) != m_PartitionsMap.end() ) { - QStringList part_list = m_PartitionsMap[dev]; - m_Partitions->addItems(part_list); + QList partitions = m_PartitionsMap[dev]; + + foreach(PartitionDesc part_desc, partitions ) + { + m_Partitions->addItem(part_desc.first, QVariant(part_desc.second) ); + } } } } } +void PagePartitioning::partitioningCurrentDisk() +{ + if (m_Disks->count() != 0) + { + emit manualyPartitioning( m_Disks->itemData(m_Disks->currentIndex()).toString() ); + } +} diff --git a/src/pagepartitioning.h b/src/pagepartitioning.h index 952f961..a0fc866 100644 --- a/src/pagepartitioning.h +++ b/src/pagepartitioning.h @@ -9,7 +9,8 @@ class QRadioButton; class QPushButton; class QComboBox; -typedef QMap PartitionsMap; +typedef QPair PartitionDesc; +typedef QMap > PartitionsMap; class PagePartitioning : public InstallerPage { @@ -24,9 +25,11 @@ public slots: private slots: void updatePartitions(int num); + void partitioningCurrentDisk(); signals: - void manualyPartitioning(); + void manualyPartitioning(QString); + void selectedVolume(QString); private: QRadioButton* m_ButExistPartition; diff --git a/src/systeminstaller.cpp b/src/systeminstaller.cpp index 6d60889..c613b4b 100644 --- a/src/systeminstaller.cpp +++ b/src/systeminstaller.cpp @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ SystemInstaller::SystemInstaller(QWidget *parent) : QHBoxLayout* hbox_2 = new QHBoxLayout; hbox_2->addWidget( group_box_list, 2 ); - hbox_2->addLayout( vbox_1, 8 ); + hbox_2->addLayout( vbox_1, 9); // all window QVBoxLayout* vbox_2 = new QVBoxLayout(centralWidget); @@ -77,10 +77,10 @@ SystemInstaller::SystemInstaller(QWidget *parent) : setCentralWidget( centralWidget ); - // minimum size for window - setMinimumSize(800, 480); + // minimum size for window TODO: remove magic numbers + setMinimumSize(800, 600); QRect scr = QApplication::desktop()->screenGeometry(); - move( scr.width() - scr.width()/2 - 640/2, scr.height() - scr.height()/2 - 480/2 ); + move( scr.width() - scr.width()/2 - 800/2, scr.height() - scr.height()/2 - 600/2 ); // create PageManager and pages m_PageManager = new PageManager(stackPages, labelPages, this); @@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ SystemInstaller::SystemInstaller(QWidget *parent) : m_PageManager->addPage(pageLicense); PagePartitioning* pagePartitoning = new PagePartitioning( tr("Partitioning") ); - connect(pagePartitoning, SIGNAL(manualyPartitioning()), this, SLOT(doPartitioning())); + connect( pagePartitoning, SIGNAL(manualyPartitioning(QString)), this, SLOT(doPartitioning(QString)) ); + connect( pagePartitoning, SIGNAL(selectedVolume(QString)), this, SLOT(volumeSelect(QString)) ); m_PageManager->addPage(pagePartitoning); PageConfiguration* pageConfiguration = new PageConfiguration( tr("Configuring") ); @@ -134,9 +135,9 @@ void SystemInstaller::changedLanguage(int lang) Q_UNUSED(lang); } -void SystemInstaller::doPartitioning() +void SystemInstaller::doPartitioning(QString disk) { - m_PageCfdisk = new PageCfdisk("Partitioning"); + m_PageCfdisk = new PageCfdisk("Partitioning", disk); m_PageManager->showOnce(m_PageCfdisk); connect( m_PageCfdisk, SIGNAL(completed()), this, SLOT(completePartitioning()) ); } @@ -146,3 +147,8 @@ void SystemInstaller::completePartitioning() delete m_PageCfdisk; m_PageManager->showPrevious(); } + +void SystemInstaller::volumeSelect(QString volume) +{ + qDebug() << "Selected volume is " << volume; +} diff --git a/src/systeminstaller.h b/src/systeminstaller.h index a93c327..bb337b0 100644 --- a/src/systeminstaller.h +++ b/src/systeminstaller.h @@ -24,9 +24,11 @@ private slots: void changedPrev(bool); void changedLanguage(int); - void doPartitioning(); + void doPartitioning(QString disk); void completePartitioning(); + void volumeSelect(QString volume); + private: // ui QPushButton* m_butPrev;